Quarterlytics / Healthcare / Medical - Devices / Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

pbio · NASDAQ Healthcare
Claim this profile
Ticker pbio
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Healthcare
Industry Medical - Devices
Employees 11-50
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Pressure BioSciences, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

Form 10-K

(Mark One)

☒ Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 or

☐ Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from __________________ to __________________

Commission file number 001-38185

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)

Massachusetts
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

14 Norfolk Avenue
South Easton, Massachusetts
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

04-2652826
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

02375
(Zip Code)

(508) 230-1828
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of Each Class
None

Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
None

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

(Title of Class)
Common Stock, par value $.01 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.
Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.
Yes ☐ No ☒

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant:  (1)  has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934  during  the

preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T

during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that registrant was required to submit and post such files.

Yes ☒ No ☐

Indicate  by  check  mark  whether  the  registrant  is  a  large  accelerated  filer,  an  accelerated  filer,  a  non-accelerated  filer,  or  a  smaller  reporting  company  or  an  “emerging
growth  company”.  See  the  definitions  of  “large  accelerated  filer,”  “accelerated  filer,”  “smaller  reporting  company”  and  “emerging  growth  company”  in  Rule  12b-2  of  the
Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐
Non-accelerated filer ☒

  Accelerated filer ☐
  Smaller reporting company ☒
  Emerging growth company ☐

If  an  emerging  growth  company,  indicate  by  check  mark  if  the  registrant  has  elected  not  to  use  the  extended  transition  period  for  complying  with  any  new  or  revised

financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial

reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ☒.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2021 was $13,334,762 based on the closing

price of $2.17 per share of Pressure BioSciences, Inc. common stock as quoted on the OTCQB Marketplace on that date.

As of March 31, 2022, there were 8,712,494 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

N/A.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

ITEM 2.

PROPERTIES.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

ITEM 5. MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS,  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY

PART II

SECURITIES.

ITEM 6.

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

ITEM 8.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA.

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION.

PART III

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

PART IV

2

4

22

32

32

32

32

33

34

35

40

F-1

41

41

42

43

43

48

52

54

55

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Introductory Comments

Throughout  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  the  terms  “we,”  “us,”  “our,”  “the  Company,”  “our  Company,”  and  “PBI,”  refer  to  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a

Massachusetts corporation, and unless the context indicates otherwise, also includes our wholly-owned subsidiary.

Throughout  this  document  we  use  the  following  terms:  Barocycler®,  and  PULSE®,  which  are  registered  trademarks  of  the  Company.  We  also  use  the  terms
ProteoSolveTM,  ProteoSolveLRSTM,  the  Power  of  PCTTM,  the  PCT  ShredderTM,  HUB440TM,  HUB880TM,  micro-PestleTM,  PCT-HDTM,  BaroFoldTM,  Ultra  Shear
Technology™, and UST™ all of which are unregistered trademarks of the Company.

PART I

SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities
Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). In some cases, forward-looking statements are identified by terms such as
“may,”  “will,”  “should,”  “could,”  “would,”  “expects,”  “plans,”  “anticipates,”  “believes,”  “estimates,”  “projects,”  “predicts,”  “potential”  and  similar  expressions  intended  to
identify forward-looking statements. Such statements include, without limitation, statements regarding:

● our need for, and our ability to raise, additional equity or debt financing on acceptable terms, if at all;
● our need to take additional cost reduction measures, cease operations or sell our operating assets, if we are unable to obtain sufficient additional financing;
● our belief that we will have sufficient liquidity to finance normal operations for the foreseeable future;
● the options we may pursue in light of our financial condition;
● the potential applications and revenue projections for Ultra Shear Technology (“UST”);
● the potential applications and revenue projections for the BaroFold high-pressure protein refolding and disaggregation technology
● the amount of cash necessary to operate our business;
● the anticipated uses of grant revenue and the potential for increased grant revenue in future periods;
● our plans and expectations with respect to our continued operations;
● the expected increase in the number of Pressure Cycling Technology (“PCT”) and Constant Pressure (“CP”)  based  units  that  we  believe  will  be  installed  and  the

expected increase in revenues from the sale of consumable products, extended service contracts, and biopharma contract services;

● our belief that PCT has achieved initial market acceptance in the mass spectrometry and other markets;
● the expected development and success of new instrument and consumables product offerings;
● the potential applications for our instrument and consumables product offerings;
● the expected expenses of, and benefits and results from, our research and development efforts;
● the expected benefits and results from our collaboration programs, strategic alliances and joint ventures;
● our expectation of obtaining additional research grants from the government in the future;
● our expectations of the results of our development activities funded by government research grants;
● the potential size of the market for biological sample preparation, biopharma contract services and Ultra Shear Technology;
● general economic conditions;
● the anticipated future financial performance and business operations of our company;
● our reasons for focusing certain resources in the PCT market for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic and small molecule sample preparation;
● the importance of mass spectrometry as a laboratory tool;
● the advantages of PCT over other current technologies as a method of biological sample preparation and protein characterization in biomarker discovery, forensics, and

histology, as well as for other applications;

● the capabilities and benefits of our PCT Sample Preparation System, consumables and other products;
● our belief that laboratory scientists will achieve results comparable with those reported to date by certain research scientists who have published or presented publicly

on PCT and our other products and services;

● our ability to retain our core group of scientific, administrative and sales personnel; and
● our ability to expand our customer base in sample preparation and for other applications of PCT and our other products and services.

These forward-looking statements are only predictions and involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of
activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from any future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements, expressed or implied, by such forward-
looking  statements.  Also,  these  forward-looking  statements  represent  our  estimates  and  assumptions  only  as  of  the  date  of  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Except  as
otherwise required by law, we expressly disclaim any obligation or undertaking to release publicly any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statement contained in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect any change in our expectations or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any of our forward-looking statements
are based. Factors that could cause or contribute to differences in our future financial and other results include those discussed in the risk factors set forth in Part I, Item 1A of
this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  as  well  as  those  discussed  elsewhere  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  We  qualify  all  of  our  forward-looking  statements  by  these
cautionary statements.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1. BUSINESS.

Overview

We are a leader in the development and sale of innovative, broadly enabling, high pressure-based platform technologies and related consumables for the worldwide life
sciences, agriculture, food and beverage, and other key industries. Our solutions are based on the unique properties of both constant (i.e., static) and alternating (i.e., pressure
cycling technology, or “PCT”) hydrostatic pressure. PCT is a patented enabling technology platform that uses alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and
ultra-high  levels  to  safely  and  reproducibly  control  bio-molecular  interactions  (e.g.,  cell  lysis,  biomolecule  extraction).  Historically,  our  primary  focus  has  been  in  the
development  of  PCT-based  products  for  biomarker  and  target  discovery,  drug  design  and  development,  biotherapeutics  characterization  and  quality  control,  soil  &  plant
biology, forensics, and counter-bioterror applications. In more recent years, major new market opportunities have emerged in the use of our pressure-based technologies in the
following areas: (1) the use of our recently acquired, patented technology from BaroFold, Inc. (the “BaroFold” technology platform) to allow entry into the bio-pharma contract
services sector, and (2) the use of our recently-patented, scalable, high-efficiency, pressure-based Ultra Shear Technology (“UST”) platform to (i) create stable nanoemulsions
of otherwise immiscible fluids (e.g., oils and water) and to (ii) prepare higher quality, homogenized, extended shelf-life or room temperature stable low-acid liquid foods that
cannot be acceptably preserved using existing non-thermal technologies.

On  February  8,  2021,  PBI  announced  plans  to  acquire  the  assets  of  a  global  eco-friendly  agrochemical  supplier.  This  opportunity  is  attractive  as  it  has  the  potential  of
readily producing significant revenue, as well as the potential to apply the UST technology to improve some of the product line. In July 2021, a newly-formed subsidiary of
PBI, PBI Agrochem, leased a warehouse in Sparks, NV, and hired a warehouse manager. See the further description of this possible transaction in Item 1 – Business – “The PBI
Agrochem Platform.”

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The PCT Platform

a. Description

The instruments, consumables and software used to perform PCT (the “PCT Platform”) use alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels
to safely and reproducibly control bio-molecular interactions (e.g., critical steps performed by hundreds of thousands of scientists worldwide, such as cell lysis and biomolecule
extraction).  Our  primary  focus  is  in  making  our  recently  released,  GMP-compliant,  next  generation  PCT-based  Barocycler  2320  EXT  instrument  available  globally  to
biopharmaceutical  drug  manufacturers  to  accelerate  biologics  development  by  streamlining  workflows  for  the  design,  development,  characterization  and  quality  control  of
biotherapeutic  drugs.  The  PCT  Platform  is  also  used  in  such  areas  as  biomarker  and  target  discovery,  soil  &  plant  biology,  anti-bioterror,  and  forensics. We  currently  have
hundreds of PCT instrument systems placed in approximately 200 academic, government, pharmaceutical, and biotech research laboratories worldwide. There are over 120
independent, peer-reviewed publications highlighting the advantages of using the PCT Platform in scientific research studies, many from key opinion leaders worldwide. The
PCT Platform is offered through the Company’s Research Products & Services Group.

We  are  focused  on  solving  the  challenging  problems  inherent  in  biological  sample  preparation,  a  crucial  laboratory  step  performed  by  scientists  worldwide  working  in
biological life sciences research. Sample preparation is a term that refers to a wide range of activities that precede most forms of scientific analysis. Sample preparation is often
complex, time-consuming and, in our belief, one of the most error-prone steps of scientific research. It is a widely-used laboratory undertaking – the requirements of which
drive what we believe is a large and growing worldwide market. We have developed and patented a novel, enabling technology platform that offers revolutionary speed and
reproducible control in the sample preparation process. It is based on harnessing the unique properties of high hydrostatic pressure. This process, which we refer to as Pressure
Cycling  Technology,  or  PCT,  uses  alternating  cycles  of  hydrostatic  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  i.e.,  20,000  psi  or  greater  to  safely,  conveniently  and
reproducibly control the actions of molecules in biological samples, such as cells and tissues from human, animal, plant and microbial sources.

PCT  is  an  enabling  platform  technology  based  on  a  physical  process  that  had  not  previously  been  used  to  control  bio-molecular  interactions.  PCT  uses  unique
instrumentation  that  is  capable  of  cycling  pressure  between  ambient  and  ultra-high  levels  at  controlled  temperatures  and  specific  time  intervals,  to  rapidly  and  repeatedly
control  the  interactions  of  bio-molecules,  such  as  proteins,  DNA,  RNA,  lipids  and  small  molecules.  Our  laboratory  instrument  family,  the  Barocycler,  and  our  proprietary
consumables product line, which include our unique MicroTubes, MicroCaps, MicroPestles, and PULSE (Pressure Used to Lyse Samples for Extraction) Tubes, and application
specific kits (containing consumable products and reagents), together make up our PCT Sample Preparation System (the “PCT SPS”).

In  2015,  together  with  an  investment  bank,  we  formed  a  subsidiary  called  Pressure  BioSciences  Europe  (“PBI  Europe”)  in  Poland.  We  have  49%  non-controlling
ownership interest with the investment bank retaining 51%. As a result of subsequent changes in the Polish government, initial plans for PBI Europe have not been pursued.
Throughout 2021, PBI Europe did not have any operating activities and we cannot reasonably predict when operations will commence.

Sample preparation is widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery and sample extraction is generally regarded as one of the key parts of sample
preparation.  The  process  of  preparing  samples  for  genomic,  proteomic,  lipidomic,  and  small  molecule  studies  includes  a  crucial  step  called  sample  extraction  or  sample
disruption. This is the process of extracting biomolecules such as nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, as well as proteins, lipids, or small molecules from the plant or animal
cells and tissues that are being studied. The majority of our current sales and marketing efforts are based upon our belief that pressure cycling technology provides a superior
solution  for  sample  extraction  when  compared  to  other  available  technologies  or  procedures,  and  thus  might  significantly  improve  the  quality  and  efficiency  of  sample
preparation and subsequent test result.

Within the broad field of biological sample preparation, we focus the majority of our PCT and constant pressure (“CP”) product development efforts in three specific areas:
biomarker discovery, precision medicine and forensics. We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and
growing need in the sample preparation market for the safe, rapid, versatile, reproducible and more complete extraction of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, and small molecules
from a wide variety of plant, animal, and microbiological cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery and Precision Medicine

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for long-term storage and subsequent pathology evaluation is to process
them into formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) samples. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic, and that PCT offers significant
advantages over current processing methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Our customers include researchers at academic laboratories, government agencies, biotechnology companies, pharmaceutical companies and other life science institutions
in  the  Americas,  Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  Australia/Pacific.  Our  goal  is  to  continue  aggressive  market  penetration  in  these  target  areas.  We  also  believe  that  there  is  a
significant opportunity to sell and/or lease additional Barocycler instrumentation to additional laboratories at current customer institutions.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, and
if  we  are  successful  in  our  attempts  to  attract  additional  capital,  our  potential  customer  base  could  expand  to  include  hospitals,  reference  laboratories,  pharmaceutical
manufacturing plants and other sites involved in each specific application. If we are successful in forensics, our potential customers could be forensic laboratories, military and
other government agencies. If we are successful in biomarker discovery and precision medicine - specifically the extraction of biomolecules from FFPE tissues, our potential
customers  could  be  pharmaceutical  companies,  hospitals,  and  laboratories  focused  on  drug  discovery  or  differentiation  of  disease  states,  subtypes  and  susceptibility  to
alternative treatments.

Forensics

The  detection  of  DNA  has  become  a  part  of  the  analysis  of  forensic  samples  by  laboratories  and  criminal  justice  agencies  worldwide  in  their  efforts  to  identify  the
perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida International University have reported improvements in DNA
yield  from  forensic  samples  (e.g.,  bone  and  hair)  when  using  the  PCT  platform  in  the  sample  preparation  process.  We  believe  that  PCT  may  be  capable  of  differentially
extracting DNA from sperm cells and female epithelial cells captured in swabs collected from rape victims and subsequently stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are
many completed rape kits that remain untested for reasons such as cost, time and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to differentially extract DNA from sperm
and not epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing the quality, safety and speed of the testing process.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b. Market

We focus most of our research and development and commercialization efforts on sample preparation and quality control analysis for genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and
small molecule studies. This market is comprised of academic and government research institutions, biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, and other public and private
laboratories that are engaged in studying genomic, proteomic and small molecule material within plant and animal cells and tissues. We elected to initially focus our resources
in the market of genomic, proteomic and small molecule sample preparation because we believe it is an area that:

● is a rapidly growing market;

● has a large and immediate need for better technology;

● is comprised mostly of research laboratories, which are subject to minimal governmental regulation;

● is the least technically challenging application for the development of our products;

● is compatible with our technical core competency; and

● we currently have strong patent protection.

We believe that our existing PCT and CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and growing need in the sample preparation market for

the safe, rapid, versatile, reproducible and more complete extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small molecules from a wide variety of plant and animal cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery - Mass Spectrometry

A biomarker is any substance (e.g., protein, DNA) that can be used as an indicator of the presence or absence of a particular disease-state or condition, and/or to predict or
measure the progression and effects of therapy. Biomarkers can help in the diagnosis, prognosis, therapy selection and monitoring, prevention, surveillance, control, and cure of
diseases and medical conditions.

A mass spectrometer is a laboratory instrument used in the analysis of biological samples, often focused on proteins, in life sciences research. It is frequently used to help
discover  biomarkers.  According  to  the  November  2017  published  market  report  by  Markets  and  Markets  “Mass  Spectrometry  Market  by  Application  (Pharmaceuticals,
Biotechnology, Environmental testing), Platform (Single mass spectrometry (Quadrupole, TOF & Ion Trap), Hybrid mass spectrometry (Triple Quadrupole, QTOF & FTMS)) –
Global Forecast to 2022, the global mass spectrometry market is expected to grow from USD 3.44 billion in 2016 to USD 5.27 billion by 2022, at a CAGR of 7.4% from 2015
to 2020. We believe PCT and CP-based products offer significant advantages in speed and quality compared with current techniques used in the preparation of samples for mass
spectrometry analysis.

Biomarker Discovery – Precision Medicine

Precision  medicine  is  an  approach  to  patient  care  that  allows  doctors  to  select  treatments  that  are  most  likely  to  help  patients  based  on  a  specific  biomolecular
understanding of their disease. The hope of precision medicine is that treatments will one day be tailored to the unique biomolecular variations specific to each person’s disease.

A significant roadblock in obtaining necessary information to advance precision medicine – specifically in proteogenomics, is sample preparation and the time required
using conventional methods. We believe our PCT workflows address this roadblock by providing a rapid, reproducible means of extracting biomarkers from patient samples in
a clinically relevant timeframe of 2 hours.

Biomarker Discovery – Cancer and Tumor Microenvironment

The  most  commonly  used  technique  worldwide  for  the  preservation  of  cancer  and  other  tissues  for  subsequent  pathology  evaluation  is  formalin-fixation  followed  by
paraffin-embedding, or FFPE. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic, and that PCT offers significant advantages over current processing
methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Biopharmaceutical Quality Control

A critical step in biopharmaceutical manufacturing processes is quality control, involving characterization of the resulting biotherapeutics via peptide mapping and analysis
of post-translational modifications. Peptide mapping can be used in drug discovery and throughout the manufacturing process for quality control between batches to produce a
unique  ‘fingerprint’  of  an  individual  protein  and  to  compare  this  with  the  theoretical  gene-derived  amino  acid  sequence.  Using  conventional  methods  this  process  can  take
overnight or more. We believe our PCT workflows offer a significant advantage to this process by offering a significant reduction in time and improvement in reproducibility
with  a  GMP  compliant  platform.  Many  protein-based  pharmaceuticals  undergo  specific  enzymatic  and  chemical  modifications  (such  as  glycosylation,  when  specific
carbohydrate moieties, glycans, are attached to the protein core, thus helping them remain active longer in the patient’s bloodstream). Similar to peptide mapping, analysis of
glycans, also critical quality attributes of biologic drugs, requires tedious sample preparation steps that can be significantly accelerated and rendered more reproducible by PCT
workflows.

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our customers include researchers at academic laboratories, government agencies, biotechnology companies, pharmaceutical companies and other life science institutions
in  the  Americas,  Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  Australia/Pacific.  Our  goal  is  to  continue  aggressive  market  penetration  in  these  target  areas.  We  also  believe  that  there  is  a
significant opportunity to sell and/or lease additional Barocycler instrumentation to additional laboratories within current customer organizations.

Sample Extraction Process

The process of preparing samples for genomic, proteomic and small molecule studies includes a crucial step called sample extraction or sample disruption. This is the
process of extracting nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, proteins or small molecules from the plant or animal cells and tissues that are being studied. Sample preparation is
widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery and sample extraction is generally regarded as one of the key parts of sample preparation. Our current
commercialization  efforts  are  based  upon  our  belief  that  pressure  cycling  technology  provides  a  superior  solution  to  sample  extraction  compared  with  other  available
technologies or procedures and can thus significantly improve the quality of sample preparation, and thus the quality of the test result.

c. Products

We believe our PCT and CP products allow researchers to improve scientific research studies in the life sciences field. Our products are developed with the expectation of

meeting or exceeding the needs of research scientists while enhancing the safety, speed and quality that is available to them with existing sample preparation methods.

Barocycler Instrumentation

Our Barocycler product line consists of laboratory instrumentation that subjects a sample to cycles of pressure from ambient (approximately 14.5 psi) to ultra-high levels

(20,000 psi or greater) and then back to ambient, in a precisely controlled manner.

Our  instruments  (the  Barocycler  2320EXT,  the  HUB440  and  the  HUB880)  use  cycles  of  high,  hydrostatic  pressure  to  quickly  and  efficiently  break  up  the  cellular
structures of a specimen to release proteins, nucleic acids, lipids and small molecules from the specimen into our consumable processing tubes, referred to as our PULSE Tubes
and MicroTubes. Our instruments have temperature control options (on-board heating via internal heating jacket or heating and chilling via an external circulating water-bath),
automatic  fill  and  dispensing  valves,  and  an  integrated  touchscreen  for  interfacing  with  an  onboard  micro-processor  or  computer.  The  microprocessor,  computer  or  laptop
computer are capable of saving specific PCT protocols, so the researcher can achieve maximum reproducibility for the preparation of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, or small
molecules from various biological samples. Our Barocycler instruments, consumable products and application specific kits make up our PCT Sample Preparation System.

Barocycler 2320EXTREME - The Barocycler 2320EXT is the flagship of the Company’s Barocycler line of PCT-based instruments. It weighs approximately 80lbs, delivers a
maximum pressure of 45,000 psi, and can process either up to 16 MicroTubes simultaneously or one PULSE Tube. The working temperature range is 4 – 95ºC and is controlled
via an on-board electric heating jacket or external circulating water bath. All tests are entered and recorded on a touch screen interface. Information from each test run (pressure
profile, cycle number, and temperature) is recorded and can be stored on the instrument, on a USB drive, or networked into the user’s lab computer system. Pressure profiles
can be manipulated in a number of ways, including static high pressure holds and pressure ramp programs. The Barocycler 2320EXT is pneumatic and requires an input air
source of only 100psi to achieve and cycle at high pressure.

The Barocycler 2320EXT was developed to support the PCT-HD/PCT-SWATH application. PCT-HD enables faster, less cumbersome and higher quality processing of biopsy
tissues. With homogenization, extraction, and digestion of proteins occurring in a single PCT MicroTube under high pressure, this protocol can yield analytical results in under
four hours from the start of tissue processing. PCT-HD was developed by our scientists and engineers in collaboration with Professor Ruedi Aebersold and Dr. Tiannan Guo of
the Institute of Molecular Systems Biology, ETH Zurich, and the University of Zurich, both in Zurich, Switzerland. Drs. Aebersold and Guo combined PCT-HD with SCIEX’s
SWATH-Mass Spectrometry – calling the resulting method “PCT-SWATH”.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Barocycler HUB440 –We believe the Barocycler HUB440 is the first portable, ready to use, “plug-and-play” high pressure generator for the laboratory bench. The Barocycler
HUB440 is capable of creating and controlling hydrostatic pressure from 500 psi to 58,000 psi and is designed for easy and flexible interfacing with a wide variety of user-
specified pressure vessels. It is computer controlled and runs on software that was developed by us to allow data logging and sophisticated algorithms for controlling pressure
and temperature. We own the rights and have a license to use the specialty LabVIEW software. We believe that over the coming years, the Barocycler HUB440 may become
one of the main products in our pressure-based instrument line.

Barocycler HUB880 - The Barocycler HUB880 is a compact, portable, bench-top, ultra-high pressure generator with vessel interface flexibility similar to the HUB440, that
uses an air pressure-to-liquid pressure intensifier allowing the user to generate fluid pressure as high as 90,000 psi with input air pressure of just 126 psi. The HUB880 can be
operated through a simple front panel or controlled using an optional external Data Acquisition and Control Module for dynamic pressure control. We believe that the HUB880
will be well accepted by scientists that need to achieve super high pressure, such as those working in the life science research, food safety and vaccine industries.

The Shredder SG3 –The Shredder SG3 is a low shear mechanical homogenization system for use with tough, fibrous and other difficult-to-disrupt tissues and organisms. The
Shredder SG3 System uses a variety of Shredder PULSE Tubes to directly and rapidly grind a biological sample which, when combined with selected buffers, can provide
effective extraction of proteins, DNA, RNA, lipids and small molecules from tissues and organisms. The Shredder SG3 is also used to isolate intact and functional mitochondria
from  tissues.  The  Shredder  SG3  features  a  three-position  force  setting  lever,  which  enables  the  operator  to  select  and  apply  reproducible  force  to  the  sample  during  the
shredding process and eliminates the need for the operator to exert force for long periods when processing one or more samples.

Barocycler Consumable Products

PCT  MicroTubes  –  PCT  MicroTubes  are  made  from  a  unique  fluoropolymer,  fluorinated  ethylene  propylene  (FEP).  FEP  is  highly  inert  and  retains  its  integrity  within  an
extremely wide temperature range (-200°C to 100°C), while providing important limited flexibility behavior for PCT applications. MicroTubes hold a maximum total volume
of 150 microliters. PCT MicroTubes must be used with either PCT-MicroCaps or PCT-MicroPestles.

PCT-MicroCaps – PCT MicroCaps are made from polytetraflouroethylene (PTFE). The PCT MicroCaps are available in three sizes to accommodate total sample volume: 50,
100 and 150uL. 50uL MicroCaps are used with samples ≤50uL, 100uL MicroCaps are used with samples between 50-100uL, and 150uL MicroCaps are used with samples
between 100-150uL.

PCT-Micro Pestle - PCT μPestles are made from polytetrafluoroethylene (PTFE), a synthetic fluoropolymer of tetrafluoroethylene, also known as Teflon (by DuPont Co). PTFE
is  practically  inert;  the  only  chemicals  known  to  affect  it  are  certain  alkali  metals  and  most  highly  reactive  fluorinating  agents.  PCT  μPestles,  in  conjunction  with  PCT
MicroTubes,  are  designed  to  enhance  the  extraction  of  proteins,  lipids,  DNA,  RNA  and  small  molecules  from  minute  amounts  (0.5  –  3.0  mg)  of  solid  tissue  in  extraction
reagent volumes as low as 20-30 μL. PCT MicroTubes and PCT μPestles use PCT to effectively disrupt soft tissues and lyse their cells. As a result, the tissue sample trapped
between the MicroTube walls and the μPestles shaft is crushed on every pressure cycle. This mechanical action, combined with the extraction ability of the buffer under high
pressure, results in highly effective tissue homogenization and extraction.

PCT μPestles and PCT MicroTubes, together with a PBI Barocycler, comprise the PCT Micro-Pestle System, which provides a fast, safe, and efficient means of extraction from
extremely small amounts of solid samples such as soft tissue biopsies. The PCT μPestle System can be used in any PBI Barocycler.

We believe our development of these various consumable products has helped, and will continue to help, drive the adoption of PCT within the life sciences market.

d. Customers

Our  customers  include  researchers  at  academic  laboratories,  government  agencies,  biotechnology  companies,  pharmaceutical  firms,  and  other  life  science  institutions
throughout the Americas, Europe, Asia, Africa and Australia/Pacific. Our goal is to continue aggressive market penetration to target groups in these geographical areas. We also
believe that there is a significant opportunity to sell and/or lease additional Barocycler instrumentation to additional laboratories within current customer organizations.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, and

if we are successful in our attempts to attract additional capital, our potential customer base could expand to include:

● Hospitals
● Reference laboratories
● Government laboratories (e.g., FDA, USDA, NIH, FBI, and police)
● Pharmaceutical/biotech/diagnostic companies
● Laboratories focused on drug discovery, cancer research, and precision medicine

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
e. Competition

We  compete  with  companies  that  have  existing  technologies  for  the  extraction  of  nucleic  acids,  proteins,  lipids,  and  small  molecules  from  cells  and  tissues,  including
methods such as mortar and pestle grinding, sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French Press, bead beating, freezer milling, enzymatic digestion, and chemical dissolution.
We  believe  that  there  are  a  number  of  significant  issues  related  to  the  use  of  these  methods,  including:  complexity,  sample  containment,  cross-contamination,  shearing  of
biomolecules of interest, limited applicability to different sample types, ease-of-use, reproducibility, and cost. We believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System offers a
number of significant advantages over these methods, including:

● labor reduction

● temperature control

● precision

● reproducibility

● versatility

● efficiency

● simplicity

● safety

To be competitive in the industry, we believe we must be able to clearly and conclusively demonstrate to potential customers that our products provide these improved
performance capabilities. We strongly believe that our PCT Sample Preparation System is a novel and enabling system for genomic, proteomic, and small molecule sample
preparation. As such, many users of current manual techniques will need to be willing to challenge their existing methods of sample preparation and invest time to evaluate a
method that could change their overall workflow in the sample preparation process, prior to adopting our technology.

Further, we are aware that the cost of the PCT Sample Preparation System may be greater than the cost of many of the other methods currently employed. Consequently,
we are focusing our sales efforts on those product attributes that we believe will be most important and appealing to potential customers; namely versatility, reproducibility,
quality, and safety.

f. Manufacturing and Supply

We  currently  manufacture  and  assemble  the  Barocycler  2320EXT,  Barocycler  HUB440,  HUB880,  the  SHREDDER  SG3,  and  most  of  our  consumables  at  our  South
Easton, MA facility. We will regularly reassess the tradeoffs between in-house assembly versus the benefits of outsourced relationships for of the entire Barocycler product line,
and future instruments.

We  utilize  a  few  contract  manufacturers  of  certain  parts  for  our  Barocycler  product  line.  They  provide  us  with  precision  manufacturing  services  to  meet  our  specific

application and operational requirements. 

At this time, we believe that this approach is the most cost-effective method for us to obtain  ISO Certified, CE and CSA Marked instruments.

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
g. Research and Development

Our research and development activities are split into two functional areas: Applications Development and Engineering.

1. Applications Development R&D: Our highly educated and trained staff has years of experience in molecular and cellular biology, virology, and proteomics. Our team
of scientists focuses on the development and continued improvement of the PCT Sample Preparation System and on PCT-dependent genomic, proteomic, lipidomic,
and small molecule sample preparation applications. Dr. Alexander Lazarev, our Chief Science Officer, meets regularly with our sales, marketing, and engineering
staff to discuss market needs and trends. Our applications research and development team is responsible for the technical review of all scientific collaborations, for the
support  of  our  marketing  and  sales  departments  through  the  generation  of  internal  data  in  a  number  of  areas  of  market  interest,  and  in  the  development  of
commercially-viable PCT-dependent products.

2. Engineering R&D: Our engineering research and development team is focused on the design and development of new and improved instrumentation and consumable
products to support the commercialization of PCT. Our engineering department is led by Dr. Edmund Ting, our Senior Vice President of Engineering. The primary
focus of our engineering group is to develop and continually improve our line of PCT-based instruments and consumables, ensure seamless production processes, help
perform installations and field service, and work with our application scientists to enhance our PCT-based systems for the mass spectrometry and other markets.

Collaboration Program

Our Collaboration Program is an important element of our business strategy. Initiating a collaboration with a researcher involves the installation of a Barocycler instrument
for an agreed upon period of time of approximately three to twelve months, a financial commitment that is beneficial to both the collaborator and PBI, and the execution of an
agreed upon work plan. Our primary objectives for entering into a collaboration agreement include:

● the development of a new application for PCT and CP in sample preparation;

● the advancement and validation of our understanding of PCT and CP within an area of life sciences in which we already offer products;

● the demonstration of the effectiveness of PCT and CP by specific research scientists, particularly Key Opinion Leaders (“KOLs”), who we believe can have a positive

impact on market acceptance of PCT; and

● the expectation of peer-reviewed publications and/or presentations at scientific meetings by a third party, especially a KOL, on the merits of PCT and CP.

Since  we  initiated  our  collaboration  program,  third  party  researchers  have  cited  the  use  of  our  PCT  platform  in  nearly  200  peer-reviewed  publications  and  dozens  of
scientific presentations. We believe that this program has provided and continues to provide us with independent and objective data about PCT from well-respected laboratories
in the United States and throughout the rest of the world. We believe this program has been responsible for the sale of multiple Barocycler instruments over the past few years
and will continue to help to increase the sales of instrument systems in the future.

Active Collaborations:

a. RedShiftBio Inc.
b. Thomas Conrads, Inova Schar Cancer Center
c. Christine Vogel, NYU
d. Leica Microsystems, GmbH
e. Dr. Michael Przybylksi, Steinbeis Centre for Biopolymer Analysis and Biological Mass Spectrometry
f. Dr.V.M. Balasubramaniam, The Ohio State University
g. University of Delaware
h. Dr. Jennifer Van Eyk, Cedars Sinai Medical Center

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Fields of Use and Applications for PCT

Our research and development efforts have shown that, in addition to genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, PCT is potentially beneficial
in  a  number  of  other  areas  of  the  life  sciences,  including  pathogen  inactivation,  protein  purification,  control  of  chemical  (particularly  enzymatic)  reactions,  and
immunodiagnostics. Other applications in the sample preparation market include forensics and histology, as discussed above. Our pursuit of these markets, however, depends
on a number of factors, including our success in commercializing PCT in the area of sample preparation, our judgment regarding the investment required to be successful in
these areas, the value of these markets to PBI, and the availability of sufficient financial resources. Below is a brief explanation of each of these additional potential applications
and a short description of why we believe PCT can be used to improve scientific studies in these areas.

Protein Purification

Many vaccines and drugs are comprised of proteins. These proteins need to be purified from complex mixtures as part of the manufacturing process. Current purification
techniques often result in the loss of a significant amount of the protein. Therefore, any method that could increase the amount of protein being recovered in the purification
step, could subsequently lead to a reduction in cost to the manufacturer. We believe we have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe
that  compared  with  current  purification  procedures,  a  process  that  uses  PCT  has  the  potential  to  increase  protein  recovery,  increase  the  quality  of  the  product,  and  lower
production costs. We have been issued U.S. patents in this area.

Pathogen Inactivation

Biological products intended for human use, such as blood, vaccines and drugs, are put through rigorous processing protocols in an effort to minimize the potential of that
product to transmit disease. These protocols may include methods to remove infectious materials such as pre-processing testing, filtration or chromatography, or methods to
inactivate infectious agents that are not captured in the removal steps such as pasteurization, irradiation and solvent detergent inactivation. Notwithstanding current diligence in
both the removal and inactivation steps, significant concern remains that some pathogens (e.g., bacteria, viruses, spores) capable of transmitting infection to recipients may not
be removed or inactivated with current procedures. In addition, some removal and inactivation methods may not be useful because of cost, safety, ease-of-use or other practical
concerns. To that end, we believe that a superior inactivation method is needed that can safely, rapidly and inexpensively inactivate pathogens in blood, vaccines and drugs
without the need for chemical or other potentially toxic additives. We have successfully generated proof-of-concept that PCT can satisfy this need. We believe that compared
with current procedures, a process that uses PCT has the potential to increase safety and yield, lower cost and decrease the potential side effects of current methods. We have
been issued U.S. patents for this PCT-dependent inactivation technology.

Control of Chemical (Particularly Enzymatic) Reactions

Chemical reactions encompass many important interactions in nature. Methods used to control chemical reactions could have a positive effect on the quality, speed, and
overall result of the reaction. The control and detection of chemical reactions is particularly useful in the biotechnology field for synthesizing and characterizing such molecules
as  nucleic  acids  and  polypeptides.  We  believe  that  PCT  offers  distinct  advantages  in  controlling  chemical  reactions  over  current  methods,  since  PCT  can  provide  precise,
automated control over the timing and synchronization of chemical reactions, particularly enzymatic reactions. We have been issued U.S patents in this area.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Immunodiagnostics

Many  tests  used  in  the  clinical  laboratory  today  are  based  on  the  formation  of  a  complex  between  two  proteins,  such  as  an  antigen  and  an  antibody.  Such
“immunodiagnostic” methods are used for the detection of infectious agents such as the human immunodeficiency virus (“HIV”), hepatitis viruses, West Nile virus, and others,
as well as for endocrine, drug testing and cancer diagnostics. We have generated proof-of-concept that PCT may be used to control biomolecular interactions between proteins,
such as antigens and antibodies. We believe this capability may provide a greater degree of sensitivity and quantitative accuracy in immunodiagnostic testing than that offered
by methods that are available today. We have been issued U.S. patents in this area.

Extended Service Contracts

We  offer  extended  service  contracts  on  our  laboratory  instrumentation  to  all  of  our  customers.  These  service  contracts  allow  a  customer  who  purchases  a  Barocycler
instrument to receive on-site scheduled preventative maintenance, on-site repair and replacement of all worn or defective component parts, and telephone support, all at no
incremental cost for the life of the service contract. We offer one-year and four-year extended service contracts to customers who purchase Barocycler instruments.

The BaroFold Platform

a. Description

The need for the efficient production of recombinant protein biopharmaceuticals has grown rapidly and demand for them will continue to grow as a result of their high
specificity  and  efficacy.  Protein  drugs  are  being  manufactured  in  a  variety  of  host  organisms.  With  the  rapid  growth  in  biosimilars  (less  expensive  versions  of  popular
biopharmaceuticals that are manufactured and marketed after the expiration of the original patents), expression in bacteria is beginning to play a major role in this industry,
particularly when the biological activity of the protein product is not dependent on post-translational modifications. Overexpression of proteins in bacteria often results in the
accumulation of the protein product in inactive insoluble deposits inside the cells, called inclusion bodies. Inclusion bodies protect the protein of interest from degradation and
present a simple and convenient ways to extract and purify it. Moreover, if the protein of interest is toxic or lethal to the host cell, then inclusion body expression may be the
only available production method. However, the challenge of protein production in bacterial systems most often lies in conversion of inactive and misfolded proteins in the
inclusion bodies into soluble, properly folded bioactive products. This conversion process is called protein refolding. Traditional methods of protein refolding rely on using
high concentrations of chemical denaturants and detergents to unfold misshapen proteins, disentangle inactive aggregated proteins and to dissolve them, followed by up to 100-
fold dilution or dialysis to remove interfering chemicals and then letting the proteins refold into their desired active forms. Since chemically-driven unfolding is harsh, it tends
to destroy most protein structure, some of which could be beneficial for subsequent refolding. Moreover, dilution- or dialysis-based methods take a long time and produce very
low yields of refolded protein, while most of the unfolded protein material tends to get lost into irreversible aggregation. Overall, traditional refolding methods are usually
inefficient,  include  multiple  costly  steps  and  have  very  low  recovery  yields.  Pressure-mediated  disaggregation  and  unfolding  and  refolding  of  proteins  offers  an  attractive
pathway  for  achieving  much  higher  yields  of  correctly  folded  proteins  with  desired  efficaciousness,  produced  at  much  lower  cost,  versus  traditional  chemically  driven
methodologies.

Acquisition of BaroFold’s PreEMT™ high-pressure protein refolding technology in December 2017

Our acquisition of the assets of BaroFold, Inc. have significantly increased PBI’s intellectual property portfolio in high-pressure technologies with the addition of eight
issued and several pending patents. These patents give PBI the ability to operate in several important areas for biologics research and manufacturing: protein folding, re-folding
and  disaggregation.  The  patents  also  provide  PBI  the  right  to  grant  licenses  to  third  parties  to  practice  the  BaroFold  technology  in  both  research  laboratories  and  in
biopharmaceutical manufacturing.

Biopharmaceutical  products  are  typically  large-molecule  protein  therapeutics  produced  via  complex  biological  manufacturing  processes  that  can  result  in  undesirable
protein  misfolding  and  aggregation  outcomes.  Misfolded  or  aggregated  proteins  typically  lack  therapeutic  activity  and  can  present  health  risks  to  patients,  requiring  robust
remediation within pharmaceutical manufacturing processes. The BaroFold technology improves the quality of manufacturing, decreases manufacturing costs (as much as $2-
10M/year per commercial biologic drug), and facilitates achievement of proper activity from difficult-to-manufacture proteins.

BaroFold technology utilizes high pressure instead of, or in synergy with, chemical denaturants, offering significantly milder conditions for unfolding and disaggregation
of proteins in inclusion bodies. As a result, subsequent refolding can be carried out faster, more efficiently, and in much smaller volumes. Pressure-based unfolding of proteins
in inclusion bodies tends to only partially unfold the protein and preserve some beneficial structures that could help to guide the refolding process into the desired outcomes.
Consequently, higher yields of active protein and faster manufacturing turn-around further lower the cost of biopharmaceutical production. Moreover, lower requirements for
harsh chemical reagents in high pressure refolding process result in decrease or elimination of associated hazardous waste generated from chemical removal processes, leading
to further cost reduction and protection of the environment.

The  instruments,  consumables  and  software  used  to  practice  the  BaroFold  technology  (the  “BaroFold  Platform”)  can  be  used  to  significantly  lower  the  cost,  boost
production yield, and improve the quality of protein therapeutics. It employs high pressure for the disaggregation and controlled refolding of proteins to their native structures
at  yields  and  efficiencies  not  achievable  using  existing  technologies.  The  BaroFold  Platform  has  been  shown  to  remove  protein  aggregates  in  biotherapeutic  drug
manufacturing,  thereby  improving  product  efficacy  and  safety  for  both  new-drug  entities  and  biosimilar  products.  The  BaroFold  Platform  can  help  companies  create  novel
protein therapeutics, accelerate therapeutic protein development, manufacture follow-on biologics, and significantly optimize life-cycle management of protein therapeutics. It
is scalable and practical for standard manufacturing processes. This unique technology platform can help protein-based biopharmaceutical companies create and manufacture
high quality, novel protein therapeutics and lower the cost of existing formulations. Research and manufacturing licenses are available.

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b. Market

The global biopharmaceuticals market was valued at $237 billion in 2018 and is estimated to be valued at $389 billion in 2024, witnessing a CAGR of 8.59%. The market
growth is attributed to the growing acceptance for biopharmaceuticals due to their ability to treat previously untreatable or poorly managed diseases, resulting in huge market
demand for biopharmaceuticals.

We believe that biopharmaceuticals offer several benefits, such as highly effective and potent action, fewer side effects, and the potential to actually cure diseases rather

than merely treat the symptoms, which have significantly increased the demand for biopharmaceutical products.

The predominant majority of biopharmaceutical products are recombinant proteins. Typical examples of such proteins are vaccines, monoclonal antibodies (MAbs), growth
factors (such as Erythropoietin), hormones (such as insulin or HGH), receptor ligands, recombinant enzymes (Caspase, Cathepsin, etc.), blood factors and other therapeutic and
research reagent proteins. Recombinant protein production can be done in bacteria or in cell cultures derived from higher organisms. Due to significant time and cost savings,
attention  to  protein  production  in  bacterial  hosts  has  recently  spiked,  predominantly  driven  by  rapid  growth  of  biosimilars,  antibody-drug  conjugates  (ADCs)  and  fusion
proteins  that  are  lethal  to  non-bacterial  host  cells.  A  major  area  of  challenge  in  the  biopharmaceuticals  industry  results  from  suboptimal  folding  configurations  and/or
agglomeration  of  proteins  during  production  and  storage,  requiring  subsequent  remediation  via  unfolding  and  controlled  refolding  of  these  therapeutic  proteins  into  their
optimal  configurations.  Following  initial  penetration  and  acceleration  through  conversion  of  market  share  from  traditional  chemical  methods,  the  growth  of  the  protein
refolding business is expected to follow the growth trajectory of the entire biopharmaceutical market.

Our  BaroFold  platform  technology  has  been  shown  not  only  to  save  manufacturing  costs  and  time,  but  to  boost  protein  yield  and  minimize  protein  immunogenicity,

resulting in greater efficacy and safety for the patient.

Moreover,  PBI’s  Barocycler  line  of  products  can  also  be  utilized  in  accelerated  protein  stability  testing  to  guide  biopharmaceutical  formulation  development.  PBI  has
initiated several collaborations, including a co-marketing agreement with RedShift BioAnalytics, Inc., and a research collaboration with the University of Delaware (see the
Research and Development section below).

c. Products

Instruments: Barocycler 2320 EXT - a convenient screening tool for protein refolding optimization

Originally  developed  within  the  framework  of  our  PCT  platform  business  as  a  tool  for  biological  sample  preparation  (as  described  above),  our  Barocycler  2320EXT
instrument features a “ramp mode” in its control software that makes it ultimately suitable for performing research-scale experiments for protein refolding and disaggregation
on  a  laboratory  bench  scale.  Each  protein  molecule  is  biochemically  unique  and,  while  pressure  is  highly  efficient  in  solubilization  of  practically  any  misfolded  protein
contained within inclusion bodies, a unique chemical environment may be required to persuade each unfolded protein molecule to refold into a stable biologically active state.
Therefore,  development  of  protein  refolding  methods  requires  screening  experiments  necessary  to  determine  the  most  optimal  composition  of  the  chemical  milieu  for  each
protein of interest. The Barocycler 2320EXT is ideally suited for such experiments, providing researchers with abilities to process up to 12 specimens per batch in varying
chemical environments. We believe that availability of this affordable screening tool will promote adoption of the high-pressure refolding approach among biopharmaceutical
process  development  teams  and  academic  researchers  involved  in  development  of  protein  biopharmaceuticals.  The  same  instrument  is  also  uniquely  suited  for  studies  of
thermodynamics of protein aggregation and accelerated protein stability tests.

BaroFold Contract Services

Our BaroFold contract services can be used to significantly impact and improve the quality of large-molecule protein biotherapeutics. These services employ high pressure
manipulations for the disaggregation and unfolding of proteins to their native structural states and then controlled refolding of the proteins to the desired therapeutically active
state, at yields and efficiencies not achievable using existing technologies. The BaroFold Platform has been shown to eliminate protein aggregation during biotherapeutic drug
manufacturing and storage, thereby improving product yield, efficacy and safety for both new-drug entities and biosimilar products. The BaroFold platform can help companies
create novel protein therapeutics, accelerate therapeutic protein development, manufacture follow-on biologics, and enable life-cycle management of protein therapeutics. It is
scalable and practical for standard manufacturing processes. This unique technology platform can help protein-based biopharmaceutical companies create and manufacture high
quality, novel protein therapeutics and lower the cost of existing formulations. Research and manufacturing licenses are available.

d. Customers (examples only, not current customers for confidentiality reasons)

Biopharmaceutical companies (Roche, Novartis A.G., Sanofi, Biogen-Idec, Abbvie, Inc., Amgen, Takeda, Pfizer, Merck & Co., etc.)

Biosimilars companies (Teva, Sandoz, Hospira, Mylan, Allergan, Biocon, Momenta., etc.)

Biopharmaceutical Contract Development and Manufacturing Organizations (Boehringer-Ingelheim, Lonza, Samsung Biologics, Catalent Pharma Solutions, Thermo Fisher
Scientific, Fujifilm, etc.)

Life science research reagent manufacturers (Thermo Scientific, GE Healthcare, Danaher Corporation, Millipore-Sigma, Bio-Techne R&D Systems, etc.)

Academic  research  laboratories  involved  in  development  of  protein  pharmaceuticals,  expression  of  recombinant  proteins,  protein  structure  analysis  and  biophysical
characterization.

e. Competition

Over two decades, BaroFold, Inc. built an intellectual property portfolio centered around the use of hydrostatic pressure for protein refolding and disaggregation. Following
BaroFold’s acquisition by PBI in 2017, this portfolio, combined with the PBI patents in adjacent areas, puts PBI in a unique position worldwide to commercialize, practice and
license out the right to practice high pressure protein refolding, disaggregation and accelerated stability testing. There is no direct competition to PBI that is using high pressure
for these applications. Competing traditional approaches use chemicals for refolding and appear inferior in many aspects, as described above.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
f. Manufacturing and Supply

Manufacturing of the Barocycler 2320EXT has been covered above, since this instrument shares its utility with applications of PCT technology platform. The PCT MicroTube
consumable line is also shared between these two application areas.

PBI currently develops GMP-compliant, pilot-scale, high-pressure systems for processing of protein batches up to 10L in volume at pressure up to 60,000 psi.

In order to provide access for our customers to manufacturing scale high pressure equipment, PBI is currently in negotiations with several HPP (High Pressure Processing)
equipment vendors supplying large pressure systems to food manufacturers. Upon successful feasibility studies conducted by customers themselves, or within the framework of
BaroFold Contract Services, PBI will act as a contractor to assist protein refolding customers in scaling up the process and identifying, procuring and validating appropriate
large-scale equipment for high pressure protein refolding.

g. Research and Development

The PBI team has gained access to a significant body of research data through acquisition of the assets of BaroFold, Inc. BaroFold has spent over two decades perfecting high-
pressure protein refolding applications and produced many publications and patents (see below). Our team’s experience in high pressure refolding is being used in Contract
Service work currently offered by PBI to our biopharmaceutical customers, as described above. As an equipment vendor, PBI has a goal of taking advantage of these R&D
instrument  assets  and  turning  a  benchtop  high  pressure  protein  refolding  solution  into  a  convenient,  popular  and  easily  accessible  workflow  for  thousands  of  laboratories
worldwide. As the knowledge about this method spreads and feasibility of great economic impact of utilizing this approach at a production scale is demonstrated, PBI plans to
license high pressure refolding methods to its biopharmaceutical customers.

Additionally, several new applications of high pressure in biopharmaceutical development are stemming from a combined BaroFold and PBI intellectual property portfolio.
One of these highly promising applications, namely, pressure-assisted accelerated protein stability testing, is currently being developed by PBI’s R&D team in collaboration
with the Center for Biomanufacturing Science and Technology of the University of Delaware, headed by Professor Christopher J. Roberts. Many protein biopharmaceuticals
must be kept in solution. Any physical factors such as exposure to temperature fluctuations in storage and shipment, mechanical vibration, exposure to light, etc., could promote
protein aggregation, if the biotherapeutic protein is stored in a suboptimal chemical environment. Protein aggregates tend to be highly immunogenic, i.e., causing a patient’s
immune system to recognize protein drug as a foreign object and destroy it, leading to undesired inflammatory response and counteracting the desired therapeutic effect. Each
protein drug may require optimization of its chemical environment (formulations development) to guarantee maximal stability and shelf life. Meanwhile, high pressure is a
convenient tool for controlled protein unfolding. Partially unfolded proteins tend to aggregate more rapidly. Brief exposure of the protein drug in a specific formulation to a
“pressure  shock”  can  be  used  to  promote  aggregation,  allowing  researchers  to  screen  for  best  formulations  that  prevent  drug  aggregation  in  a  matter  of  only  a  few  days.
Conventional  approaches  for  accelerated  stability  testing  utilize  exposure  to  high  temperature.  Since  thermal  effects  on  proteins  are  stochastic  (i.e.,  random),  there  is  little
chance that every protein molecule will follow the same fate after thermal shock. Pressure exerts its effect on all protein molecules of the same type/conformation in exactly the
same manner, making the pressure shock more effective in such studies. Our collaborative research program with Professor Roberts’s team is directed towards development of
validated workflows for high pressure accelerated stability testing.

The UST Platform

a. Description

The UST Platform is based on the use of intense shear forces generated from ultra-high pressure (greater than 20,000 psi) discharged through a dynamically-controlled
nanometer-scale  valve  orifice.  UST  has  been  shown  to  turn  hydrophobic  extracts  into  stable,  effectively  water-soluble  formulations  on  a  small,  laboratory  scale.  The  UST
Platform  offers  the  potential  to  produce  stable  nanoemulsions  of  oil-like  products  in  water.  Such  formulations  could  potentially  have  enormous  success  in  many  markets,
including pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals (such as medically important plant oil extracts like CBD-enriched plant oil soluble in water), cosmetic and personal care products,
liquid foods and beverages, agrochemicals, as well as inks, paints, lubricants and other industrial products. We believe that UST has the potential to play a significant role in a
number of commercially important areas, including (i) the creation of stable nanoemulsions of otherwise immiscible fluids (e.g., oils and water), and (ii) the preparation of
higher quality, homogenized, extended shelf-life or room temperature stable low-acid liquid foods that cannot be effectively preserved using existing non-thermal technologies,
e.g., dairy products.

UST  is  an  emerging  technology  that  combines  intense  fluid  shear  with  an  instant,  short-lived  burst  of  heat  achieved  by  specialized  high-pressure  equipment  that  can
produce commercially sterile, pumpable, homogeneous fluid products. The UST process can provide energetic cellular disruption that results in the inactivation of bacteria,
bacterial spores, viruses, and enzymes. Depending on operating conditions, low nano-scale emulsions (nanoemulsions) of oil and water mixtures can be produced that have
been shown to have improved room-temperature shelf stability, and superior sensory profiles (taste, smell, texture and appearance). Of particular importance, oil-based active
components delivered in such extreme nano-emulsions in water facilitates greatly improved absorption and bioavailability in the water-based biochemistry of humans, animals
and plants, allowing for much lower loading quantities of actives required in manufacture, while ensuring safer and more controlled effective dosing.

The Company received its second US patent in 2021 to complement two patents in China on UST, focused on a low cost, scalable approach for product manufacturing. The
Company believes this method can find use in various nanoemulsion applications for pharmaceutical (e.g., drug delivery), biotechnology (e.g., protein recovery, biomolecule
extraction),  agrochemical,  cosmetics,  and  food  (e.g.,  shelf-stable  “clean  label”  products).  We  plan  to  design,  develop,  manufacture,  and  market  UST-based  production
instruments, services and production to the life sciences and other industries. We initiated the process to build full-scale UST systems initially at two sites, in order to address
current customer demands and the belief that a large number of food, cosmetics, nutraceuticals, pharmaceutical, and other companies will follow.  We expect to have a mix of
sales of instruments, service contracts, leases and tolling for production.

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b. Market

In 2019, we focused efforts on developing and demonstrating the UST protocol and seeding early adopters, which would provide insights into market, formulation, product
development, and ultimately end product requirements. Our initial market focus has been on cannabis extracts, as this market’s unmet needs for nanoemulsions solutions offer
high visibility and ready access to funding, versus many other important target markets, such as Cosmetics, Food and Beverage, Nutraceutical, Pharmaceutical, and Industrial
fluids and lubricants. In 2020, we refined the Ultra Shear Technology™ K45 instrument allowing us to run samples for multiple potential customers, which demonstrated the
goal  of  producing  room-temperature-stable,  transparent  nanoemulsions.  (Transparency  is  achieved  when  nanoemulsion  droplet  sizes  are  below  ~150nm  or  smaller  than  the
wavelength of visible light – an important indicator of achievement of extremely low-scale nanoemulsions.) We secured orders from companies for 15 units, which is the target
number for our first production run. We also moved forward in the development of the BaroShear Mini: bench-top, laboratory-based instrument for research, formulation, and
small  volume  processing;  and  the  BaroShear  Max;  high-volume,  industrial-scale,  clean-in-place  (CIP),  production  instrument.  In  2021,  we  demonstrated  that  our  CBD
nanoemulsion was stable for more than 18 months at room temperature or refrigerated conditions, and after repeated freeze/thaw events.  We shipped the first BaroShear Max
system to our partners at The Ohio State University.  We also initiated to process of setting up two bi-coastal facilities capable of meeting the development and production
needs for several customers.  In 2022, we plan to commence operation of these new capabilities.

c. Products

The BaroShear Ultra Shear Technology platform development portfolio is currently comprised of three models for use in research, formulation, and processing of oil and

water nanoemulsions.

○

○

○

BaroShear Mini – bench-top instrument to be used for research, formulation, and small volume processing where budget is a concern. Throughput of at least 1mL /
minute

BaroShear K45 – pilot scale, floor standing instrument for throughput of at least 1L / hour.

BaroShear Max – floor standing, fully automated, CIP industrial production system for throughput of more than 1L / minute.

d. Customers

Cannabis  extracts,  cosmetic  &  personal  care  products,  liquid  foods  &  beverages,  nutraceuticals,  pharmaceuticals,  agrochemicals,  inks,  paints,  lubricants  and  other

industrial products, and researchers and processors interested in developing stable, water-soluble nanoemulsions for any application.

e. Competition - High Pressure

○
○
○
○
○

Avestin / ATA Scientific – Australia
Bee International, Easton, MA – USA
DyHydromatics, Maynard, MA - USA 
ELVEFLOW an Elvesys brand, Paris, FRANCE
Microfluidics an IDEX Corp Company, Westwood, MA – USA

f. Manufacturing and Supply

PBI’s current strategy is to have the development handled by PBI’s development and engineering team, with manufacturing at a combination of our locations, partnered
with  selected  Contract  Manufacturing  Organization  (CMO),  and,  ultimately,  with  the  end  customers,  where  appropriate.  Aftermarket  service  and  support  will  initially  be
handled  by  PBI’s  service  and  repair  staff.  As  unit  placements  grow,  we  will  investigate  expansion  of  PBI’s  service  and  support  organization  or  augment  it  with  external
partners.

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
g. Research and Development

PBI’s  UST  engineering  team  is  developing  a  product  portfolio  consisting  of  three  model  instruments  with  the  following  research  &  formulation,  pre-production  and

production models scheduled for launch as follows:

BaroShear K45 mini – bench-top instrument, Q2 2022

BaroShear K45 – floor standing model, Q4 2022

BaroShear  Max  –  floor  standing,  fully  automated,  CIP  equipment,  prototype  delivered  to  Ohio  State  University  –  Q4  2021.  Commercial  release  planned  for  mid-2022

timeframe.

The PBI Agrochem Platform

In  February  2021,  PBI  announced  a  signed  Letter  of  Intent  to  acquire  the  assets  and  senior  management  of  a  dormant  company  with  an  extensive  portfolio  of  innovative
agrochemical products, utilizing natural product oils as active ingredients (similar to the use of orange oil or neem oil for pest control). With the intense and growing focus of
consumers and governments on the long term environmental and health challenges presented by many conventional agrochemical products, this new class of “green” essential
oil agrochemicals that are considered safe for humans and animals represent a highly attractive and high-growth segment of the agrochemicals market.

The ability of PBI to further differentiate the efficiency and cost-effectiveness of these products versus traditional agrochemicals, through the application of UST to obtain all of
the benefits of extremely low droplet-size nanoemulsions, offers a compelling growth and profitability acceleration opportunity in the agrochemicals business sector. While PBI
is  pursuing  a  lease  and  license  model  for  the  rollout  of  its  UST  platform  into  other  business  sectors,  we  elected  to  test  a  direct  participation  model  in  the  agrochemical
applications sector.

In  July  2021,  PBI  established  PBI  Agrochem,  Inc.,  a  wholly-owned  agrochemicals  subsidiary,  in  order  to  purchase  up  to  $1M  of  “green”  agrochemical  products  from  the
targeted acquisition, to allow the management of the dormant agrochemicals company to demonstrate the reestablishment of previous business relationships and sales channels,
and to provide access to early agrochemical sales revenues for PBI (prior to closing the asset acquisition transaction). PBI Agrochem leased a warehouse near Sparks, NV and
hired a warehouse manager to facilitate the shipping, storage and management of the “green” agrochemicals inventory.

The reestablishment of previous business relationships and sales channels proceeded much more slowly during late 2021 than had been forecast by the management of the
dormant  agrochemicals  company.  In  the  1st  Quarter  of  2022,  PBI  Agrochem  sales  have  begun  to  gain  initial  traction  and  are  increasing  monthly.  The  management  of  the
dormant agrochemicals company continues to forecast an accelerating reestablishment of its previous customer base and sales, and robust global growth opportunities for its
highly desirable “green” agrochemical product solutions. PBI is continuing to evaluate these agrochemical assets and the asset acquisition opportunity.

Other

a. Sales and Marketing

Our  marketing  and  sales  functions  are  led  by  John  Hollister,  our  Director  of  Sales  and  Marketing.  Mr.  Hollister  oversees  and  directs  all  marketing  and  sales  activities,
including  trade  show  attendance  and  sponsorship,  on-line  advertising,  website  maintenance  and  improvement,  search  engine  optimization,  creation  and  dissemination  of
newsletters,  market  research  initiatives,  the  arrangement  of  on-location  seminars,  lectures,  and  demonstrations  of  instrumentation  and  consumables  capabilities,  and  the
supervision of our sales and marketing personnel. Mr. Schumacher is also responsible for the overall coordination of our collaboration programs, from initial set-up, research
plan design, and training, service, and data analysis. Some of these responsibilities are shared with other departments such as Research and Development, but marketing and
sales drives the collaborative process. Mr. Schumacher is also responsible for the continued coordination and support of our foreign distribution partners. The Company is in the
process of recruiting a field sales person.

Our sales and marketing efforts are centered on using the independent data developed and disseminated by our collaboration partners to help drive the installed base of our
PCT Sample Preparation System, BaroFold services, and BaroShear UST platform. The development of scientific data by our partners and our internal researchers provides our
sales and marketing staff with additional tools that are essential in selling existing and newly developed paradigm-shifting, high-value technologies and services. We believe
that partnering with seasoned, capable equipment distribution partners in the cannabis and other laboratory / process markets will drive lead generation and purchase orders
faster than if we were to build our own sales force.

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b. Marketing Strategy

We recognize that our enabling PCT, BaroFold, and UST pressure platforms are powerful, novel platform technologies. We also recognize that the power of pressure in
today’s laboratories is not yet widely known and utilized by researchers. Our first goal is to greatly broaden the awareness of pressure and its applications among research
scientists  and  to  ensure  they  know  that  these  technologies  exist  through  our  high-pressure  instruments,  requisite  consumables,  and  unique  services.  To  accomplish  this
expansion  of  knowledge  about  the  power  of  pressure  and  the  subsequent  adoption  of  our  pressure-based  technology  platforms,  we  have  developed  and  are  implementing  a
multi-faceted approach to marketing our products and services.

Key Opinion Leaders and Publications

To initially reach scientists, we have established collaborations with key opinion leaders (KOL) who recognized early the potential for our pressure-based platforms and
who  went  on  to  report  their  discoveries  in  peer  reviewed  journals.  Among  the  KOLs  working  with  us  is  Dr.  Ruedi  Aebersold  (Head  of  the  Department  of  Biology,  ETH,
Zurich). Dr. Aebersold, a pioneer in proteomics, worked with our scientists and engineers to develop PCT-SWATH (aka PCT-HD), a superior method for the extraction and
preparation of proteins from samples intended for analysis by mass spectrometry. Other KOLs include Dr. Jennifer van Eyk (Director of Advanced Clinical Biosystems Institute
in the Department of Biomedical Sciences, Cedar Sinai, Los Angeles, CA) and Dr. Wayne Hubble (Jules Stein Professor at the University of California, LA). Dr. van Eyk is a
recognized expert in the causes of heart disease and is using PCT in her attempt to discover cardiac disease biomarkers. Dr. Hubble, a member of the National Academy of
Sciences, is a leader in the field of electron paramagnetic resonance (EPR). He uses PCT in his studies of protein-protein interactions, so very important in the discovery of
drug targets and drug design. The publications and presentations of these and other world class scientists have been invaluable in gaining initial entry of PCT in several areas of
research.  In  addition  to  publications  by  our  numerous  KOLs,  there  are  also  many  additional  peer  reviewed  publications  from  dozens  of  other  scientists  discussing  the
advantages of the PCT platform in bio-molecule sample preparation, as well as the advantages of our BaroFold technology and our UST platform. To this end, we do all we can
to disseminate the work of these scientists in an effort to increase the exposure of PCT, BaroFold, and UST to the worldwide research community.

Broadcasting Our PCT, BaroFold and UST Platform Technologies and Products

1. We attend, exhibit, and present at top scientific meetings such as the American Society of Mass Spectrometry (ASMS) and both the US and International meetings of
the  Human  Proteome  Organization  (HUPO).  These  meetings  are  an  opportunity  to  present  our  technology  and  to  showcase  our  products  to  scientists  who  require
sample preparation in their research studies.

2. Routine and timely “blast” emails to scientists in our database. Topics include new PCT-related publications, announcements of meetings, product advertisements, and
a quarterly newsletter. The database we use is proprietary, as it has been built from attending scientific meetings and searching the internet for relevant publications
and contact information. Pardot Marketing automation software is utilized for routing email campaigns, allowing us to measure customer engagement with our landing
pages, articles and emails.

3. We  manage  our  database  with  SalesForce,  a  state-of-the-art  Customer  Relationship  Management  (CRM)  system.  Through  SalesForce,  we  employ  the  marketing
automation software Pardot to manage our email blasts. Pardot enables us to assess open rates, levels of interest, and to create automatic and constant contact with
potential clients.

4. We use social media platforms like LinkedIn, Twitter and Facebook to broadcast publications, webinars, our presence at scientific meetings, and press releases. We

employ LeadForensics and SRAX to amplify our targeting and social media efforts. Social media enables us to easily reach scientists world-wide.

5. We significantly upgraded our website. The upgraded website contains a state-of-the art search engine that enables researchers to rapidly find PCT-related publications

and products.

6. The website contains product information, published articles, and videos of our products to foster engagement, product interest, leads, order placement, and learning.

7. Our scientists  regularly  present  their  findings  and  discuss  our  products  at  scientific  sessions  at  regional,  national,  and  international  scientific  conferences,  and  at

corporate, government, and academic laboratories.

8.

In addition to electronic advertising, we have used and will continue to use print media to showcase our products.

In 2022, we plan to expand our Sales and Marketing team, in order to support these efforts.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
c. Foreign Distribution Network

We have previously established distribution arrangements covering China, Poland, South Korea, Japan, and 24 countries in Western Europe.

On  December  3,  2021,  we  entered  into  a  two-year  distribution  agreement  with  Westlake  Omics  Biotechnology,  Ltd,  in  Hangzhou,  China.    We  believe  that  they  are

committed and capable of rapidly expanding the market for Barocyclers in China.

In February 2016, we entered into a three-year distribution agreement with Bioanalytic of Poland, pursuant to which PBI granted Bioanalytic exclusive distribution rights
to all of our PCT products in Poland... In August of 2021, we expanded our relationship with Bioanalytic to reflect an exclusive distribution relationship for all of the EU and
non-EU members in Western Europe, in addition to Poland. In August 2021, we signed an exclusive distribution agreement with Bioanalytic on Aug 1 2021 that expires on
December 31, 2023.

In September of 2016, we entered into a three-year distribution agreement with Vita Co. of Japan, pursuant to which we granted Vita Co. exclusive distribution rights to all

of our PCT products in Japan. This agreement expired in 2019. We continue to maintain a distribution relationship with Vita and are in contract renewal discussions.

In September of 2016, we entered into a distribution agreement with I&L GmbH of Germany, pursuant to which we granted I&L exclusive distribution rights to all of our
products  until  March  30,  2018  in  the  countries  designated  as  Western  Europe  (Andorra,  Austria,  Belgium,  Denmark,  Finland,  France,  Germany,  Gibraltar,  Greece,  Iceland,
Italy, Ireland, Liechtenstein, Luxembourg, Malta, Monaco, Norway, Netherlands, Portugal, San Marino, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the United Kingdom). This agreement
expired March 31, 2020. In February of 2021, we were informed that I&L had determined that they were not going to renew their exclusive distributor relationship with PBI.

In  January  2020,  we  entered  into  a  three-year  distribution  agreement  with  SCINCO  Co.,  LTD  of  South  Korea,  pursuant  to  which  PBI  granted  SCINCO  exclusive

distribution rights to all of our PCT products in South Korea.

Non-Exclusive and Other Distribution Agreements

In November 2011, we entered into a distributor agreement with OROBOROS Instruments Corp. (“OROBOROS”) of Austria, pursuant to which we granted OROBOROS

non-exclusive world-wide distribution rights to our Shredder SG3 System and related products.

We  are  also  the  exclusive  distributor,  throughout  the  Americas,  for  Constant  Systems,  Ltd.’s  (“CS”)  cell  disruption  equipment,  parts,  and  consumables.  CS,  a  British
company located northwest of London, England, has been providing niche biomedical equipment, related consumable products, and services to a global client base since 1989.
CS designs, develops, and manufactures high pressure cell disruption equipment used by life sciences laboratories worldwide, particularly disruption systems for the extraction
of  proteins.  The  CS  equipment  provides  a  constant  and  controlled  cell  disruptive  environment,  giving  the  user  superior,  constant,  and  reproducible  results  whatever  the
application. CS has over 900 units installed in over 40 countries worldwide. The CS cell disruption equipment has proven performance in the extraction of cellular components,
such as protein from yeast, bacteria, mammalian cells, and other sample types.

The  CS  pressure-based  cell  disruption  equipment  and  our  PCT-based  instrumentation  complement  each  other  in  several  important  ways.  While  both  the  CS  and  our
technologies are based on high pressure, each product line has fundamental scientific capabilities that the other does not offer. Our PCT Platform uses certain patented pressure
mechanisms to achieve small-scale, molecular level effects. CS’s technology uses different, proprietary pressure mechanisms for larger-scale, non-molecular level processing.
In  a  number  of  routine  laboratory  applications,  such  as  protein  extraction,  both  effects  can  be  critical  to  success.  Therefore,  for  protein  extraction  and  a  number  of  other
important scientific applications, we believe laboratories will benefit by using the CS and PBI products, either separately or together.

In June 2013, CS and PBI signed an expanded distribution agreement that made us the exclusive distributor of CS products throughout all of the Americas until the end of

2019. In October 2021, we renewed this distribution agreement for an additional two years.

d. Intellectual Property

We believe that protection of our patents and other intellectual property is essential to our business. Subject to the availability of sufficient financial resources, our practice
is to file patent applications to protect technology, inventions, and improvements to inventions that are important to our business development. We also rely on trade secrets,
know-how, and technological innovations to develop and maintain our potential competitive position.

To date, we have been awarded 26 total United States and foreign patents related to our PCT technology platform, and one US patent and two additional patents in China

related to our Ultra Shear Technology. We also received eight patents with our purchase of the assets of BaroFold in December 2017.

The Company received one US patent and two patents in China for UST, focused on a low-cost scalable approach for product manufacturing. The Company believes this
method  can  find  use  in  various  nanoemulsion  applications  for  pharmaceutical  (e.g.,  drug  delivery),  biotechnology  (e.g.,  protein  recovery,  biomolecule  extraction),  and
food/beverage (e.g., shelf-stable “clean label”) products. We plan to design, develop, manufacture, and market three different modules of BaroShear UST platform:

1. a bench-top, research/formulation, low-throughput instrument that we will license for formulation development;
2. a lab-or pilot scale production instrument that we will license into life science companies and other industries;
3. a production scale UST-based instrument for manufacturing applications that we will license to food, cosmetics, nutraceuticals, and other processors worldwide.

Our issued patents expire between 2022 and 2030. Any failure to obtain and maintain adequate patent protection may adversely affect our ability to enter into, or affect the
terms of, any arrangement for the marketing, sale or licensing of any of our products or technology platforms. It may also allow our competitors to duplicate our products
without our permission and without compensation.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
License Agreements Relating to Pressure Cycling Technology

BioMolecular Assays, Inc.

In  1996,  we  acquired  our  initial  equity  interest  in  BioSeq,  Inc.,  which  at  the  time  was  developing  our  original  pressure  cycling  technology.  BioSeq,  Inc.  acquired  its
pressure  cycling  technology  from  BioMolecular  Assays,  Inc.  under  a  technology  transfer  and  patent  assignment  agreement.  In  1998,  we  purchased  all  of  the  remaining
outstanding capital stock of BioSeq, Inc., and at such time, the technology transfer and patent assignment agreement was amended to require us to pay BioMolecular Assays,
Inc., a 5% royalty on our sales of products or services that incorporate or utilize the original pressure cycling technology that BioSeq, Inc. acquired from BioMolecular Assays,
Inc.  We  were  also  required  to  pay  BioMolecular  Assays,  Inc.  5%  of  the  proceeds  from  any  sale,  transfer  or  license  of  all  or  any  portion  of  the  original  pressure  cycling
technology. These payment obligations terminated March 7, 2016.

In connection with our acquisition of BioSeq, Inc., we licensed certain limited rights to the original pressure cycling technology back to BioMolecular Assays, Inc. This
license is non-exclusive and limits the use of the original pressure cycling technology by BioMolecular Assays, Inc. solely for molecular applications in scientific research and
development and in scientific plant research and development. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. is required to pay us a royalty equal to 20% of any license or other fees and royalties,
but not including research support and similar payments, it receives in connection with any sale, assignment, license or other transfer of any rights granted to BioMolecular
Assays, Inc. under the license. BioMolecular Assays, Inc. was required to pay us these royalties until the expiration in March 2016 of the patents held by BioSeq, Inc. since
1998. We have not received any royalty payments from BioMolecular Assays, Inc. under this license.

Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”). The  licensed  technology  is  the  subject  of  a
patent application filed by Battelle in 2008 and relates to a method and a system for improving the analysis of protein samples, including through an automated system utilizing
pressure  and  a  pre-selected  agent  to  obtain  a  digested  sample  in  a  significantly  shorter  period  of  time  than  current  methods,  while  maintaining  the  integrity  of  the  sample
throughout the preparatory process. In addition to royalty payments on net sales of “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year that
we  retain  the  rights  outlined  in  the  patent  license  agreement  and  we  are  required  to  have  our  first  commercial  sale  of  the  licensed  products  within  one  year  following  the
issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in 2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in
2015; the minimum royalties were $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and $5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

e. Developments and Accomplishments

We reported a number of accomplishments in 2021:

● On December  22:  PBI  shatters  preconceived  nanoemulsion  stability,  performance,  and  production  limits,  produces  CBD  oil  nanoemulsions  with  18-month  stability…

portends revolution in multiple major markets.

● On November 17: Q3 financial results: solid YTD growth - total revenue up 60%, operating loss reduced 16%.

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● On November 11: Second U.S. patent awarded for revolutionary UST platform: for innovative nanogap valve.

● On November 4: BaroFold Platform Unleashes Hidden Growth Engine as Strong Demand for Protein Therapeutics Leverages PBI’s Protein Refolding Technology.

● On September 30: PBI reports its UST platform successfully transforms Neem Oil into a novel, highly potent nanoemulsion for more effective agrochemical applications

● On September 29: PBI announced forward integration plans for Ultra Shear Technology (UST) demonstration and for manufacturing partnerships on U.S. east and west

coasts.

● On August 19: PBI reports Q2 financial results, including a 127% growth in total revenue, 178% growth in instrument sales, 298% growth in UST/BaroFold services, and

a concomitant 51% decrease in operating loss.

● On August 18: PBI expands on recent announcements (i) $1M in orders for PBI Agrochem, (ii) growth plan and goals for 2nd half of 2021, and (iii) pending acquisition of

eco-friendly assets at the August 18 Emerging Growth Investor Conference.

● On August 12: PBI’s new green, eco-friendly wholly-owned agrochem subsidiary (PBI Agrochem) receives over $1,000,000 in orders in first month of operations.

● On August 5: PBI unveils aggressive growth plan and goals for second half 2021; Company marches toward UST commercial release; uplisting, and profitability.

● On July 21: PBI’s President & CEO Ric Schumacher spoke at the July 21st Emerging Growth Conference where he expanded on the recent UST platform breakthroughs

and impending agrochem asset acquisition.

● On July 21: PBI announces major business expansion, establishing eco-friendly agrochemicals subsidiary and initiating plans to drive accretive 2021 revenue.

● On  July  13:  PBI’s  UST-enabled  nanoemulsions  soar  past  one-year  stability  goal;  results  open  explosive  growth  potential  for  water-soluble,  CBD-infused  beverages

worldwide.

● On July 1: PBI reported its novel UST platform delivered breakthrough nanoemulsion processing for one of the world’s most potent antioxidants – Astaxanthin.

● On July 23: PBI presented a corporate overview - including a discussion of its resurgent revenue growth in 2021, the potential impact of the anticipated commercial release
of  its  revolutionary  Ultra  Shear  Technology™  (UST™)  platform  by  Q4  2021,  and  its  impending  acquisition  of  assets  of  a  global,  eco-friendly  agrochemicals  at  the
Emerging Growth Conference.

● On May 19: PBI reports resurgent growth in 1st Quarter 2021: total revenue up 121%, instrument sales up 235%, consumable sales up 81%, gross margins up (31-60%),

and operating loss down 23%.

● On  May  13:  PBI  was  awarded  three  additional  patents  for  its  revolutionary  Ultra  Shear  Technology™  (UST™)  platform,  all  entitled  “System  for  High  Pressure,  High
Shear  Processing  of  Fluids”.  The  new  patents,  awarded  in  Japan  (No.  6843063),  Australia  (No.  2016243553),and  China  (ZL201680026865.2),  bring  the  Company’s
Intellectual Property (“IP”) estate to a total of 6 issued patents for UST and 29 issued patents overall.

● On March 15: PBI discussed partnerships with Leica Microsystems (cancer diagnostics) and Ohio State University (food industry consortium) with the Stock Day Podcast.

● On March 4: PBI reported that the transformative impact of the food industry consortium formed by Pressure BioSciences and Ohio State University was discussed in a

showcase video from Emerging Technology Insider.

● On  February  24:  PBI  and  Ohio  State  University  announced  the  formation  of  a  food  industry  consortium  to  advance  commercialization  of  the  Company’s  Ultra  Shear

Technology (UST) platform.

● On January 20: PBI targeted a revolution in effectiveness of therapeutics via improved drug delivery and dosing safety when the Company announced a collaboration with

SinuSys Corp to improve and optimize their lead sinus health product candidate prior to Phase IIb trials.

f. Liquidity

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes controlling expenses, streamlining operations, and obtaining capital through equity and/or
debt financing. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and equity offerings in the past. We have efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity
offerings.

Although we have successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure our investors that our plans to address these matters in the
future will be successful. Additional financing may not be available to us on a timely basis or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. In the event we are unable to raise sufficient
funds on terms acceptable to us, we may be required to:

● severely  limit  or  cease  our  operations  or  otherwise  reduce  planned  expenditures  and  forego  other  business  opportunities,  which  could  harm  our  business.  The

accompanying financial statements do not include adjustments that may be required in the event of the disposal of assets or the discontinuation of the business;

● obtain financing with terms that may have the effect of diluting or adversely affecting the holdings or the rights of the holders of our capital stock; or

● obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all of our technologies or products.

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
g. Regulation

Many  of  our  activities  are  subject  to  regulation  by  governmental  authorities  within  the  United  States  and  similar  bodies  outside  of  the  United  States.  The  regulatory
authorities  may  govern  the  collection,  testing,  manufacturing,  safety,  efficacy,  labeling,  storage,  record  keeping,  transportation,  approval,  advertising,  and  promotion  of  our
products, as well as the training of our employees.

Currently, our PCT commercialization efforts are focused in the area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation. We do not believe that our
current Barocycler products used in sample preparation are considered “medical devices” under the United States Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act (the “FDA Act”) and we do not
believe that we are subject to the law’s general control provisions that include requirements for registration, listing of devices, quality regulations, labeling and prohibitions
against misbranding and adulteration. We also do not believe that we are subject to regulatory inspection and scrutiny. If, however, we are successful in commercializing PCT
in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, such as protein purification, pathogen inactivation and
immunodiagnostics, our products may be considered “medical devices” under the FDA Act, at which point we would be subject to the law’s general control provisions and
regulation by the FDA that include requirements for registration listing of devices, quality regulations, labeling, and prohibitions against misbranding and adulteration. The
process  of  obtaining  approval  to  market  these  devices  in  the  other  potential  applications  of  PCT  would  be  costly  and  time  consuming  and  could  possibly  prohibit  us  from
pursuing such markets.

Some of our devices may also become subject to the European Pressure Equipment Directive, which requires certain pressure equipment meet certain quality and safety
standards. We do not believe that we are currently subject to this directive because our Barocycler instruments are below the threshold documented in the text of the directive. If
our interpretation were to be challenged, we could incur significant costs defending the challenge, and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm our
business.

We  self-certified  that  our  Barocycler  instrumentation  was  electromagnetically  compatible,  or  “CE”  compliant,  which  means  that  our  Barocycler  instruments  meet  the
essential requirements of the relevant European health, safety and environmental protection legislation. In order to maintain our CE Marking, a requirement to sell equipment in
many countries of the European Union, we are obligated to uphold certain safety and quality standards. Due to outsourcing manufacturing to CBM, an ISO certified contract
manufacturer, for all Barocycler 2320 EXT instruments currently in inventory or sold in 2021, we believe compliance with CE and other required marks and certifications is
well controlled.

h. Employees

At December 31, 2021, we had twelve (12) full-time employees. All employees enter into confidentiality agreements intended to protect our proprietary information. We
believe that our relations with our employees are good. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. Our performance depends on our ability to attract and retain
qualified  professional,  scientific  and  technical  staff.  The  level  of  competition  among  employers  for  skilled  personnel  is  high.  Subject  to  our  limited  financial  resources,  we
attempt to maintain employee benefit plans to enhance employee morale, professional commitment and work productivity and provide an incentive for employees to remain
with us.

i. Corporate Information

We were incorporated in the Commonwealth of Massachusetts in August 1978 as Boston Biomedica, Inc. In 1996, Boston Biomedica completed a successful initial public
offering and was listed on the NASDAQ market (where we maintained a listing until 2012). In September 2004, we completed the sale of Boston Biomedica’s core business
units and began to focus exclusively on the development and commercialization of the PCT platform. Following this change in business strategy, we changed our legal name
from Boston Biomedica, Inc. to Pressure BioSciences, Inc. We began operations as PBI in February 2005, research and development activities in April 2006, early marketing
and selling activities of our Barocycler instruments in late 2007, and active marketing and selling of our PCT-based instrument platform in 2012.

j. Available Information

Our Internet website address is http://www.pressurebiosciences.com. Through our website, we make available, free of charge, reports that we file with the Securities and
Exchange Commission (“SEC”), which include, but are not limited to, our annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and any
and all amendments to such reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. These SEC reports can be also
accessed through the investor relations section of our website. The information found on our website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS.

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  involve  risks  and  uncertainties,  such  as  statements  of  our  objectives,  expectations  and
intentions. The cautionary statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K should be read as applicable to all forward-looking statements wherever they appear in this
report. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed herein. Factors that could cause or contribute to such differences include those discussed below, as well as
those discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMPANY

We  have  received  an  opinion  from  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  expressing  substantial  doubt  regarding  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going

concern.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021
contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The audit report states that our auditing firm determined that there was substantial doubt
in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk that we may not have sufficient cash and liquid assets at December 31, 2021 to cover our operating and capital
requirements for the next twelve-month period; and if sufficient cash cannot be obtained, we would have to substantially alter, or possibly even discontinue, operations. The
accompanying consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Management  has  developed  a  plan  to  continue  operations.  This  plan  includes  continued  control  of  expenses  and  obtaining  equity  or  debt  financing. Although  we  have

successfully completed equity financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be successful.

The factors described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may cause investors to have reservations about
our long-term prospects and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in the
future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our stockholders may lose their entire investment.

Our revenue is dependent upon acceptance of our products by the market. The failure of such acceptance will cause us to curtail or cease operations.

Our revenue comes from the sale of our products. As a result, we will continue to incur operating losses until such time as sales of our products reach a mature level and
we are able to generate sufficient revenue from the sale of our products to meet our operating expenses. There can be no assurance that customers will adopt our technology and
products, or that businesses and prospective customers will agree to pay for our products. In the event that we are not able to significantly increase the number of customers that
purchase our products, or if we are unable to charge the necessary prices, our financial condition and results of operations will be materially and adversely affected.

Our  business  could  be  adversely  affected  if  we  fail  to  implement  and  maintain  effective  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  internal  control  over  financial

reporting.

We  concluded  that  as  of  December  31,  2021,  our  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  were  not  effective.  We  have
determined that we have limited resources for adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 within the required time periods and
that material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting exist relating to our accounting for complex equity transactions. If we are unable to implement and
maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and remediate the material weaknesses in a timely manner, or if we identify other material weaknesses in the future, our
ability  to  produce  accurate  and  timely  financial  statements  and  public  reports  could  be  impaired,  which  could  adversely  affect  our  business  and  financial  condition.  We
identified a lack of sufficient segregation of duties. Specifically, this material weakness is such that the design over these areas relies primarily on detective controls and could
be strengthened by adding preventive controls to properly safeguard assets. In addition, investors may lose confidence in our reported information and the market price of our
common stock may decline.

We have a history of operating losses, anticipate future losses and may never be profitable.

We have experienced significant operating losses in each period since we began investing resources in PCT and CP. These losses have resulted principally from research
and development, sales and marketing, and general and administrative expenses associated with the development of our PCT business and more recently our BaroFold and UST
business.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  recorded  a  net  loss  available  to  common  shareholders  of  $22,685,459  or  ($3.42)  per  share,  as  compared  with
$17,584,710 or ($5.32) per share, for the corresponding period in 2020. We expect to continue to incur operating losses until sales increase substantially. We cannot be certain
when, if ever, we will become profitable. Even if we were to become profitable, we might not be able to sustain such profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we are unable to obtain additional financing, business operations will be harmed and if we do obtain additional financing then existing shareholders may suffer

substantial dilution.

We need substantial capital to implement our sales distribution strategy for our current products and to develop and commercialize future products using our high-pressure

technology products and services across all of our targeted markets. Our capital requirements will depend on many factors, including but not limited to:

● the problems, delays, expenses, and complications frequently encountered by early-stage companies;

● market acceptance of our high-pressure technology products and services;

● the success of our sales and marketing programs; and

● changes in economic, regulatory or competitive conditions in the markets we intend to serve.

We  expect  the  net  proceeds  from  our  financing  plans,  along  with  our  current  cash  position,  will  enable  us  to  fund  our  operating  expenses  and  capital  expenditure
requirements for at least the next 24 months, during which time we expect to achieve profitability. If we do not achieve profitability as planned, we anticipate that we will need
to  raise  additional  capital  to  fund  our  operations  and  to  otherwise  implement  our  overall  business  strategy.  We  currently  do  not  have  any  contracts  or  commitments  for
additional financing. There can be no assurance that financing will be available in amounts or on terms acceptable to us, if at all. Any additional equity financing may involve
substantial dilution to then existing shareholders.

If adequate funds are not available or if we fail to obtain acceptable additional financing, we may be required to:

● severely limit or cease our operations or otherwise reduce planned expenditures and forego other business opportunities, which could harm our business;

● obtain financing, including but not limited to via the issuance of convertible notes, with terms that may have the effect of substantially diluting or adversely affecting

the holdings or the rights of the holders of our capital stock; or

● obtain funds through arrangements with future collaboration partners or others that may require us to relinquish rights to some or all of our technologies or products.

We have incurred substantial debt, which could impair our flexibility and access to capital and adversely affect our financial position, and our business would be materially
adversely affected if we are unable to service our debt obligations.

As described in Note 9 to our audited financial statements, as of December 31, 2021, there were $14.4 million in convertible notes outstanding some of which is past due.
One  lender  holds  approximately  $9.4  million  of  this  debt.  In  addition,  as  of  December  31,  2021  we  were  making  daily  payments  of  $1,279  and  one  payment  per  week  of
$11,305 to service Merchant Agreements. As of March 31, 2022 we were making weekly payments totaling $30,295 to service Merchant Agreements.

We may incur additional indebtedness from time to time to implement our sales distribution strategy for our current products and to develop and commercialize future

products using our high-pressure technology products and services across all of our targeted markets.

Our substantial indebtedness may:

● require  us  to  use  a  substantial  portion  of  our  cash  flow  from  operations  and  /  or  to  issue  substantial  amounts  of  shares  of  common  stock  (which  may  result  in

substantial dilution to our existing stockholders) to service our debt;

● increase our vulnerability to economic downturns and adverse competitive and industry conditions and place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to those of

our competitors that are less leveraged; or

● limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and our industry and limit our ability to pursue other business opportunities, borrow more

money for operations or capital in the future, and implement our business strategies.

In addition, our cash balance is significantly less than the principal amount of our outstanding debt, and we may not generate sufficient cash flow from our operations to
pay our substantial debt. Any debt financing that is available could cause us to incur substantial costs and subject us to covenants that significantly restrict our ability to conduct
our business.

Our financial results depend on revenues from our high-pressure technology products and services, and from government grants.

We currently rely on revenues from PCT, CP, BaroFold and UST technology products and services, and from revenues derived from grants awarded to us by governmental
agencies, such as the National Institutes of Health. Through 2021, we have not yet achieved product readiness for BaroFold and UST, and/or market acceptance of our product
offerings,  to  the  extent  necessary  to  achieve  revenue  growth  sufficient  to  establish  profitability.  Competition  for  government  grants  is  very  intense,  and  we  can  provide  no
assurance that we will continue to be awarded grants in the future. If we are unable to increase revenues from sales of our high-pressure technology products and services and
government grants, our business will fail.

We may be unable to obtain market acceptance of our high-pressure technology products and services.

Many of the initial sales of our pressure cycling technology products and services have been to our collaborators, following their use of our products in studies undertaken
in sample preparation for genomics, proteomics, lipidomics, and small molecules studies. Later sales have been to key opinion leaders. Our technology requires scientists and
researchers  to  adopt  a  method  of  sample  extraction  that  is  different  from  existing  techniques.  Our  PCT  sample  preparation  system  is  also  more  costly  than  most  existing
techniques.  Our  ability  to  obtain  market  acceptance  will  depend,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  demonstrate  to  our  potential  customers  that  the  benefits  and  advantages  of  our
technology outweigh the increased cost of our technology compared with existing methods of sample extraction. Similar early technology introduction, trial and acceptance
challenges must be surmounted for the BaroFold and UST products and services, as well. If we are unable to demonstrate the benefits and advantages of our products and
technology as compared with existing technologies, we will not gain market acceptance and our business will fail.

23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our business may be harmed if we encounter problems, delays, expenses, and complications that often affect companies that have not achieved significant market

acceptance.

Our high-pressure technology businesses will continue to face challenges in achieving market acceptance. If we encounter problems, delays, expenses and complications,

many of which may be beyond our control or may harm our business or prospects. These include:

● availability of adequate financing;

● unanticipated problems and costs relating to the development, testing, production, marketing, and sale of our products;

● delays and costs associated with our ability to attract and retain key personnel; and

● competition.

The sales cycle of our high-pressure technology products is lengthy. We have incurred and may continue to incur significant expenses and we may not generate any

significant revenue related to those products.

Many  of  our  current  and  potential  customers  have  required  between  three  and  six  months  or  more  to  test  and  evaluate  our  high-pressure  technology  products.  This
increases the possibility that a customer may decide to cancel its order or otherwise change its plans, which could reduce or eliminate our sales to that potential customer. As a
result  of  this  lengthy  sales  cycle,  we  have  incurred  and  may  continue  to  incur  significant  research  and  development,  selling  and  marketing,  and  general  and  administrative
expense  related  to  customers  from  whom  we  have  not  yet  generated  any  revenue  from  our  products,  and  from  whom  we  may  never  generate  the  anticipated  revenue  if  a
customer is not satisfied with the results of the evaluation of our products or if a customer cancels or changes its plans.

Our business could be harmed if our products contain undetected errors or defects.

We are continuously developing new and improving our existing, high-pressure technology products and we expect to do so across many areas of life sciences applications
depending  upon  the  availability  of  our  resources.  Newly  introduced  products  can  contain  undetected  errors  or  defects.  In  addition,  these  products  may  not  meet  their
performance specifications under all conditions or for all applications. If, despite internal testing and testing by our collaborators, any of our products contain errors or defects
or fail to meet customer specifications, then we may be required to enhance or improve those products or technologies. We may not be able to do so on a timely basis, if at all,
and may only be able to do so at considerable expense. In addition, any significant reliability problems could result in adverse customer reaction, negative publicity or legal
claims and could harm our business and prospects.

Our success may depend on our ability to manage growth effectively.

Our failure to manage growth effectively could harm our business and prospects. Given our limited resources and personnel, growth of our business could place significant
strain  on  our  management,  information  technology  systems,  sources  of  manufacturing  capacity  and  other  resources.  To  properly  manage  our  growth,  we  may  need  to  hire
additional employees and identify new sources of manufacturing capabilities. Failure to effectively manage our growth could make it difficult to manufacture our products and
fill orders, as well as lead to declines in product quality or increased costs, any of which would adversely impact our business and results of operations.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management, specifically our Chief Executive Officer, Richard T. Schumacher. The loss of
the services of any of our senior management could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals. In addition, our failure to retain
existing  engineering,  research  and  development,  operations,  and  marketing/sales  personnel  could  harm  our  product  development  capabilities  and  customer  and  employee
relationships, delay the growth of sales of our products, and result in the loss of key information, expertise, or know-how.

We may not be able to hire or retain the number of qualified personnel, particularly engineering and sales personnel, required for our business, which would harm the

development and sales of our products and limit our ability to grow.

Competition  in  our  industry  for  senior  management,  technical,  sales,  marketing,  finance  and  other  key  personnel  is  intense.  If  we  are  unable  to  retain  our  existing
personnel, or attract and train additional qualified personnel, either because of competition in our industry for such personnel or because of insufficient financial resources, our
growth  may  be  limited.  Our  success  also  depends  in  particular  on  our  ability  to  identify,  hire,  train  and  retain  qualified  engineering  and  sales  personnel  with  experience  in
design, development and sales of laboratory equipment.

24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our reliance on a single third party for all of our manufacturing, and certain of our engineering, and other related services could harm our business.

We  currently  solely  rely  on  CBM  Industries,  a  third-party  contract  manufacturer,  to  manufacture  our  Barocycler  2320EXT  instrumentation,  provide  manufacturing
expertise, and manage the majority of our sub-contractor supplier relationships for this instrument. Because of our dependence on one manufacturer, our success will depend, in
part, on the ability of CBM to manufacture our products cost effectively, in sufficient quantities to meet our customer demand, if and when such demand occurs, and meeting
our quality requirements. If CBM experiences manufacturing problems or delays, or if CBM decides not to continue to provide us with these services, our business may be
harmed. While we believe other contract manufacturers are available to address our manufacturing and engineering needs, if we find it necessary to replace CBM, there will be
a disruption in our business and we would incur additional costs and delays that would harm our business.

Our failure to manage current or future alliances or joint ventures effectively may harm our business.

We have entered into business relationships with four distribution partners and one co-marketing partner, and we may enter into additional alliances, joint ventures or other

business relationships to further develop, market and sell our pressure cycling technology product line. We may not be able to:

● identify appropriate candidates for alliances, joint ventures or other business relationships;

● assure that any candidate for an alliance, joint venture or business relationship will provide us with the support anticipated;

● successfully negotiate an alliance, joint venture or business relationship on terms that are advantageous to us; or

● successfully manage any alliance or joint venture.

Furthermore, any alliance, joint venture or other business relationship may divert management time and resources. Entering into a disadvantageous alliance, joint venture
or business relationship, failing to manage an alliance, joint venture or business relationship effectively, or failing to comply with any obligations in connection therewith, could
harm our business and prospects.

We may not be successful in growing our international sales.

We cannot guarantee that we will successfully develop our international sales channels to enable us to generate significant revenue from international sales. We currently
have  four  international  distribution  agreements  that  cover  24  countries  in  Europe,  Asia  and  Australia. We  have  generated  limited  sales  to  date  from  international  sales  and
cannot guarantee that we will be able to increase our sales. As we expand, our international operations may be subject to numerous risks and challenges, including:

● multiple, conflicting and changing governmental laws and regulations, including those that regulate high pressure equipment;

● reduced protection for intellectual property rights in some countries;

● protectionist laws and business practices that favor local companies;

● political and economic changes and disruptions;

● export and import controls;

● tariff regulations; and

● currency fluctuations.

25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Our  operating  results  are  subject  to  quarterly  variation.  Our  operating  results  may  fluctuate  significantly  from  period  to  period  depending  on  a  variety  of  factors,

including but not limited to the following:

● our ability to increase our sales of our pressure cycling technology products for sample preparation on a consistent quarterly or annual basis;

● the lengthy sales cycle for our products;

● the product mix of the Barocycler instruments we install in a given period, and whether the installations are completed pursuant to sales, rental or lease arrangements,

and the average selling prices that we are able to command for our products;

● our ability to manage our costs and expenses;

● our ability to continue our research and development activities without incurring unexpected costs and expenses; and

● our ability to comply with state and federal regulations without incurring unexpected costs and expenses.

Our instrumentation operates at high pressures and may therefore become subject to certain regulations in the European Community. Regulation of high-pressure

equipment may limit or hinder our development and sale of future instrumentation.

Our  Barocycler  instruments  operate  at  high  pressures.  If  our  Barocycler  instruments  exceed  certain  pressure  levels,  our  products  may  become  subject  to  the  European
Pressure  Equipment  Directive,  which  requires  certain  pressure  equipment  meet  certain  quality  and  safety  standards.  We  do  not  believe  that  we  are  subject  to  this  directive
because  our  Barocycler  instruments  are  currently  below  the  threshold  documented  in  the  text  of  the  directive.  If  our  interpretation  were  to  be  challenged,  we  could  incur
significant costs defending the challenge, and we could face production and selling delays, all of which could harm our business.

We expect that we will be subject to regulation in the United States, such as by the Food and Drug Administration, and overseas, if and when we begin to invest more

resources in the development and commercialization of PCT in applications outside of sample preparation for the research field.

Our current pressure cycling technology products in the area of sample preparation for the research field are not regulated by the FDA. Certain applications in which we
intend to develop and commercialize pressure cycling technology, such as protein purification, pathogen inactivation and immunodiagnostics, are expected to require regulatory
approvals or clearances from regulatory agencies, such as the FDA, prior to commercialization, when we expand our commercialization activities outside of the research field.
We expect that obtaining these approvals or clearances will require a significant investment of time and capital resources and there can be no assurance that such investments
will receive approvals or clearances that would allow us to commercialize the technology for these applications.

If we are unable to protect our patents and other proprietary technology relating to our pressure cycling technology products, our business will be harmed.

Our ability to further develop and successfully commercialize our products will depend, in part, on our ability to enforce our patents, preserve our trade secrets, and operate
without infringing the proprietary rights of third parties. To date, we have been awarded 26 total United States and foreign patents related to our PCT technology platform, and
one  US  patent  and  two  additional  patents  in  China  related  to  our  Ultra  Shear  Technology.  We  also  received  eight  patents  with  our  purchase  of  the  assets  of  BaroFold  in
December 2017.

There can be no assurance that (a) any patent applications filed by us will result in issued patents; (b) patent protection will be secured for any particular technology; (c)
any patents that have been or may be issued to us will be valid or enforceable; (d) any patents will provide meaningful protection to us; (e) others will not be able to design
around our patents; and (f) our patents will provide a competitive advantage or have commercial value. The failure to obtain adequate patent protection would have a material
adverse effect on us and may adversely affect our ability to enter into, or affect the terms of, any arrangement for the marketing or sale of any product.

Our patents may be challenged by others.

We  could  incur  substantial  costs  in  patent  proceedings,  including  interference  proceedings  before  the  United  States  Patent  and  Trademark  Office,  and  comparable
proceedings before similar agencies in other countries, in connection with any claims that may arise in the future. These proceedings could result in adverse decisions about the
patentability of our inventions and products, as well as about the enforceability, validity, or scope of protection afforded by the patents.

If we are unable to maintain the confidentiality of our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, others may develop technology and products that could prevent the

successful commercialization of our products.

We rely on trade secrets and other unpatented proprietary information in our product development activities. To the extent we rely on trade secrets and unpatented know-
how to maintain our competitive technological position, there can be no assurance that others may not independently develop the same or similar technologies. We seek to
protect our trade secrets and proprietary knowledge, in part, through confidentiality agreements with our employees, consultants, advisors and contractors. These agreements
may not be sufficient to effectively prevent disclosure of our confidential information and may not provide us with an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure
of such information. If our employees, consultants, advisors, or contractors develop inventions or processes independently that may be applicable to our products, disputes may
arise  about  ownership  of  proprietary  rights  to  those  inventions  and  processes.  Such  inventions  and  processes  will  not  necessarily  become  our  property  but  may  remain  the
property of those persons or their employers. Protracted and costly litigation could be necessary to enforce and determine the scope of our proprietary rights. Failure to obtain
or maintain trade secret protection, for any reason, could harm our business.

26

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
If we infringe on the intellectual property rights of others, our business may be harmed.

It is possible that the manufacture, use or sale of our pressure cycling technology products or services may infringe patent or other intellectual property rights of others. We
may  be  unable  to  avoid  infringement  of  the  patent  or  other  intellectual  property  rights  of  others  and  may  be  required  to  seek  a  license,  defend  an  infringement  action,  or
challenge the validity of the patents or other intellectual property rights in court. We may be unable to secure a license on terms and conditions acceptable to us, if at all. Also,
we may not prevail in any patent or other intellectual property rights litigation. Patent or other intellectual property rights litigation is costly and time-consuming, and there can
be no assurance that we will have sufficient resources to bring any possible litigation related to such infringement to a successful conclusion. If we do not obtain a license under
such patents or other intellectual property rights, or if we are found liable for infringement, or if we are unsuccessful in having such patents declared invalid, we may be liable
for  significant  monetary  damages,  may  encounter  significant  delays  in  successfully  commercializing  and  developing  our  pressure  cycling  technology  products,  or  may  be
precluded from participating in the manufacture, use, or sale of our pressure cycling technology products or services requiring such licenses.

We may be unable to adequately respond to rapid changes in technology and the development of new industry standards.

The introduction of products and services embodying new technology and the emergence of new industry standards may render our existing pressure cycling technology
products and related services obsolete and unmarketable if we are unable to adapt to change. We may be unable to allocate the funds necessary to improve our current products
or introduce new products to address our customers’ needs and respond to technological change. In the event that other companies develop more technologically advanced
products, our competitive position relative to such companies would be harmed.

We may not be able to compete successfully with others that are developing or have developed competitive technologies and products.

A  number  of  companies  have  developed,  or  are  expected  to  develop,  products  that  compete  or  will  compete  with  our  products.  We  compete  with  companies  that  have
existing technologies for the extraction of nucleic acids, proteins and small molecules from cells and tissues, including but not limited to methods such as mortar and pestle,
sonication, rotor-stator homogenization, French press, bead beating, freezer milling, enzymatic digestion, and chemical dissolution.

We are aware that there are additional companies pursuing new technologies with similar goals to the products developed or being developed by us. Some of the companies
with  which  we  now  compete,  or  may  compete  in  the  future,  have  or  may  have  more  extensive  research,  marketing,  and  manufacturing  capabilities,  more  experience  in
genomics  and  proteomics  sample  preparation,  protein  purification,  pathogen  inactivation,  immunodiagnostics,  and  DNA  sequencing  and  significantly  greater  technical,
personnel and financial resources than we do, and may be better positioned to continue to improve their technology to compete in an evolving industry. To compete, we must be
able to demonstrate to potential customers that our products provide improved performance and capabilities. Our failure to compete successfully could harm our business and
prospects.

We will need to increase the size of our organization and may experience difficulties in managing growth.

We are a small company with a minimal number of employees. We expect to experience a period of expansion in headcount, facilities, infrastructure and overhead and
anticipate that further expansion will be required to address potential growth and market opportunities. Future growth will impose significant added responsibilities on members
of  management,  including  the  need  to  identify,  recruit,  maintain  and  integrate  new  managers.  Our  future  financial  performance  and  its  ability  to  compete  effectively  will
depend, in part, on its ability to manage any future growth effectively.

Provisions in our articles of organization and bylaws may discourage or frustrate stockholders’ attempts to remove or replace our current management.

Our articles of organization and bylaws contain provisions that may make it more difficult or discourage changes in our management that our stockholders may consider to

be favorable. These provisions include:

● a classified board of directors;

27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
● advance notice for stockholder nominations to the board of directors;

● limitations on the ability of stockholders to remove directors; and

● a provision that allows a majority of the directors to fill vacancies on the board of directors.

These provisions could prevent or frustrate attempts to make changes in our management that our stockholders consider to be beneficial and could limit the price that our

stockholders might receive in the future for shares of our common stock.

The costs of compliance with the reporting obligations of the Exchange Act, and with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall

Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, may place a strain on our limited resources and our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns.

As a result of the regulatory requirements applicable to public companies, we incur legal, accounting, and other expenses that are significant in relation to the size of our
Company including expenses related to complying with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules
subsequently  implemented  by  the  SEC  and  OTC  Markets  Group,  Inc.  These  requirements  have  placed  and  will  continue  to  place  a  strain  on  our  systems  and  on  our
management and financial resources.

Certain of our net deferred tax assets could be substantially limited if we experience an ownership change as defined in the Internal Revenue Code.

Certain of our net operating losses (“NOLs”)  give  rise  to  net  deferred  tax  assets.  Our  ability  to  utilize  NOLs  and  to  offset  our  future  taxable  income  and/or  to  recover
previously paid taxes would be limited if we were to undergo an “ownership change” within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”). In general,
an  “ownership  change”  occurs  whenever  the  percentage  of  the  stock  of  a  corporation  owned  by  “5  percent  shareholders,”  within  the  meaning  of  Section  382  of  the  Code,
increases by more than 50 percentage points over the lowest percentage of the stock of such corporation owned by such “5 percent shareholders” at any time over the preceding
three years.

An ownership change under Section 382 of the Code would establish an annual limitation on the amount of NOLs we could utilize to offset our taxable income in any
single taxable year to an amount equal to (i) the product of a specified rate, which is published by the U.S. Treasury, and the aggregate value of our outstanding stock plus; and
(ii) the amount of unutilized limitation from prior years. The application of these limitations might prevent full utilization of the deferred tax assets attributable to our NOLs.
We may have or will have experienced an ownership change as defined by Section 382 through the sale of equity and, therefore, we will consider whether the sale of equity
units will result in limitations of our net operating losses under Section 382 when we start to generate taxable income. However, whether a change in ownership occurs in the
future is largely outside of our control, and there can be no assurance that such a change will not occur.

We continue to face risks related to Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) which could continue to significantly disrupt our research and development, operations, sales, and
financial results.

Our business was adversely impacted by the effects of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19). In addition to global macroeconomic effects, the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-
19) outbreak and any other related adverse public health developments could continue to cause disruption to our operations, research and development, and sales activities. Our
third-party manufacturers, third-party distributors, and our customers have been and will be disrupted by worker absenteeism, quarantines and restrictions on employees’ ability
to  work,  office  and  factory  closures,  disruptions  to  ports  and  other  shipping  infrastructure,  border  closures,  or  other  travel  or  health-related  restrictions.  Depending  on  the
magnitude of such effects on our activities or the operations of our third-party manufacturers and third-party distributors, the supply of our products will be delayed, which
could adversely affect our business, operations and customer relationships. In addition, the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) or other disease outbreak will in the short-run and
may over the longer term adversely affect the economies and financial markets of many countries, resulting in an economic downturn that will affect demand for our products
and impact our operating results. There can be no assurance that any decrease in sales resulting from the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) will be offset by increased sales in
subsequent periods. Although the magnitude of the impact of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) outbreak on our business and operations remains uncertain, the continued
spread of the Novel Coronavirus (COVID-19) or the occurrence of other epidemics and the imposition of related public health measures and travel and business restrictions will
adversely impact our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows. In addition, we have experienced and will experience disruptions to our business operations
resulting from quarantines, self-isolations, or other movement and restrictions on the ability of our employees to perform their jobs that may impact our ability to develop and
design our products in a timely manner or meet required milestones or customer commitments.

RISKS RELATED TO OWNERSHIP OF OUR SECURITIES

The holders of our Common Stock could suffer substantial dilution due to our corporate financing practices.

The holders of our common stock could suffer substantial dilution due to our corporate financing practices, which, in the past few years, have included private placements
and a registered direct offering. As of December 31, 2021, there were 8,196,894 shares of common stock issued and outstanding (the 9,120,526 shares listed on the balance
sheet includes shares we were obligated to issue as of that date that had not yet been issued). As of December 31, 2021 there were 300 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock issued and outstanding and convertible into 25,000 shares of common stock, 80,570 shares of Series G Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible
into 26,857 shares of common stock, 10,000 shares of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 33,334 shares of common stock, 21 shares
of Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 70,000 shares of common stock, 3,458 shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock issued
and outstanding convertible into 115,267 shares of common stock, 6,880 shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 229,334 shares
of common stock and 8,649 shares of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 8,649,000 shares of common stock.

28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Further,  in  connection  with  private  placement  offerings  and  the  Series  D  registered  direct  offering,  we  issued  warrants  to  purchase  common  stock.  In  addition,  as  of
December  31,  2021,  we  had  issued  notes  and  debentures  convertible  into  common  stock  at  $2.50  per  common  share  and  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to  purchase  an
aggregate of 17,540,209 shares of common stock; and debt convertible into 5,232,118 shares of common stock.

If all of the outstanding shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, Series H2 Convertible
Preferred Stock, Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock were converted into shares of common
stock  and  all  outstanding  options  and  warrants  to  purchase  shares  of  common  stock  were  exercised  and  all  convertible  notes  and  debentures  were  converted,  each  as  of
December  31,  2021,  an  additional  31,921,119  shares  of  common  stock  would  be  issued  and  outstanding.  This  additional  issuance  of  shares  of  common  stock  would  cause
immediate and substantial dilution to our existing stockholders and could cause a significant reduction in the market price of our common stock.

From  time  to  time,  we  also  may  increase  the  number  of  shares  available  for  issuance  in  connection  with  our  equity  compensation  plan,  we  may  adopt  new  equity
compensation  plans,  and  we  may  issue  awards  to  our  employees  and  others  who  provide  services  to  us  outside  the  terms  of  our  equity  compensation  plans.  Our  board  of
directors may fix and determine the designations, rights, preferences or other variations of each class or series of preferred stock and may choose to issue some or all of such
shares to provide additional financing in the future.

The  issuance  of  any  securities  for  acquisition,  licensing  or  financing  efforts,  upon  conversion  of  any  preferred  stock  or  exercise  of  warrants,  pursuant  to  our  equity
compensation plans, or otherwise may result in a reduction of the book value and market price of the outstanding shares of our common stock. If we issue any such additional
securities, such issuance will cause a reduction in the proportionate ownership and voting power of all current stockholders. Further, such issuance may result in a change in
control of our Company.

Sales  of  a  significant  number  of  shares  of  our  common  stock  in  the  public  market  or  the  perception  of  such  possible  sales,  could  depress  the  market  price  of  our

common stock.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public markets, which include an offering of our preferred stock or common stock could depress the
market price of our common stock and impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional equity or equity-related securities. We cannot predict the effect that future
sales of our common stock or other equity-related securities would have on the market price of our common stock.

Our share price could be volatile and our trading volume may fluctuate substantially.

The price of common stock has been and may in the future continue to be extremely volatile. Many factors could have a significant impact on the future price of our shares

of common stock, including:

● our inability to raise additional capital to fund our operations, whether through the issuance of equity securities or debt;

● our failure to successfully implement our business objectives;

● compliance with ongoing regulatory requirements;

● market acceptance of our products;

● technological innovations and new commercial products by our competitors;

● changes in government regulations;

● general economic conditions and other external factors;

● actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results; and

● the degree of trading liquidity in our shares of common stock.

A decline in the price of our shares of common stock could affect our ability to raise further working capital and adversely impact our ability to continue operations.

The  relatively  low  price  of  our  shares  of  common  stock,  and  a  decline  in  the  price  of  our  shares  of  common  stock,  could  result  in  a  reduction  in  the  liquidity  of  our
common stock and a reduction in our ability to raise capital. Because a significant portion of our operations has been and will continue to be financed through the sale of equity
securities, a decline in the price of our shares of common stock could be especially detrimental to our liquidity and our operations. Such reductions and declines may force us to
reallocate  funds  from  other  planned  uses  and  may  have  a  significant  negative  effect  on  our  business  plans  and  operations,  including  our  ability  to  continue  our  current
operations. If the price for our shares of common stock declines, it may be more difficult to raise additional capital. If we are unable to raise sufficient capital, and we are
unable to generate funds from operations sufficient to meet our obligations, we will not have the resources to continue our operations.

29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The market price for our shares of common stock may also be affected by our ability to meet or exceed expectations of analysts or investors. Any failure to meet these

expectations, even if minor, may have a material adverse effect on the market price of our shares of common stock.

Financial Industry Regulatory Authority (“FINRA”) sales practice requirements may also limit a stockholder’s ability to buy and sell our common stock.

FINRA has adopted rules that require that in recommending an investment to a customer, a broker-dealer must have reasonable grounds for believing that the investment is
suitable for that customer. Prior to recommending speculative low-priced securities to their non-institutional customers, broker-dealers must make reasonable efforts to obtain
information about the customer’s financial status, tax status, investment objectives and other information. Under interpretations of these rules, FINRA believes that there is a
high  probability  that  speculative  low-priced  securities  will  not  be  suitable  for  at  least  some  customers.  FINRA  requirements  make  it  more  difficult  for  broker-dealers  to
recommend  that  their  customers  buy  our  common  stock,  which  may  limit  your  ability  to  buy  and  sell  our  common  stock  and  have  an  adverse  effect  on  the  market  for  our
shares.

Our  Common  Stock  is  subject  to  the  “Penny  Stock”  rules  of  the  SEC  and  the  trading  market  in  our  securities  is  limited,  which  makes  transactions  in  our  stock

cumbersome and may reduce the value of an investment in our stock.

The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  has  adopted  Rule  15g-9  which  establishes  the  definition  of  a  “penny  stock,”  for  the  purposes  relevant  to  us,  as  any  equity
security that has a market price of less than $5.00 per share or with an exercise price of less than $5.00 per share, subject to certain exceptions. For any transaction involving a
penny stock, unless exempt, the rules require:

● That a broker or dealer approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks; and

● The broker or dealer receives from the investor a written agreement to the transaction, setting forth the identity and quantity of the penny stock to be purchased.

In order to approve a person’s account for transactions in penny stocks, the broker or dealer must:

● Obtain financial information and investment experience objectives of the person; and

● Make a reasonable determination that the transactions in penny stocks are suitable for that person and the person has sufficient knowledge and experience in financial

matters to be capable of evaluating the risks of transactions in penny stocks.

30

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The broker or dealer must also deliver, prior to any transaction in a penny stock, a disclosure schedule prescribed by the Commission relating to the penny stock market,

which, in highlight form:

● Sets forth the basis on which the broker or dealer made the suitability determination; and

● That the broker or dealer received a signed, written agreement from the investor prior to the transaction.

Generally, brokers may be less willing to execute transactions in securities subject to the “penny stock” rules. This may make it more difficult for investors to dispose of

our common stock and cause a decline in the market value of our stock.

Disclosure also has to be made about the risks of investing in penny stocks in both public offerings and in secondary trading and about the commissions payable to both the
broker-dealer  and  the  registered  representative,  current  quotations  for  the  securities  and  the  rights  and  remedies  available  to  an  investor  in  cases  of  fraud  in  penny  stock
transactions. Finally, monthly statements have to be sent disclosing recent price information for the penny stock held in the account and information on the limited market in
penny stocks.

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our common stock and we do not expect to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Our shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are entitled to certain rights, privileges and preferences over our common stock, including a preference upon a

liquidation of our Company, which will reduce amounts available for distribution to the holders of our common stock.

The holders of our shares of Series D are entitled to payment, prior to payment to the holders of common stock in the event of liquidation of the Company. If we are
dissolved, liquidated or wound up at a time when the Series D Preferred Stock remain outstanding, the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive only an
amount  equal  to  the  liquidation  preference  (as  it  may  be  adjusted  from  time  to  time),  plus  any  accumulated  and  unpaid  dividends,  to  the  extent  that  we  have  funds  legally
available. Any remaining assets will be distributable to holders of our other equity securities.

Shares eligible for future sale may adversely affect the market.

From time to time, certain of our stockholders may be eligible to sell all or some of their shares of common stock by means of ordinary brokerage transactions in the open
market pursuant to Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act, subject to certain limitations. In general, pursuant to amended Rule 144, non-affiliate stockholders may sell
freely after six months subject only to the current public information requirement. Affiliates may sell after six months subject to the Rule 144 volume, manner of sale (for
equity securities), current public information and notice requirements. Any substantial sales of our common stock pursuant to Rule 144 may have a material adverse effect on
the market price of our common stock.

We  currently  do  not  intend  to  pay  dividends  on  our  common  stock.  As  result,  your  only  opportunity  to  achieve  a  return  on  your  investment  is  if  the  price  of  our

common stock appreciates.

We currently do not expect to declare or pay dividends on our common stock. In addition, in the future we may enter into agreements that prohibit or restrict our ability to
declare or pay dividends on our common stock. As a result, your only opportunity to achieve a return on your investment will be if the market price of our common stock
appreciates and you sell your shares at a profit.

We could issue additional common stock, which might dilute the book value of our Common Stock.

Our Board of Directors has authority, without action or vote of our shareholders, to issue all or a part of our authorized but unissued shares. Such stock issuances could be
made at a price that reflects a discount or a premium from the then-current trading price of our common stock. In addition, in order to raise capital, we may need to issue
securities that are convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. These issuances would dilute the percentage ownership interest, which would have the effect of
reducing your influence on matters on which our shareholders vote and might dilute the book value of our common stock. Shareholders may incur additional dilution if holders
of stock warrants or options, whether currently outstanding or subsequently granted, exercise their options, or if warrant holders exercise their warrants to purchase shares of
our common stock.

31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS.

Not Applicable.

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES.

Our  corporate  office  is  currently  located  at  14  Norfolk  Avenue,  South  Easton,  Massachusetts  02375.  We  are  currently  paying  $6,950  per  month,  on  a  lease  extension,
signed on December 31, 2021, that expires December 31, 2022, for our corporate office. We expanded our space to include offices, warehouse and a loading dock on the first
floor starting May 1, 2017 with a monthly rent increase already reflected in the current payments.

On October 18, 2017 we signed a lease extension for our lab space in Medford, MA. The lease will now expire on December 30, 2023 and required monthly payments of
$7,282 that started January 1, 2021 subject to annual cost of living increases. The lease shall be automatically extended for additional three years unless either party terminates
at least six months prior to the expiration of the current lease term.

On August 9, 2021, we entered into an operating lease agreement for our warehouse space in Sparks, NV for the period from September 1, 2021 through September 30,
2026. The lease contains escalating payments during the lease period. The lease can be extended for an additional three years if the Company provides notice at least six months
prior to the expiration of the current lease term.

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS.

We are not currently involved in any litigation that we believe could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition or results of operations. There is no action,
suit, or proceeding by any court, public board, government agency, self-regulatory organization or body pending or, to the knowledge of the executive officers of our Company
or  our  subsidiaries,  threatened  against  or  affecting  our  Company,  our  common  stock,  our  subsidiaries  or  of  our  companies  or  our  subsidiaries’  officers  or  directors  in  their
capacities as such, in which an adverse decision could have a material adverse effect.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES.

Not applicable.

32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II

ITEM  5.  MARKET  FOR  REGISTRANT’S  COMMON  EQUITY,  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER  MATTERS,  AND  ISSUER  PURCHASES  OF  EQUITY
SECURITIES.

Our common stock is currently traded on the OTCQB tier of the OTC Markets under the trading symbol “PBIO.”

Authorized Capital

As of December 31, 2021, we were authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of common stock, $.01 par value, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $.01 par value. Of
the  1,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock,  20,000  shares  were  designated  as  Series  A  Junior  Participating  Preferred  Stock,  313,960  shares  as  Series  A  Convertible  Preferred
Stock, 279,256 shares as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock, 88,098 shares as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, 850 shares as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, 500
shares as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock, 240,000 shares as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, 10,000 shares as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, 21 shares as
Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, 6,250 shares as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, 15,000 shares as Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and 10,000 shares of Series
AA Convertible Preferred Stock.

As of December 31, 2021, there were 8,196,894 shares of common stock issued and outstanding (the 9,120,526 shares listed on the balance sheet includes shares we were
obligated to issue as of that date that had not yet been issued). Similarly, at such time, there were no shares of outstanding Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock; Series
A Convertible Preferred Stock; Series B Convertible Preferred Stock; Series C Convertible Preferred Stock; and Series E Convertible Preferred Stock. As of December 31,
2021 there were 300 shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding and convertible into 25,000 shares of common stock, 80,570 shares of Series G
Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  26,857  shares  of  common  stock,  10,000  shares  of  Series  H  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and
outstanding  convertible  into  33,334  shares  of  common  stock,  21  shares  of  Series  H2  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  70,000  shares  of
common  stock,  3,458  shares  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  issued  and  outstanding  convertible  into  115,267  shares  of  common  stock,  6,880  shares  of  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock issued and outstanding convertible into 229,334 shares of common stock and 8,649 shares of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock issued and
outstanding convertible into 8,649,000 shares of common stock.

Approximate Number of Equity Security Holders

As of December 31, 2021, there were approximately 180 stockholders of record. Because shares of our common stock are held by depositaries, brokers and other

nominees, the number of beneficial holders of our shares is substantially larger than the number of stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid any cash dividends on common stock and do not plan to pay any cash dividends on common stock in the foreseeable future.

As of December 31, 2021, dividends issued or to be issued on convertible preferred stock for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are outlined in the table below.

Dividends paid in common stock or cash
For The Year Ended December 31,

Dividends Payable
As Of December 31,

2021

2020

2021

2020

Series D
Series G
Series H
Series H2
Series J
Series K
Series AA

$

$

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
184,274 
184,274 

$

$

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
299,709 
299,709 

Series D
Series G
Series H
Series H2
Series J
Series K
Series AA

33

$

$

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
4,370,665   
4,370,665   

$

$

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3,247,202 
3,247,202 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we issued securities that were not registered under the Securities Act, and were not previously disclosed in a Quarterly Report
on Form 10-Q or a Current Report on Form 8-K as listed below. Except where noted, all of the securities discussed in this Item 5 were issued in reliance on the exemption
under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act.

On various dates in the quarter ended December 31, 2021 the Company issued a total of 52,000 shares with a fair value of $95,520 in conjunction with the signing of new
convertible loans; 85,000 shares with a fair value of $215,050 were issued to investor relations firms for services rendered; 160,000 shares with a fair value of $400,000 were
issued upon the conversion of convertible loans; and 26,306 shares with a fair value of $69,976 were issued in lieu of cash for the 8% dividend on Series AA Convertible
Preferred Stock and 532,900 of the shares with a fair value of $1,270,439 were issued for interest payments on debt.

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA.

Not Applicable.

34

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATION.

OVERVIEW

We are a leader in the development & sale of innovative, broadly enabling, pressure-based platform solutions for the worldwide life sciences industry. Our solutions are
based  on  the  unique  properties  of  both  constant  (i.e.,  static)  and  alternating  (i.e.,  pressure  cycling  technology,  or  “PCT”)  hydrostatic  pressure.  PCT  is  a  patented  enabling
technology platform that uses alternating cycles of hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels to safely and reproducibly control bio-molecular interactions
(e.g., cell lysis, biomolecule extraction). Historically, our primary focus has been in the development of PCT-based products for biomarker and target discovery, drug design and
development, biotherapeutics characterization and quality control, soil & plant biology, forensics, and counter-bioterror applications. In more recent years, major new market
opportunities have emerged in the use of our pressure-based technologies in the following areas: (1) the use of our recently acquired, patented technology from BaroFold, Inc.
(the “BaroFold” technology platform) to allow entry into the bio-pharma contract services sector, and (2) the use of our recently-patented, scalable, high-efficiency, pressure-
based  Ultra  Shear  Technology  (“UST”)  platform  to  (i)  create  stable  nanoemulsions  of  otherwise  immiscible  fluids  (e.g.,  oils  and  water)  and  to  (ii)  prepare  higher  quality,
homogenized, extended shelf-life or room temperature stable low-acid liquid foods that cannot be effectively preserved using existing non-thermal technologies.

On  February  8,  2021,  PBI  announced  plans  to  acquire  the  assets  of  a  global  eco-friendly  agrochemical  supplier.  This  opportunity  is  attractive  as  it  has  the  potential  of
readily producing significant revenue, as well as the potential to apply the UST technology to improve some of the product line. In July 2021, a newly-formed subsidiary of
PBI, PBI Agrochem, leased a warehouse in Sparks, NV, and hired a warehouse manager. See the further description of this possible transaction in Item 1 – Business – “The PBI
Agrochem Platform.”

Patents

To date, we have been awarded 26 total United States and foreign patents related to our PCT technology platform, and one US patent and two additional patents in China
related to our Ultra Shear Technology. We also received eight patents with our purchase of the assets of BaroFold in December 2017. PBI also has 19 pending patents in the
USA, Canada, Europe, Australia, China, and Taiwan.

35

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Primary Fields of Use and Application for PCT

Sample preparation is widely regarded as a significant impediment to research and discovery and sample extraction is generally regarded as one of the key parts of sample
preparation.  The  process  of  preparing  samples  for  genomic,  proteomic,  lipidomic,  and  small  molecule  studies  includes  a  crucial  step  called  sample  extraction  or  sample
disruption. This is the process of extracting biomolecules such as nucleic acid i.e., DNA and/or RNA, proteins, lipids, or small molecules from the plant or animal cells and
tissues  that  are  being  studied.  Our  current  commercialization  efforts  are  based  upon  our  belief  that  pressure  cycling  technology  provides  a  superior  solution  for  sample
extraction when compared to other available technologies or procedures and thus might significantly improve the quality of sample preparation, and thus the quality of the test
result.

Within  the  broad  field  of  biological  sample  preparation,  in  particular  sample  extraction,  we  focus  the  majority  of  our  PCT  and  constant  pressure  (“CP”)  product
development efforts in three specific areas: biomarker discovery (primarily through mass spectrometric analysis), forensics, and histology. We believe that our existing PCT and
CP-based instrumentation and related consumable products fill an important and growing need in the sample preparation market for the safe, rapid, versatile, reproducible and
quality extraction of nucleic acids, proteins, lipids, and small molecules from a wide variety of plant, animal, and microbiological cells and tissues.

Biomarker Discovery and Precision Medicine

The most commonly used technique worldwide for the preservation of cancer and other tissues for long-term storage and subsequent pathology evaluation is to process
them into formalin-fixed, paraffin-embedded (“FFPE”) samples. We believe that the quality and analysis of FFPE tissues is highly problematic, and that PCT offers significant
advantages over current processing methods, including standardization, speed, biomolecule recovery, and safety.

Our customers include researchers at academic laboratories, government agencies, biotechnology companies, pharmaceutical companies and other life science institutions
in  the  Americas,  Europe,  Asia,  Africa  and  Australia/Pacific.  Our  goal  is  to  continue  aggressive  market  penetration  in  these  target  areas.  We  also  believe  that  there  is  a
significant opportunity to sell and/or lease additional Barocycler instrumentation to additional laboratories within current customer organizations.

If we are successful in commercializing PCT in applications beyond our current focus area of genomic, proteomic, lipidomic, and small molecule sample preparation, and
if  we  are  successful  in  our  attempts  to  attract  additional  capital,  our  potential  customer  base  could  expand  to  include  hospitals,  reference  laboratories,  pharmaceutical
manufacturing plants and other sites involved in each specific application. If we are successful in forensics, our potential customers could be forensic laboratories, military and
other government agencies. If we are successful in biomarker discovery and precision medicine - specifically the extraction of biomolecules from FFPE tissues, our potential
customers  could  be  pharmaceutical  companies,  hospitals,  and  laboratories  focused  on  drug  discovery  or  differentiation  of  disease  states,  subtypes  and  susceptibility  to
alternative treatments.

Forensics

The  detection  of  DNA  has  become  a  part  of  the  analysis  of  forensic  samples  by  laboratories  and  criminal  justice  agencies  worldwide  in  their  efforts  to  identify  the
perpetrators of violent crimes and missing persons. Scientists from the University of North Texas and Florida International University have reported improvements in DNA
yield  from  forensic  samples  (e.g.,  bone  and  hair)  when  using  the  PCT  platform  in  the  sample  preparation  process.  We  believe  that  PCT  may  be  capable  of  differentially
extracting DNA from sperm cells and female epithelial cells captured in swabs collected from rape victims and subsequently stored in rape kits. We also believe that there are
many completed rape kits that remain untested for reasons such as cost, time and quality of results. We further believe that the ability to differentially extract DNA from sperm
and not epithelial cells could reduce the cost of such testing, while increasing the quality, safety and speed of the testing process.

36

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Going Concern

We have experienced negative cash flows from operations since our inception. As of December 31, 2021, we did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our
current  liabilities  and  as  a  result  we  have  substantial  doubt  about  our  ability  to  continue  as  a  going  concern.  Based  on  our  current  projections,  including  equity  financing
subsequent to December 31, 2021, we believe we will have the cash resources that will enable us to continue to fund normal operations into the foreseeable future.

The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm on our audited consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021,
contains an explanatory paragraph regarding our ability to continue as a going concern. The audit report issued by our independent registered public accounting firm for our
financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 states that our auditing firm has substantial doubt in our ability to continue as a going concern due to the risk
that  we  may  not  have  sufficient  cash  and  liquid  assets  to  cover  our  operating  and  capital  requirements  for  the  next  twelve-month  period;  and,  if  sufficient  cash  cannot  be
obtained,  we  would  have  to  substantially  alter,  or  possibly  even  discontinue,  operations.  The  accompanying  financial  statements  do  not  include  any  adjustments  that  might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

The conditions described above could adversely affect our ability to obtain additional financing on favorable terms, if at all, and may cause investors to have reservations
about our long-term prospects, and may adversely affect our relationships with customers. There can be no assurance that our auditing firm will not issue the same opinion in
the future. If we cannot successfully continue as a going concern, our stockholders may lose their entire investment in us.

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Year Ended December 31, 2021 as compared with December 31, 2020

Products and Services Revenue

Revenue from the sale of products and services was $2,002,365 in the year ended December 31, 2021 compared with $1,220,591 in the year ended December 31, 2020, a
64% increase. Revenue included sales of both PBI and Constant System pressure-based products, sales of BaroFold Contract Services and sales of PBI Agrochem products.
Sales  of  instrumentation  increased  in  2021  by  $517,502  or  98%,  from  $529,343  in  2020  to  $1,046,845  in  2021.  Sales  of  consumables  were  $274,108  for  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021 compared to $204,889 for the same period in 2020, an increase of $69,219 or 34%. Sales of BaroFold Contract Services increased by 38% from $160,085
in 2020 to $221,218 in 2021. Products, Services, and Other Revenue included $11,046 from non-cash transactions in the current year while the prior year included non-cash
transactions of $12,663. Revenue from non-cash transactions was recognized based on the carrying value of the assets involved per ASC 845.

Cost of Products and Services

The cost of products and services was $942,383 for the year ended December 31, 2021, compared with $582,854 in 2020. Our overall gross profit margin increased to 53%

for the year ended December 31, 2021 from 52% for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Research and Development

Research and development expenses were $1,101,509 for 2021 compared to $1,143,420 in 2020, a decrease of $41,911 or 4%.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses were $324,728 in 2021 compared to $649,783 in 2020, a decrease of $325,055, or 50%. The reported decrease was attributable to reduced

employees in sales and marketing.

General and Administrative

General  and  administrative  costs  were  $3,818,892  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  as  compared  with  $3,430,321  in  2020,  an  increase  of  $388,571  or  11%.  The

reported increase was attributable to increased investor relations expenses.

37

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating Loss

Our operating loss was $4,185,147 for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to $4,585,787 for the prior year, a decrease of $400,640 or 9%. This decrease in

operating loss was attributable to increases in revenue and gross margin in 2021.

Interest Expense

Interest expense totaled $14,450,241 for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to interest expense of $8,344,236 for the year ended December 31, 2020. The
increase in interest expense in the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to the corresponding prior period is attributable to the increase in convertible debt and the issuance
of commons stock for interest paid-in-kind.

Unrealized gain on investment in equity securities

Unrealized loss on investments in equity securities was $457,025 for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to an unrealized gain of $500,358 for the year ended
December 31, 2020. The reported decrease was attributable to the decrease in the market price of the Company’s investment in Nexity. As of December 31, 2021, we held
100,250 shares of common stock of Nexity Global SA, (a Polish publicly traded company).

Loss on extinguishment of liabilities

In connection with payments of interest in common stock and debt extensions, we calculated net losses on extinguishment of liabilities of $1,061,073 in the year ended
December 31, 2021 and net losses of $3,575,878 in the year ended December 31, 2020. The decrease is attributable to extension fees incurred and warrants issued in 2020 for
the Standstill and Forbearance Agreements and other loan extensions and the $734,077 of gains recognized in 2021 for the forgiveness of our two PPP loans by the U.S.

Net Loss attributable to common stockholders

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded a net loss attributable to common shareholders of $22,685,459 or ($3.42) per share, as compared with a net loss
available to common shareholders of $17,584,710 or ($5.32) per share during the year ended December 31, 2020. This decrease in the loss per share is principally attributable
to the 101% increase in weighted average shares outstanding in the year ended December 31, 2021.

38

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
LIQUIDITY AND FINANCIAL CONDITION

As of December 31, 2021, we did not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities. We have been successful in raising cash through debt and

equity offerings in the past. We have efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings.

We believe our current and projected capital raising plans, and our projected continued increases in revenue, will enable us to extend our cash resources for the foreseeable
future. Although we have successfully completed equity and debt financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in
the future will be successful.

We believe we will need approximately $12 million in additional capital to fund our three-pronged operational plan, which was designed to help increase revenues and

reach profitability, by:

A.

reducing/eliminating debt and cleaning up the balance sheet;

B.

funding UST development, instrument build and commercialization;

C.

facilitating up-listing PBIO to a major exchange; and

D. providing a minimum of two years of operational and growth capital

However, if we are unable to obtain such funds through sales, the capital markets or other source of financing on acceptable terms, or at all, we will likely be required to
cease our operations, pursue a plan to sell our operating assets, or otherwise modify our business strategy, which could materially harm our future business prospects. These
conditions raise substantive doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

Net cash used in operating activities was $4,868,573 for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared with $4,883,194 for the year ended December 31, 2020.

Net cash used in investing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 totaled $122,945 compared to $796,663 for the year ended December 31, 2020. Cash capital

expenditures in the prior year included loan advances to our then pending merger partner and purchases of laboratory and technology equipment.

Net cash provided by financing activities for the year ended December 31, 2021 was $5,105,289 as compared with $5,668,772 for the year ended December 31, 2020. In
2021, the Company received net proceeds of $1,015,000 from the sale of Series AA convertible preferred stock and loans in the aggregate amount of $7,779,538 during the
year and we made payments on new and existing debt of $3,704,022.

Our common stock is currently traded on the OTCQB tier of the OTC Markets under the trading symbol “PBIO.”

39

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”). The licensed technology is described in the
patent application filed by Battelle on July 31, 2008 (US serial number 12/183,219). This application includes subject matter related to a method and a system for improving the
analysis of protein samples including, through an automated system, utilizing pressure and a pre-selected agent to obtain a digested sample in a significantly shorter period of
time than current methods, while maintaining the integrity of the sample throughout the preparatory process. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we paid Battelle a non-
refundable initial fee of $35,000. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year we
retain the rights outlined in the patent license agreement; and, we are required to have our first commercial sale of the licensed products within one year following the issuance
of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in 2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in 2015;
the minimum royalties were $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and $5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

Target Discovery Inc.

In March 2010, we signed a strategic product licensing, manufacturing, co-marketing, and collaborative research and development agreement with Target Discovery Inc.
(“TDI”), a related party. Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a highly innovative line of chemicals used in the preparation
of tissues for scientific analysis (“TDI reagents”).  The  TDI  reagents  were  designed  for  use  in  combination  with  our  pressure  cycling  technology.  The  respective  companies
believe that the combination of PCT and the TDI reagents can fill an existing need in life science research for an automated method for rapid extraction and recovery of intact,
functional  proteins  associated  with  cell  membranes  in  tissue  samples.  We  did  not  incur  any  royalty  obligation  under  this  agreement  in  2017  or  2016.  We  executed  an
amendment to this agreement on October 1, 2016 wherein we agreed to pay a monthly fee of $1,400 for the use of a lab bench, shared space and other utilities, and $2,000 per
day  for  technical  support  services  as  needed.  Mr.  Jeffrey  N.  Peterson,  the  chief  executive  officer  of  TDI,  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  July  2011  and  as
Chairman of the Board starting in 2012. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, we reported expenses of $82,800 and $86,800, respectively for these arrangements.

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, and Dr. Lazarev, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The
severance  benefits  would  include  a  payment  in  an  amount  equal  to  one  year  of  such  executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation  plus  accrued  paid  time  off.
Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Pursuant to severance agreements with each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, and Dr. Lazarev, each such executive officer is entitled to receive a change of control payment in
an  amount  equal  to  one  year  (other  than  Mr.  Schumacher)  of  such  executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation,  accrued  paid  time  off,  and  medical  and  dental
coverage,  in  the  event  the  officer  is  terminated  as  a  result  of  a  change  of  control  of  our  Company.  In  the  case  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  his  payment  is  equal  to  two  years  of
annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage.

Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, any unvested stock options held by a named executive officer will become fully vested upon a change in control (as defined in the

2005 Equity Incentive Plan) of our Company.

Lease Commitments

We lease building space under non-cancelable leases in South Easton, MA, and lab space in Medford, MA and warehouse space in Sparks, NV. Rental costs are expensed
as  incurred.  During  2021  and  2020  we  incurred  $203,367  and  $182,783,  respectively,  in  rent  expense  for  the  use  of  our  corporate  office,  warehouse  and  research  and
development facilities.

Following is a schedule by year of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one

year as of December 31, 2021:

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

  $

  $

230,318 
149,299 
64,393 
66,969 
51,778 
- 
562,757 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make
estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect the amounts reported in the financial statements, including the notes thereto. We consider critical accounting policies to be
those  that  require  more  significant  judgments  and  estimates  in  the  preparation  of  our  financial  statements,  including  the  following:  long  lived  assets;  intangible  assets
valuations;  and  income  tax  valuations.  Management  relies  on  historical  experience  and  other  assumptions  believed  to  be  reasonable  in  making  its  judgment  and  estimates.
Actual results could differ materially from those estimates.

Management believes its application of accounting policies, and the estimates inherently required therein, are reasonable. These accounting policies and estimates are

periodically reevaluated, and adjustments are made when facts and circumstances dictate a change.

Recent Accounting Standards

From time to time, new accounting pronouncements are issued by the FASB or other standard setting bodies and adopted by the Company as of the specified effective date.
The Company believes that the impact of recently issued standards that are not yet effective will not have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations
upon adoption.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Not Applicable

40

 
 
 
 
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB #206)
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

F-1

  Page
F-2
F-3
F-4
F-5
  F-11
  F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and Board of Directors of
Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Pressure Biosciences, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and
2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred
to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021
and 2020, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.

Going Concern Matter

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 2 to the financial statements, the
Company has a working capital deficit, has incurred recurring net losses and negative cash flows from operations. These conditions raise substantial doubt about its ability to
continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regard to these matters are also described in Note 2. The financial statements do not include any adjustments that might
result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our
audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with
respect  to  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the  U.S.  federal  securities  laws  and  the  applicable  rules  and  regulations  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  and  the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about
whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an
audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the
purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures
that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also
included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

Critical  audit  matters  are  matters  arising  from  the  current  period  audit  of  the  financial  statements  that  were  communicated  or  required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit
committee  and  that:  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)  involved  our  especially  challenging,  subjective,  or  complex
judgements. We determined that there are no critical audit matters.

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP
www.malonebailey.com
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2015.
Houston, Texas
April 4, 2022

F-2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

ASSETS

CURRENT ASSETS
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable
Inventories, net of $342,496 reserve at December 31, 2021 and December 31, 2020
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
Total current assets
Investment in equity securities
Property and equipment, net
Right of use asset leases
Intangible assets, net
TOTAL ASSETS

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

CURRENT LIABILITIES
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Accrued professional fees and other
Other current liabilities
Deferred revenue
Convertible debt, net of unamortized discounts of $1,536,649 and $3,948,167, respectively

Other debt
Operating lease liability
Other related party debt
Total current liabilities
LONG TERM LIABILITIES
Long term debt
Operating lease liability – long term
Deferred revenue
TOTAL LIABILITIES
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 8)
STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 850 shares authorized; 300 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively (Liquidation value of $300,000)
Series G Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 240,000 shares authorized; 80,570 shares issued
and outstanding on December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 10,000 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 21 shares authorized; 21 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 6,250 shares authorized; 3,458 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 15,000 shares authorized; 6,880 shares issued and
outstanding on December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, $.01 par value; 10,000 shares authorized; 8,649 and 8,043 shares
issued and outstanding on December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Common stock, $.01 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 9,120,526 and 4,168,324 shares issued
and outstanding on December 31, 2021 and 2020 respectively
Warrants to acquire common stock
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Total stockholders’ deficit
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

132,311 
154,746 
1,147,554 
422,617 
1,857,228 
59,976 
115,846 
395,565 
403,846 
2,832,461 

527,924 
117,680 
1,955,672 
7,757,217 
37,124 
12,839,813 

1,256,840 
132,996 
- 
24,625,266 

150,000 
262,569 
3,587 
25,041,422 

3 

806 

100 

- 

35 

68 

87 

18,540 
131,228 
592,767 
314,936 
1,057,471 
517,001 
16,490 
221,432 
490,385 
2,302,779 

771,945 
417,578 
2,037,806 
6,330,722 
47,328 
7,545,670 

1,135,469 
65,193 
166,000 
18,517,711 

527,039 
156,239 
19,382 
19,220,371 

3 

806 

100 

- 

35 

68 

81 

91,206 
31,715,154 
64,261,048 
(118,277,468)  
(22,208,961)  
2,832,461 

$

41,683 
29,192,471 
50,312,968 
(96,465,807)
(16,917,592)
2,302,779 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

Revenue:
Products, services, other

Costs and expenses:
Cost of products and services
Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Total operating costs and expenses

Operating loss

Other (expense) income:
Interest expense, net
Unrealized (loss) gain on investment in equity securities
Loss on extinguishment of liabilities
Total other expense
Net loss

Deemed dividends on beneficial conversion feature
Preferred stock dividends
Net loss attributable to common shareholders

Net loss per share - basic and diluted

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

  $

2,002,365    $

1,220,591 

942,383     
1,101,509     
324,728     
3,818,892     
6,187,512     

582,854 
1,143,420 
649,783 
3,430,321 
5,806,378 

(4,185,147)    

(4,585,787)

(14,450,241)    
(457,025)    
(1,061,073)    
(15,968,339)    
(20,153,486)   $

(873,798)    
(1,658,175)    
(22,685,459)   $

(8,344,236)
500,358 
(3,575,878)
(11,419,756)
(16,005,543)

(61,180)
(1,517,987)
(17,584,710)

(3.42)   $

(5.32)

  $

  $

  $

Weighted average common stock shares outstanding used in the basic and diluted net loss per share calculation  

6,636,523     

3,304,187 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements

F-4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

BALANCE, December 31, 2020
Stock-based compensation
Stock option exercise
Issuance of common stock for non-cash warrant
exercise
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible
preferred stock
Deemed dividend on convertible preferred stock  
Preferred stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common
stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-
kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-
kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Series AA Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Stock issued with debt
Issuance of common stock warrants for interest
paid-in-kind
Warrants issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2021

Series D
Preferred Stock

Series G
Preferred Stock

Series H
Preferred Stock

Series H(2)
Preferred Stock

Shares

  Amount

Shares

  Amount

Shares

  Amount

Shares

  Amount

$

300 
- 
- 

     3 
- 
- 

$

80,570 
- 
- 

806   
-   
-   

$

10,000   
-   
-   

100   
-   
-   

$

21   
-   
-   

         - 
- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
300 

$

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
3 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

- 
- 
- 
- 
80,570 

$

-   
-   
-   
-   
806   

-   
-   
-   
-   
10,000   

$

-   
-   
-   
-   
100   

-   
-   
-   
-   
21   

$

F-5

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series J
Preferred Stock

Series K
Preferred Stock

Series AA
Preferred Stock

Shares

  Amount

Shares

  Amount

Shares

  Amount

BALANCE, December 31, 2020
Stock-based compensation
Stock option exercise
Issuance of common stock for non-cash warrant
exercise
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible
preferred stock
Deemed dividend on convertible preferred stock  
Preferred stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common
stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-
kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-
kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Series AA Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Stock issued with debt
Issuance of common stock warrants for interest
paid-in-kind
Warrants issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2021

$

3,458 
- 
- 

35   
-   
-   

$

6,880   
-   
-   

68   
-   
-   

8,043   
-   
-   

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
3,458 

$

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
35   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
6,880   

$

F-6

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
68   

-   
-   

-   
-   
200   

-   

-   

-   
-   
406   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
8,649   

$

Common Stock

Shares
  4,168,324   
-   
21,411   

  Amount

$ 41,683 
- 
214 

36,290   
-   

-   
-   
-   

363 
- 

- 
- 
- 

81   
-   
-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
2   

-   

  1,195,996   

11,960 

-   

-   
-   
4   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
87   

82,373   

823 

  2,883,282   
333,200   
-   
-   
399,650   

28,835 
3,332 
- 
- 
3,996 

-   
-   
-   
-   
9,120,526   

- 
- 
- 
- 
$ 91,206 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2020
Stock-based compensation
Stock option exercise
Issuance of common stock for non-cash warrant exercise
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible preferred stock
Deemed dividend on convertible preferred stock
Preferred stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Series AA Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Stock issued with debt
Issuance of common stock warrants for interest paid-in-kind
Warrants issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2021

$

$

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Total
Stockholders’
Deficit

50,312,968 
254,615 
14,559 
342,838 
1,320,331 
873,798 
(873,798)  
277,617 
2,978,030 
183,451 
6,636,821 
791,230 
505,866 
- 
642,722 
- 
- 
- 
- 
64,261,048 

$

$

(96,465,807)  
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
(1,658,175)  
-   
-   
-   
-   
(20,153,486)  
(118,277,468)  

$

$

(16,917,592)
254,615 
14,773 
- 
1,320,331 
873,798 
(873,798)
523,254 
2,989,990 
184,274 
6,665,656 
794,562 
1,015,000 
(1,658,175)
646,718 
600,298 
1,403,546 
107,275 
(20,153,486)
(22,208,961)

Stock
Warrants

$

29,192,471 
- 
- 

(343,201)  

- 
- 
- 
245,635 
- 
- 
- 
- 
509,130 
- 
- 
600,298 
1,403,546 
107,275 
- 
31,715,154 

F-7

$

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

Series D
Preferred Stock

Series G
Preferred Stock

Series H
Preferred Stock

Series H(2)
Preferred Stock

Shares

  Amount

Shares

$

300 
- 
- 

$

  Amount  
806   
-   
-   

Shares

10,000   
-   
-   

$

  Amount  
100   
-   
-   

BALANCE, December 31, 2019
Stock-based compensation
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible
preferred stock
Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature  
Common stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common
stock
Conversion of debt into Series AA convertible
preferred stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-
kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-
kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Issuance of common stock to settle accrued
liabilities
Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt extension
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Warrants issued with debt
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2020

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
300 

3 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

80,570 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
        - 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3 

$

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
80,570 

F-8

$

Shares

21   
-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
21   

$

  Amount  
- 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
          - 
- 

$

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
806   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
10,000   

$

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
100   

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2019
Stock-based compensation
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible
preferred stock
Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature  
Common stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common
stock
Conversion of debt into Series AA convertible
preferred stock
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-
kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-
kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Issuance of common stock to settle accrued
liabilities
Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt extension
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Warrants issued with debt
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2020

Series J
Preferred Stock

Series K
Preferred Stock

Series AA
Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares

3,458 
- 
- 

$

  Amount  
35   
-   
-   

Shares

6,880   
-   
-   

$

  Amount  
68   
-   
-   

Shares

7,939   
-   
-   

  Amount  
80   
-   
-   

Shares
  2,549,620   
-   
-   

  Amount  
$ 25,496 
- 
- 

- 
- 
- 

- 

- 

- 

- 
- 

- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
- 
3,458 

$

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
35   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
6,880   

$

F-9

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
68   

-   
-   
-   

-   

44   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
-   

-   

-   

-   

-   
-   

-   
-   
188,778   

- 
- 
1,888 

871,309   

8,712 

-   

- 

122,135   

1,222 

134,482   
76,800   

1,345 
768 

-   
60   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
8,043   

$

-   
1   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
81   

66,500   
-   
-   
158,700   
-   
-   
-   
-   
  4,168,324   

665 
- 
- 
1,587 
- 
- 
- 
- 
$ 41,683 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, December 31, 2019
Stock-based compensation
Beneficial conversion feature on debt
Beneficial conversion option on convertible preferred stock
Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Common stock issued for debt settlement
Conversion of debt and interest for common stock
Conversion of debt into Series AA convertible preferred stock  
Issuance of common stock for dividends paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for interest paid-in-kind
Issuance of common stock for services
Issuance of common stock to settle accrued liabilities
Preferred Stock offering
Series AA Preferred Stock dividend
Common stock issued with debt
Warrants issued for debt extension
Warrants issued for debt settlement
Warrants issued with debt
Net loss
BALANCE, December 31, 2020

$

$

Stock
Warrants

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
other 
comprehensive  

loss

22,599,177   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
38,783   
-   
-   
-   
-   
69,580   
-   
-   
1,282,560   
338,412   
4,863,959   
-   
29,192,471   

$

$

F-10

44,261,105   
488,792   
1,756,311   
61,180   
(61,180)  
372,662   
2,211,730   
71,217   
298,487   
253,914   
178,309   
127,190   
80,419   
-   
212,832   
-   
-   
-   
-   
50,312,968   

$

$

-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
         -   
-   
-   

Accumulated
Deficit
(78,942,277)  
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
(1,517,987)  
-   
-   
-   
-   
(16,005,543)  
(96,465,807)  

$

$

Total
Stockholders’  
Deficit
$ (12,055,407)
488,792 
     1,756,311 
61,180 
(61,180)
374,550 
2,220,442 
110,000 
299,709 
255,259 
179,077 
127,855 
150,000 
(1,517,987)
214,419 
1,282,560 
338,412 
4,863,959 
(16,005,543)
$ (16,917,592)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2021 AND 2020

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net loss
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:
Non-cash lease expense
Gain on loan forgiveness
Common stock and warrants issued for interest and extension fees
Depreciation and amortization
Accretion of discount on loan receivable
Accretion of interest and amortization of debt discount
Loss (Gain) on investment in equity securities
Loss on extinguishment of accrued liabilities and debt
Stock-based compensation expense
Common stock issued for services
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued employee compensation
Operating lease liability
Deferred revenue and other accrued expenses
Net cash used in operating activities

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Advance on loan receivable
Purchases of property plant and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from related party debt
Payment on related party debt
Net proceeds from convertible debt
Payments on convertible debt
Net proceeds from non-convertible debt
Payments on non-convertible debt
Net proceeds from stock option exercises
Net proceeds from the issuance of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock
Net cash provided by financing activities

NET (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINNING OF YEAR
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT END OF YEAR

SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
Interest paid in cash
NON CASH TRANSACTIONS:
Conversion of debt for Series AA preferred stock
Discount due to beneficial conversion feature
Discount from warrants issued with debt
Common stock issued in lieu of cash for dividend
Common stock issued with debt
Common stock issued to settle accrued liabilities
Common stock issued for debt settlement
Common stock issued for cashless warrants exercise
Conversion of debt and interest into common stock
Preferred stock dividend
Deemed dividend-beneficial conversion feature
Loan extension fees and interest added to principal
Recognition of right of use asset and liability

For the Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

  $

(20,153,486)   $

(16,005,543)

65,194    
(734,077)    
7,265,954     
110,128     
-     
6,738,802     
457,025     
130,279    
254,615     
794,562     

(23,518)    
(554,787)    
(107,681)    
(226,771)    
15,106    
(65,194)    
1,165,276     
(4,868,573)    

-     
(122,945)    
(122,945)    

254,600     
(354,600)    
5,514,250     
(1,833,295)    
2,010,688     
(1,516,127)    
14,773     
1,015,000     
5,105,289     

113,771     
18,540     
132,311    $

76,586 
- 
255,259 
127,301 
(6,250)
5,436,863 
(500,358)
1,036,638 
488,792 
179,077 

98,174 
24,949 
(101,387)
(43,819)
(33,622)
(76,586)
4,160,732 
(4,883,194)

(795,000)
(1,663)
(796,663)

283,700 
(199,200)
8,296,800 
(2,857,007)
1,290,539 
(1,296,060)
- 
150,000 
5,668,772 

(11,085)
29,625 
18,540 

921,569    $

764,600 

500,250     
1,320,331     
1,403,546     
184,274     
646,718     
-     
-     
363     
2,989,990     
1,658,175     
873,798     
-     
239,327     

110,000 
1,756,311 
4,863,959 
299,709 
214,419 
127,855 
374,550 
- 
2,220,442 
1,517,987 
61,180 
152,552 
221,432 

  $

  $

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-11

 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
      
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Business Overview

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Pressure  Biosciences,  Inc.  (“we”,  “our”,  “the  Company”)  develops  and  sells  innovative,  broadly  enabling,  high  pressure-based  platform  technologies  and  related
consumables for the worldwide life sciences, agriculture, food and beverage, and other key industries. Our solutions are based on the unique properties of both constant (i.e.,
static)  and  alternating  (i.e.,  pressure  cycling  technology,  or  “PCT”)  hydrostatic  pressure.  PCT  is  a  patented  enabling  technology  platform  that  uses  alternating  cycles  of
hydrostatic pressure between ambient and ultra-high levels to safely and reproducibly control bio-molecular interactions (e.g., cell lysis, biomolecule extraction). Historically,
our primary focus has been in the development of PCT-based products for biomarker and target discovery, drug design and development, biotherapeutics characterization and
quality  control,  soil  &  plant  biology,  forensics,  and  counter-bioterror  applications.  In  more  recent  years,  major  new  market  opportunities  have  emerged  in  the  use  of  our
pressure-based technologies in the following areas: (1) the use of our recently acquired, patented technology from BaroFold, Inc. (the “BaroFold” technology) to allow entry
into the bio-pharma contract services sector, and (2) the use of our recently-patented, scalable, high-efficiency, pressure-based Ultra Shear Technology (“UST”) platform to (i)
create stable nanoemulsions of otherwise immiscible fluids (e.g., oils and water) and to (ii) prepare higher quality, homogenized, extended shelf-life or room temperature stable
low-acid liquid foods that cannot be effectively preserved using existing non-thermal technologies.

On February 8, 2021, PBI announced plans to acquire the assets of a global eco-friendly agrochemical supplier. On April 14, 2021, PBI finalized terms and executed a new
letter of intent to purchase the assets of the agrochemical supplier. This opportunity is attractive as it has the potential of readily producing significant revenue, as well as the
potential to apply the UST technology to improve some of the product line. In July 2021, a newly-formed subsidiary of PBI, PBI Agrochem, leased a warehouse in Carson City,
NV, and hired a warehouse manager.

(2) Going Concern

The accompanying financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern, which contemplates the realization of assets and
the liquidation of liabilities in the normal course of business. However, we have experienced negative cash flows from operations since our inception. As of December 31,
2021, we do not have adequate working capital resources to satisfy our current liabilities and as a result, there is substantial doubt regarding our ability to continue as a going
concern.  We  have  been  successful  in  raising  cash  through  debt  and  equity  offerings  in  the  past  and  as  described  in  Notes  9  and  10  and  have  completed  debt  financing
subsequent to December 31, 2021. We have financing efforts in place to continue to raise cash through debt and equity offerings.

Management has developed a plan to continue operations. This plan includes obtaining equity or debt financing. During the year ended December 31, 2021 we received
$7,779,538 net proceeds in additional convertible and non-convertible debt. We also received $1,015,000 in net proceeds from the sale of Series AA Preferred Stock during the
year. Although we have successfully completed financings and reduced expenses in the past, we cannot assure you that our plans to address these matters in the future will be
successful.

Management’s plans to alleviate these conditions that raise substantial doubt regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern include pursuing one or more

of the following options to raise additional funding, none of which can be guaranteed or are entirely within the Company’s control:

● Raise funding through the possible additional sales of the Company’s common stock, including public or private equity financings.

● Raise additional loan funding.

● Continue to seek commercial partners to accelerate revenue growth from the PCT, BaroFold, and UST technology platforms.

● Earn payments pursuant to potential collaboration and license agreements for BaroFold patents.

● Seek strategic direct equity investments from existing and new commercial partners

F-12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
There can be no assurance, however, that the Company will receive cash proceeds from any of these potential resources or, to the extent cash proceeds are received, those

proceeds would be sufficient to support the Company’s operations for at least the next twelve months from the date of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Generally, management’s plans must be approved before the date the financial statements are issued to be considered probable of being effectively implemented. The future
receipt of potential funding from the Company’s collaborators and other resources is not considered probable at this time because none of the Company’s current plans have
been finalized at the time of filing this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Accordingly, substantial doubt is deemed to exist about the Company’s ability to continue as a going
concern within one year after the date these financial statements are issued.

The Company believes that its $132,311 in cash and cash equivalents at December 31, 2021 and additional debt and equity financings would allow it to fund its planned
operations  into  the  first  quarter  of  2022.  This  estimate  assumes  no  additional  funding  from  new  partnership  agreements,  and  no  accelerated  repayment  of  its  term  loans.
Accordingly,  the  timing  and  nature  of  activities  contemplated  for  the  remainder  of  2022  and  thereafter  will  be  conducted  subject  to  the  availability  of  sufficient  financial
resources.

If the Company is unable to raise capital when needed or on attractive terms, or if it is unable to procure partnership arrangements to advance its programs, the Company

would be forced to delay, reduce or eliminate its research and development programs and any future commercialization efforts.

The  accompanying  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  on  a  going  concern  basis,  which  contemplates  the  realization  of  assets  and  satisfaction  of  liabilities  in  the
ordinary course of business. The financial statements do not include any adjustments relating to the recoverability and classification of recorded asset amounts or the amounts
and classification of liabilities that might result from the outcome of the uncertainties described above.

(3) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

i. Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and its wholly-owned subsidiaries PBI BioSeq, Inc and PBI Agrochem, Inc. All

intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

ii. Use of Estimates

To prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, we are required to make
significant  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and  liabilities  at  the  date  of  the  financial
statements  and  the  reported  amounts  of  revenues  and  expenses  during  the  reporting  period.  In  addition,  significant  estimates  were  made  in  projecting  future  cash  flows  to
quantify impairment of assets, deferred tax assets, the costs associated with fulfilling our warranty obligations for the instruments that we sell, and the estimates employed in
our calculation of fair value of stock options awarded, beneficial conversion features and derivative liabilities. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various
other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and
liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results could differ from the estimates and assumptions used.

iii Recent Accounting Pronouncement

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-13, Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments. The standard is effective for the Company for interim and annual

periods beginning after December 15, 2022. The Company is evaluating the impact of this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

In August  2020,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board  (“FASB”)  issued  ASU  2020-06,  Debt  with  Conversion  and  Other  Options  and  Derivatives  and  Hedging  -
Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity. The standard is effective for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2023 for the Company. The Company is evaluating the
impact of this standard on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iv. Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue in accordance with FASB ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, and ASC 340-40, Other Assets and Deferred Costs—Contracts with
Customers. Revenue is measured based on a consideration specified in a contract with a customer, and excludes any sales incentives and amounts collected on behalf of third
parties. We enter into sales contracts that may consist of multiple distinct performance obligations where certain performance obligations of the sales contract are not delivered
in one reporting period. We measure and allocate revenue according to ASC 606-10.

We identify a performance obligation as distinct if both the following criteria are true: the customer can benefit from the good or service either on its own or together with
other resources that are readily available to the customer and the entity’s promise to transfer the good or service to the customer is separately identifiable from other promises in
the contract. Determining the standalone selling price (“SSP”) and allocation of consideration from a contract to the individual performance obligations, and the appropriate
timing of revenue recognition, is the result of significant qualitative and quantitative judgments. Management considers a variety of factors such as historical sales, usage rates,
costs, and expected margin, which may vary over time depending upon the unique facts and circumstances related to each performance obligation in making these estimates.
While  changes  in  the  allocation  of  the  SSP  between  performance  obligations  will  not  affect  the  amount  of  total  revenue  recognized  for  a  particular  contract,  any  material
changes could impact the timing of revenue recognition, which would have a material effect on our financial position and result of operations. This is because the contract
consideration is allocated to each performance obligation, delivered or undelivered, at the inception of the contract based on the SSP of each distinct performance obligation.

Taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction, that are collected by the Company from

a customer, are excluded from revenue.

Shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight after control over a product has transferred to a customer are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are in

included in cost of revenues as consistent with treatment in prior periods.

Our  current  Barocycler  instruments  require  a  basic  level  of  instrumentation  expertise  to  set-up  for  initial  operation.  To  support  a  favorable  first  experience  for  our
customers, upon customer request, and for an additional fee, we will send a highly trained technical representative to the customer site to install Barocyclers that we sell, lease,
or  rent  through  our  domestic  sales  force.  The  installation  process  includes  uncrating  and  setting  up  the  instrument,  followed  by  introductory  user  training.  Our  sales
arrangements do not provide our customers with a right of return. Any shipping costs billed to customers are recognized as revenue.

The majority of our instrument and consumable contracts contain pricing that is based on the market price for the product at the time of delivery. Our obligations to deliver
product volumes are typically satisfied and revenue is recognized when control of the product transfers to our customers. Concurrent with the transfer of control, we typically
receive the right to payment for the shipped product and the customer has significant risks and rewards of ownership of the product. Payment terms require customers to pay
shortly after delivery and do not contain significant financing components.

Revenue from scientific services customers is recognized upon completion of each stage of service as defined in service agreements.

We apply ASC 845, “Accounting for Non-Monetary Transactions”, to account for products and services sold through non-cash transactions based on the fair values of the
products and services involved, where such values can be determined. Non-cash exchanges would require revenue to be recognized at recorded cost or carrying value of the
assets or services sold if any of the following conditions apply:

a) The fair value of the asset or service involved is not determinable.

b) The transaction is an exchange of a product or property held for sale in the ordinary course of business for a product or property to be sold in the same line of business

to facilitate sales to customers other than the parties to the exchange.

c) The transaction lacks commercial substance.

We recognize revenue for non-cash transactions at recorded cost or carrying value of the assets or services sold.

We account for lease agreements of our instruments in accordance with ASC 842, Leases. We record revenue over the life of the lease term and we record depreciation
expense  on  a  straight-line  basis  over  the  thirty-six-month  estimated  useful  life  of  the  Barocycler  instrument.  The  depreciation  expense  associated  with  assets  under  lease
agreement  is  included  in  the  “Cost  of  PCT  products  and  services”  line  item  in  our  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  operations.  Many  of  our  lease  and  rental
agreements  allow  the  lessee  to  purchase  the  instrument  at  any  point  during  the  term  of  the  agreement  with  partial  or  full  credit  for  payments  previously  made.  We  pay  all
maintenance costs associated with the instrument during the term of the leases.

F-14

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Revenue from government grants is recorded when expenses are incurred under the grant in accordance with the terms of the grant award.

Deferred  revenue  represents  amounts  received  from  grants  and  service  contracts  for  which  the  related  revenues  have  not  been  recognized  because  one  or  more  of  the

revenue recognition criteria have not been met. Revenue from service contracts is recorded ratably over the length of the contract.

Disaggregation of revenue

In the following table, revenue is disaggregated by primary geographical market, major product line, and timing of revenue recognition.

In thousands of US dollars ($)
Primary geographical markets
North America
Europe
Asia

Major products/services lines
Hardware
Consumables
Contract research services
Agrochem Products
Sample preparation accessories
Technical support/extended service contracts
Shipping and handling
Other

Timing of revenue recognition
Transferred at a point in time
Transferred over time

Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

1,179   
289   
534   
2,002   

Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

1,104   
274   
268   
29   
140   
119   
51   
17   
2,002   

Year Ended
December 31,

2021

2020

1,674   
328   
2,002   

844 
88 
289 
1,221 

568 
205 
193 
- 
116 
96 
29 
14 
1,221 

978 
243 
1,221 

Contract balances
In thousands of US dollars ($)
Receivables, which are included in ‘Accounts Receivable’
Contract liabilities (deferred revenue)

Transaction price allocated to the remaining performance obligations

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

155 
41 

131 
67 

The following table includes estimated revenue expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially unsatisfied) at

the end of the reporting period.

In thousands of US dollars ($)
Extended warranty service

2022

2023

Total

37   

4   

41 

All consideration from contracts with customers is included in the amounts presented above.

Contract Costs

The Company recognizes the incremental costs of obtaining contracts as an expense when incurred if the amortization period of the assets that the Company otherwise
would have recognized is one year or less. These costs are included in selling, general, and administrative expenses. The costs to obtain a contract are recorded immediately in
the period when the revenue is recognized either upon shipment or installation. The costs to obtain a service contract are considered immaterial when spread over the life of the
contract so the Company records the costs immediately upon billing.

F-15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
v. Beneficial Conversion Features

In accordance with FASB ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options” the Company records a beneficial conversion feature (“BCF”) related to the issuance of
convertible  debt  or  preferred  stock  instruments  that  have  conversion  features  at  fixed  rates  that  are  in-the-money  when  issued.  The  BCF  for  the  convertible  instruments  is
recognized  and  measured  by  allocating  a  portion  of  the  proceeds  equal  to  the  intrinsic  value  of  that  feature  to  additional  paid-in  capital.  The  intrinsic  value  is  generally
calculated  at  the  commitment  date  as  the  difference  between  the  conversion  price  and  the  fair  value  of  the  common  stock  or  other  securities  into  which  the  security  is
convertible,  multiplied  by  the  number  of  shares  into  which  the  security  is  convertible.  If  certain  other  securities  are  issued  with  the  convertible  security,  the  proceeds  are
allocated among the different components. The portion of the proceeds allocated to the convertible security is divided by the contractual number of the conversion shares to
determine the effective conversion price, which is used to measure the BCF. The effective conversion price is used to compute the intrinsic value. The value of the BCF is
limited to the basis that is initially allocated to the convertible security.

vi. Cash and Cash Equivalents

Our policy is to invest available cash in short-term, investment grade interest-bearing obligations, including money market funds, and bank and corporate debt instruments.
Securities purchased with initial maturities of three months or less are valued at cost plus accrued interest, which approximates fair value, and are classified as cash equivalents.

vii. Research and Development

Research  and  development  costs,  which  are  comprised  of  costs  incurred  in  performing  research  and  development  activities  including  wages  and  associated  employee
benefits,  facilities,  consumable  products  and  overhead  costs  that  are  expensed  as  incurred.  In  support  of  our  research  and  development  activities  we  utilize  our  Barocycler
instruments that are capitalized as fixed assets and depreciated over their expected useful life.

viii. Inventories

Inventories are valued at the lower of cost (average cost) or net realizable value. The cost of Barocyclers consists of the cost charged by the contract manufacturer. The cost

of manufactured goods includes material, freight-in, direct labor, and applicable overhead. The composition of inventory as of December 31, is as follows:

Raw materials
Finished goods
Inventory reserve
Total

ix. Property and Equipment

2021

2020

  $

  $

296,892    $

1,193,158   
(342,496)  
1,147,554    $

217,682 
717,581 
(342,496)
592,767 

Property  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.  For  financial  reporting  purposes,  depreciation  is  recognized  using  the  straight-line  method,
allocating the cost of the assets over their estimated useful lives of three years for certain laboratory equipment, from three to five years for management information systems
and office equipment, and three years for all PCT finished units classified as fixed assets.

x. Intangible Assets

We have classified as intangible assets, costs associated with the fair value of acquired intellectual property. Intangible assets, including patents, are being amortized on a
straight-line basis over nine years. We perform an annual review of our intangible assets for impairment. We capitalize any costs to renew or extend the term of our intangible
assets.  When  impairment  is  indicated,  any  excess  of  carrying  value  over  fair  value  is  recorded  as  a  loss.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  and  2020,  the  outstanding  balance  for
intangible assets was $403,846 and $490,385, respectively.

F-16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
xi. Long-Lived Assets

The Company’s long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment in accordance with the guidance of the FASB ASC 360-10-05, Property, Plant, and Equipment, whenever
events  or  changes  in  circumstances  indicate  that  the  carrying  amount  of  the  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Recoverability  of  an  asset  to  be  held  and  used  is  measured  by  a
comparison  of  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  to  the  future  undiscounted  cash  flows  expected  to  be  generated  by  the  asset.  If  such  asset  is  considered  to  be  impaired,  the
impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds its fair value. Through December 31, 2021, the Company had not
experienced impairment losses on its long-lived assets.

xii. Concentrations

Credit Risk

Our  financial  instruments  that  potentially  subject  us  to  concentrations  of  credit  risk  consist  primarily  of  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  trade  receivables.  We  have  cash
investment policies which, among other things, limit investments to investment-grade securities. We perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers, and the risk with
respect to trade receivables is further mitigated by the fact that many of our customers are government institutions and university labs. Allowances are provided for estimated
amounts of accounts receivable which may not be collected. At December 31, 2021, we determined that no allowance against accounts receivable was necessary.

The following table illustrates the level of concentration of the below two groups within revenue as a percentage of total revenues during the years ended December 31:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

2021

2020

44% 
6% 

33%
4%

The following table illustrates the level of concentration of the below two groups within accounts receivable as a percentage of total accounts receivable balance as of

December 31:

Top Five Customers
Federal Agencies

Investment in Equity Securities

2021

2020

82% 
5% 

89%
10%

As of December 31, 2021, we held 100,250 shares of common stock of Nexity Global SA, (a Polish publicly traded company). On October 23, 2020 Everest Investments

S.A. changed its name to Nexity Global S.A. Nexity is and Everest was listed on the Warsaw Stock Exchange.

We had exchanged 33,334 shares  of  our  common  stock  for  the  100,250 shares  we  had  held  in  Everest  (before  the  Nexity  Merger).  We  account  for  this  investment  in
accordance with ASC 320 “Investments — Debt and Equity Securities.” ASC 320 requires equity investments with readily determinable fair values to be measured at fair value
with changes in fair value recognized in net income.

As of December 31, 2021, our consolidated balance sheet reflected the fair value, determined on a recurring basis based on Level 1 inputs, of our investment in Nexity to

be $59,976. We recorded $457,025 as unrealized losses during the year ended December 31, 2021 for changes in market value.

xiii. Computation of Loss per Share

Basic loss per share is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted loss per share
is computed by dividing loss available to common shareholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding plus additional common shares that would have
been  outstanding  if  dilutive  potential  common  shares  had  been  issued.  For  purposes  of  this  calculation,  convertible  preferred  stock,  common  stock  dividends,  warrants  to
acquire preferred stock convertible into common stock, and warrants and options to acquire common stock, are all considered common stock equivalents in periods in which
they have a dilutive effect and are excluded from this calculation in periods in which these are anti-dilutive. The following table illustrates our computation of loss per share for
the years ended December 31:

Numerator:
Net loss attributable to common shareholders

Denominator for basic and diluted loss per share:
Weighted average common shares outstanding

Loss per common share - basic and diluted

2021

2020

(22,685,459)  

$

(17,584,710)

6,636,523 

3,304,187 

(3.42)  

$

(5.32)

$

$

F-17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
The following table presents securities that could potentially dilute basic loss per share in the future. For all periods presented, the potentially dilutive securities were not

included in the computation of diluted loss per share because these securities would have been anti-dilutive for the years ended December 31:

Stock options
Convertible debt
Common stock warrants
Convertible preferred stock:
Series D Convertible Preferred
Series G Convertible Preferred
Series H Convertible Preferred
Series H2 Convertible Preferred
Series J Convertible Preferred
Series K Convertible Preferred
Series AA Convertible Preferred

xiv. Accounting for Income Taxes

2021

2020

1,333,101 
5,232,118 
16,207,108 

25,000 
26,857 
33,334 
70,000 
115,267 
229,334 
8,649,000 
31,921,119 

1,355,901 
4,474,868 
14,434,702 

25,000 
26,857 
33,334 
70,000 
115,267 
229,334 
8,043,000 
28,808,263 

We account for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets, subject to valuation allowances, and liabilities for the
expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of
temporary  differences  between  the  carrying  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  for  financial  reporting  and  income  tax  purposes.  The  Company  considers  many  factors  when
assessing the likelihood of future realization of our deferred tax assets, including recent cumulative earnings experience by taxing jurisdiction, expectations of future taxable
income or loss, the carry-forward periods available to us for tax reporting purposes, and other relevant factors. A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not
that all or a portion of the net deferred tax assets will not be realized. If substantial changes in the Company’s ownership should occur, as defined in Section 382 of the Internal
Revenue Code, there could be significant limitations on the amount of net loss carry forwards that could be used to offset future taxable income.

Tax positions must meet a “more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not have

any uncertain tax positions. No interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were accrued at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

xv. Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We maintain equity compensation plans under which incentive stock options and non-qualified stock options are granted to employees, independent members of our Board
of Directors and outside consultants. We recognize equity compensation expense over the requisite service period using the Black-Scholes formula to estimate the fair value of
the stock options on the date of grant. Employee and non employee awards are accounted for under ASC 718 where the awards are valued at grant date.

F-18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Determining Fair Value of Stock Option Grants

Valuation  and  Amortization  Method  -  The  fair  value  of  each  option  award  is  estimated  on  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Black-Scholes  pricing  model  based  on  certain
assumptions. The estimated fair value of employee stock options is amortized to expense using the straight-line method over the vesting period, which generally is over three
years.

Expected Term - The Company uses the simplified calculation of expected life, described in the FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, as the Company does
not currently have sufficient historical exercise data on which to base an estimate of expected term. Using this method, the expected term is determined using the average of the
vesting period and the contractual life of the stock options granted.

Expected Volatility - Expected volatility is based on the Company’s historical stock volatility data over the expected term of the award.

Risk-Free  Interest  Rate  -  The  Company  bases  the  risk-free  interest  rate  used  in  the  Black-Scholes  valuation  method  on  the  implied  yield  currently  available  on  U.S.

Treasury zero-coupon issues with an equivalent remaining term.

Forfeitures - As required by FASB ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation, the Company records stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that are
expected to vest. The Company estimated a forfeiture rate of 5% for awards granted based on historical experience and future expectations of options vesting. We used this
historical rate as our assumption in calculating future stock-based compensation expense.

The  following  table  summarizes  the  assumptions  we  utilized  for  grants  of  stock  options  to  the  three  sub-groups  of  our  stock  option  recipients  during  the  year  ended

December 31, 2021:

Expected life
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Forfeiture rate
Expected dividend yield

Assumptions

CEO, other 
Officers and 
Employees

6.0(yrs)

155.02%
0.62%
5.00%
0.0%

We  recognized  stock-based  compensation  expense  of  $254,615  and  $488,792  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  The  following  table
summarizes the effect of this stock-based compensation expense within each of the line items within our accompanying consolidated statements of operations for the years
ended December 31:

Research and development
Selling and marketing
General and administrative
Total stock-based compensation expense

  $

  $

2021

2020

128,094    $
22,233   
104,288   
254,615    $

141,202 
34,142 
313,448 
488,792 

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the total fair value of stock options awarded was $49,135 and $0, respectively.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  the  unvested  stock-based  awards  was  $140,455,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over

weighted average period of 1.09 years.

F-19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
xvi. Advertising

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. We incurred $17,594 in 2021 and $19,572 in 2020 for advertising.

xvii. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Due to their short maturities, the carrying amounts for cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and debt approximate their fair

value. The carrying amount of long-term debt approximates fair value due to interest rates that approximate prevailing market rates.

xviii. Fair Value Measurements

The  Company  follows  the  guidance  of  FASB  ASC  Topic  820,  “Fair  Value  Measurements  and  Disclosures” (“ASC 820”)  as  it  related  to  financial  assets  and  financial

liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis.

The  Company  generally  defines  fair  value  as  the  price  that  would  be  received  to  sell  an  asset  or  paid  to  transfer  a  liability  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  market
participants  at  the  measurement  date  (exit  price).  The  Company  uses  a  three-tier  fair  value  hierarchy,  which  classifies  the  inputs  used  in  measuring  fair  values.  These  tiers
include: Level 1, defined as observable inputs such as quoted prices for identical instruments in active markets; Level 2, defined as inputs other than quoted prices in active
markets that are either directly or indirectly observable; and Level 3, defined as unobservable inputs in which little or no market data exists, therefore requiring an entity to
develop its own assumptions.

Financial  assets  and  liabilities  are  classified  in  their  entirety  based  on  the  lowest  level  of  input  that  is  significant  to  the  fair  value  measurement.  The  Company  has
determined that its financial assets are currently classified within Level 1. The Company does not have any financial liabilities that are required to be measured on a recurring
basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2021:

Equity Securities
Total Financial Assets

  December 31, 2021  
59,976 
59,976 

$
$

$
$

Fair value measurements at
December 31, 2021 using:
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)

Quoted
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

59,976 
59,976 

$

-   
       -   

$

- 
       - 

The following tables set forth the Company’s financial assets that were accounted for at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2020:

Equity Securities
Total Financial Assets

  December 31, 2020  
517,001 
517,001 

$

$

F-20

Fair value measurements at
December 31, 2020 using:
Significant
other
observable
inputs
(Level 2)

Quoted
prices in
active
markets
(Level 1)

Significant
unobservable
inputs
(Level 3)

517,001 
517,001 

$

-   
        -   

$

- 
       - 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4) Property and Equipment, net

Property and equipment as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following components:

Laboratory and manufacturing equipment
Office equipment
Leasehold improvements
PCT collaboration, demonstration and leased systems
Total property and equipment
Less accumulated depreciation
Net book value

December 31,

2021

2020

  $

  $

353,379    $
194,999   
25,248   
53,098   
626,724   
(510,878)  
115,846    $

240,670 
184,763 
25,248 
53,098 
503,779 
(487,289)
16,490 

Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $23,589 and $40,763, respectively.

(5) Intangible Assets

Intangible  assets  as  of  December  31,  2021  reflect  the  purchase  price  attributable  to  patents  received  in  connection  with  the  acquisition  of  assets  of  BaroFold  Corp.
Acquired BaroFold patents are being amortized to expense on a straight line basis at the rate of $80,000 per year over their estimated remaining useful lives of approximately 9
years.  The  estimated  aggregate  amortization  expense  for  each  of  the  five  succeeding  fiscal  years  is  $80,000  annually.  We  performed  a  review  of  our  intangible  assets  for
impairment. When impairment is indicated, any excess of carrying value over fair value is recorded as a loss. An impairment analysis of intangible assets was performed as of
December 31, 2021. We have concluded that there is no impairment of intangible assets. Intangible assets at December 31, 2021 and 2020 consisted of the following:

BaroFold Patents
Less accumulated amortization
Net book value

December 31,

2021

2020

  $

  $

750,000    $
(346,154)  
403,846    $

750,000 
(259,615)
490,385 

Amortization expense for each of the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $86,539 and $86,538, respectively.

F-21

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(6) Retirement Plan

We provide all of our employees with the opportunity to participate in our retirement savings plan. Our retirement savings plan has been qualified under Section 401(k) of
the Internal Revenue Code. Eligible employees are permitted to contribute to the plan through payroll deductions within statutory limitations and subject to any limitations
included in the plan. During 2021 and 2020 we contributed $11,752 and $13,436, respectively, in the form of discretionary Company-matching contributions.

(7) Income Taxes

Tax positions must meet a “more likely than not” recognition threshold at the effective date to be recognized. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company did not have
any uncertain tax positions. No interest and penalties related to uncertain tax positions were accrued at December 31, 2021 and 2020. Our tax returns for fiscal years 2018, 2019
and 2020 are open to examination.

Significant items making up the deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 are as follows:

Long term deferred taxes:
Inventories
Accrued expenses
Other
Non-cash, stock-based compensation, nonqualified
Impairment loss on investment
Operating loss carry forwards and tax credits
Less: valuation allowance
Total net deferred tax assets

2021

2020

93,570    $
91,792   
15,169   
814,202   
104,609   
28,435,535   
(29,554,877)  

-    $

93,570 
156,699 
15,169 
1,206,664 
104,609 
22,062,690 
(23,639,401)
- 

  $

  $

A valuation allowance is established if it is more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax asset will not be realized. Accordingly, we established a valuation
allowance in 2021 and 2020 for the full amount of our deferred tax assets for the uncertainty of realization. We believe that based on our projection of future taxable operating
income for the foreseeable future, it is more likely than not that we will not be able to realize the benefit of the deferred tax asset at December 31, 2021.

We have net operating loss carry-forwards for federal income tax purposes of approximately $98,933,918 as of December 31, 2021. Included in these numbers are loss
carry-forwards that were obtained through the acquisition of BioSeq, Inc. and are subject to Section 382 NOL limitations. These net operating loss carry-forwards expire at
various dates from 2022 through 2037. Under the Tax Reform Act, NOL’s generated after December 31, 2017 can offset only 80% of a corporation’s taxable income in any
year. With limited exceptions, NOL’s generated after 2017, $57,298,328, cannot be carried back, but they can be carried forward indefinitely.

F-22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We have net operating loss carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $94,663,553 at December 31, 2021. These net operating loss carry-forwards

expire at various dates from 2031 through 2038.

We  have  research  and  development  tax  credit  carry-forwards  for  federal  income  tax  purposes  of  approximately  $1,288,308 as  of  December  31,  2021  and  research  and
development tax credit carry-forwards for state income tax purposes of approximately $306,425 as of December 31, 2021. The federal credit carry-forwards expire at various
dates from 2022 through 2037. The state credit carry-forwards expire at various dates from 2023 through 2034.

The following table reconciles the U.S. Federal statutory tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate:

Statutory U.S. Federal tax rate
Permanent differences
State tax expense
Refundable AMT and R&D tax credit
Valuation allowance
Effective tax rate

(8) Commitments and Contingencies

Operating Leases

2021

2020

21%  
(0)% 
0%  
0%  
(21)% 
-%  

21%
(0)%
0%
0%
(21)%
-%

The Company accounts for its leases under ASC 842. The Company has elected to apply the short-term lease exception to leases of one year or less.

Our  corporate  office  is  currently  located  at  14  Norfolk  Avenue,  South  Easton,  Massachusetts  02375.  We  are  currently  paying  $6,950  per  month,  on  a  lease  extension,
signed on December 31, 2021, that expires December 31, 2022, for our corporate office. We expanded our space to include offices, warehouse and a loading dock on the first
floor starting May 1, 2017 with a monthly rent increase already reflected in the current payments.

We extended our lease for our space in Medford, MA (the “Medford Lease”) from December 30, 2020 to December 30, 2023. The lease required monthly payments of
$7,282 subject to annual cost of living increases. The lease shall be automatically extended for additional three years unless either party terminates at least six months prior to
the expiration of the current lease term.

The Company accounted for the lease extension of our Medford Lease as a lease modification under ASC 842. At the effective date of modification, the Company recorded
an adjustment to the right-of-use asset and lease liability in the amount of $221,432 based on the net present value of lease payments discounted using an estimated borrowing
rate of 12%.

On August 9, 2021, we entered into an operating lease agreement for our warehouse space in Sparks, NV (the “Sparks Lease”) for the period from September 1, 2021
through September 30, 2026. The lease contains escalating payments during the lease period. The lease can be extended for an additional three years if the Company provides
notice at least six months prior to the expiration of the current lease term.

The Company accounted for the Sparks Lease as an operating lease under ASC 842. Upon the commencement of the lease, the Company recorded a right-of-use asset and

lease liability in the amount of $239,327 based on the net present value of lease payments discounted using an estimated borrowing rate of 12%.

Following is a schedule by years of future minimum rental payments required under operating leases with initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one

year as of December 31, 2021:

2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

  $

  $

230,318 
149,299 
64,393 
66,969 
51,778 
- 
562,757 

F-23

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Battelle Memorial Institute

In December 2008, we entered into an exclusive patent license agreement with the Battelle Memorial Institute (“Battelle”). The  licensed  technology  is  the  subject  of  a
patent application filed by Battelle in 2008 and relates to a method and a system for improving the analysis of protein samples, including through an automated system utilizing
pressure  and  a  pre-selected  agent  to  obtain  a  digested  sample  in  a  significantly  shorter  period  of  time  than  current  methods,  while  maintaining  the  integrity  of  the  sample
throughout the preparatory process. In addition to royalty payments on net sales on “licensed products,” we are obligated to make minimum royalty payments for each year that
we  retain  the  rights  outlined  in  the  patent  license  agreement  and  we  are  required  to  have  our  first  commercial  sale  of  the  licensed  products  within  one  year  following  the
issuance of the patent covered by the licensed technology. After re-negotiating the terms of the contract in 2013, the minimum annual royalty was $1,200 in 2014 and $2,000 in
2015; the minimum royalties were $3,000 in 2016, $4,000 in 2017 and $5,000 in 2018 and each calendar year thereafter during the term of the agreement.

Target Discovery Inc.

In March 2010, we signed a strategic product licensing, manufacturing, co-marketing, and collaborative research and development agreement with Target Discovery Inc.
(“TDI”), a related party. Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a highly innovative line of chemicals used in the preparation
of tissues for scientific analysis (“TDI reagents”). The TDI reagents were designed for use in combination with our pressure cycling technology. The companies believe that the
combination  of  PCT  and  the  TDI  reagents  can  fill  an  existing  need  in  life  science  research  for  an  automated  method  for  rapid  extraction  and  recovery  of  intact,  functional
proteins associated with cell membranes in tissue samples. We did not incur any royalty obligation under this agreement in 2021 or 2020.

In April 2012, we signed a non-exclusive license agreement with TDI to grant the non-exclusive use of our pressure cycling technology. We executed an amendment to this
agreement on October 1, 2016 wherein we agreed to pay a monthly fee of $1,400 for the use of a lab bench, shared space and other utilities, and $2,000 per day for technical
support services as needed. The agreement requires TDI to pay the Company a minimum royalty fee of $60,000 in 2020 and $60,000 in 2021. For the years ended December
31, 2020 and 2021, we reported expenses of $82,800 and $86,800, respectively for these arrangements.

Severance and Change of Control Agreements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, and Drs. Ting, and Lazarev, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance payment if terminated by us without cause.
The severance benefits would include a payment in an amount equal to one year of such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation plus accrued paid time off.
Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Each of these executive officers, other than Mr. Schumacher, is entitled to receive a change of control payment in an amount equal to one year of such executive officer’s
annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental coverage, in the event of their termination upon a change of control of the Company. In the
case  of  Mr.  Schumacher,  this  payment  would  be  equal  to  two  years  of  annualized  base  salary  compensation,  accrued  paid  time  off,  and  two  years  of  medical  and  dental
coverage. The severance payment is meant to induce the aforementioned executives to remain in the employ of the Company, in general; and particularly in the occurrence of a
change in control, as a disincentive to the control change.

(9) Convertible Debt and Other Debt

Convertible Debt

On various dates during the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued convertible notes for net proceeds of approximately $8.3 million which contained varied
terms and conditions as follows: a) 6-12 month maturity date; b) interest rates of 10-18% per annum c) convertible to the Company’s common stock at issuance at a fixed rate
of $2.50. These notes were issued with shares of common stock or warrants to purchase common stock that were fairly valued at issuance dates. The aggregate relative fair
value of the shares of common stock issued with the notes of $214,419 was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. The aggregate relative fair
value of the warrants issued with the notes of $4.9 million was also recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. We then computed the effective
conversion price of the notes and recorded a BCF of $1.8 million as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. Finally, we evaluated our convertible notes for
derivative liability treatment on an on-going basis and have determined that all our notes did not qualify for derivative accounting treatment at December 31, 2020. In the year
ended December 31, 2020 the amortization of debt discount on convertible notes was $5,118,222.

On various dates during the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company issued convertible notes for net proceeds of approximately $5.5 million which contained varied
terms and conditions as follows: a) 6-12 month maturity date; b) interest rates of 10-18% per annum and c) convertible to the Company’s common stock at issuance at fixed
rates of $2.50 and $3.00 or at a variable conversion rates upon the Company’s up-listing to NASDAQ or NYSE or an event of default. These notes were issued with shares of
common stock or warrants to purchase common stock that were fair valued at issuance dates. The aggregate relative fair value of the shares of common stock issued with the
notes of $646,718 was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. The aggregate relative fair value of $1.4 million for the warrants issued with the
notes was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. We then computed the effective conversion price of the notes and recorded a BCF of $1.3
million as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. Finally, we evaluated our convertible notes for derivative liability treatment on an on-going basis and have
determined that all our notes did not qualify for derivative accounting treatment at December 31, 2021. In the year ended December 31, 2021 the amortization of debt discount
on convertible notes was approximately $6.7 million.

F-24

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The specific terms of the convertible notes and outstanding balances as of December 31, 2021 are listed in the tables below.

Inception Date

Term

Loan
Amount

Outstanding
balance with
OID

Original
Issue
Discount
(OID)

Interest
Rate

Conversion
Price

Deferred
Finance
Fees

Discount for
conversion
feature and
warrants/shares  

May 17, 2018 (1)(2)
January 3, 2019 (1)(4)
June 4, 2019 (1)(2)
July 19, 2019 (1) (2)
September 27,2019 (1) (2)
October 24, 2019 (1) (2)
November 15, 2019 (1)
January 2, 2020 (1)
January 24, 2020 (1)
January 29, 2020 (1)
February 12, 2020 (1)
February 19, 2020 (1)
March 11, 2020 (1)
March 13, 2020 (1)
March 26, 2020 (1)
April 8, 2020 (1)
April 17, 2020 (1)
April 30, 2020 (1)
May 6, 2020 (1)
May 18, 2020 (1)
June 2, 2020 (1)
June 12, 2020 (1)
June 22, 2020 (1)
July 7, 2020 (1)
July 17, 2020 (1)
July 29, 2020 (1)
July 21, 2020 (1) (5)
August 14, 2020 (1)
September 10, 2020 (1)
September 21, 2020 (1) (5)
September 23, 2020 (1) (5)
September 25, 2020 (1) (5)
December 3, 2020 (1)
October 22, 2020 (1) (5)
February 17, 2021 (1)
March 23, 2021 (1)
May 24, 2021(1)
May 6, 2021
June 17, 2021
June 25, 2021
May 20, 2021
June 3, 2021
June 28, 2021
July 3, 2021
July 1, 2021
July 6, 2021
July 6, 2021
July 15, 2021 (1)
July 16, 2021
July 16, 2021 (3)
July 16, 2021 (3)
July 16, 2021 (3)
August 31, 2021 (1)
Sept. 8, 2021
Sept. 10, 2021
Sept. 15, 2021 (1)
Sept. 16, 2021
Sept. 24, 2021
Sept. 15, 2021
October 21, 2021 (5)
November 1, 2021 (5)
December 7, 2021

12 months
6 months
9 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
6 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
12 months
6 months
12 months
12 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
6 months
8 months
8 months
6 months
6 months
8 months
6 months
12 months
12 months
12 months

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

380,000   
50,000   
500,000   
115,000   
78,750   
78,750   
385,000   
330,000   
247,500   
363,000   
275,000   
165,000   
330,000   
165,000   
111,100   
276,100   
143,750   
546,250   
460,000   
546,250   
902,750   
57,500   
138,000   
586,500   
362,250   
345,000   
115,000   
762,450   
391,000   
345,000   
115,000   
115,000   
299,000   
115,000   
230,000   
55,000   
54,625   
402,500   
230,000   
977,500   
180,000   
50,000   
350,000   
115,000   
260,000   
125,000   
125,000   
100,000   
50,000   
306,250   
306,250   
122,500   
189,750   
78,000   
100,000   
250,000   
250,000   
125,000   
250,000   
189,750   
189,750   
169,500   

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

166,703 
50,000 
302,484 
115,000 
78,750 
78,750 
320,000 
330,000 
247,500 
363,000 
275,000 
165,000 
330,000 
165,000 
111,100 
276,100 
143,750 
546,250 
460,000 
221,250 
652,750 
57,500 
138,000 
586,500 
362,250 
345,000 
115,000 
462,450 
391,000 
345,000 
15,000 
115,000 
299,000 
115,000 
230,000 
55,000 
4,625 
402,500 
230,000 
977,500 
30,000 
50,000 
350,000 
115,000 
260,000 
125,000 
125,000 
100,000 
50,000 
306,250 
306,250 
122,500 
189,750 
78,000 
100,000 
250,000 
250,000 
125,000 
250,000 
189,750 
189,750 
169,500 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

15,200 
2,500 
- 
- 
- 
- 
35,000 
30,000 
22,500 
33,000 
25,000 
15,000 
30,000 
15,000 
10,100 
25,100 
18,750 
71,250 
60,000 
46,250 
92,750 
7,500 
18,000 
76,500 
47,250 
45,000 
15,000 
69,450 
51,000 
45,000 
15,000 
15,000 
39,000 
15,000 
30,000 
5,000 
7,125 
52,500 
30,000 
127,500 
30,000 
1,500 
35,000 
15,000 
10,000 
- 
- 
5,000 
2,000 
56,250 
56,250 
22,500 
24,750 
3,000 
4,000 
12,500 
12,500 
6,250 
37,500 
24,750 
24,750 
19,500 

8% 
24% 
8% 
4% 
4% 
4% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
12% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
10% 
12% 
12% 
10% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
(3)  
(3)  
(3)  
10% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
12% 
12% 

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$
$
$
$

$

$
$

$
$
$

2.50 
7.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 

(6)  

2.50 
2.50 
2.50 
2.50 

(7)  

3.00 

(8)  
(8)  
(8)  
(9)  
(7)  
(7)  
(7)  
(7)  
(7)  
(7)  

2.50 
2.50 
(10)  

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

15,200   
2,500   
40,500   
5,750   
3,750   
3,750   
35,000   
30,000   
22,500   
33,000   
25,000   
15,000   
30,000   
15,000   
10,100   
25,000   
-   
47,500   
40,000   
35,500   
58,900   
5,000   
12,000   
51,000   
31,500   
30,000   
10,000   
66,300   
34,000   
30,000   
10,000   
-   
26,000   
10,000   
20,000   
-   
-   
35,000   
20,000   
-   
15,000   
-   
22,750   
10,000   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
22,500   
12,500   
5,000   
16,500   
-   
-   
-   
-   
-   
30,000   
16,500   
-   
3,750   

$ 14,376,462 

$ 1,661,225 

$ 1,039,250   

$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

332,407 
- 
70,631 
15,460 
13,759 
- 
90,917 
91,606 
89,707 
297,000 
225,000 
135,000 
232,810 
60,705 
90,900 
221,654 
96,208 
427,500 
360,000 
439,500 
708,500 
45,000 
108,000 
400,234 
185,698 
241,245 
24,875 
580,124 
231,043 
66,375 
20,500 
19,125 
197,882 
18,875 
180,000 
36,431 
- 
312,551 
144,760 
773,802 
25,824 
7,948 
267,250 
90,000 
89,640 
42,031 
42,031 
57,716 
40,806 
227,500 
237,500 
95,000 
148,500 
40,449 
43,520 
108,801 
112,337 
61,876 
- 
87,332 
96,991 
- 

9,508,836 

(1) The Note is past due. The Company and the lender are negotiating in good faith to extend the loan.
(2) The Company and lender have agreed to the extension of the Standstill and Forbearance agreements (as described below).
(3) Note is secured by the assets of the Company’s subsidiary, PBI Agrochem, Inc. and Interest rate is. 18.4% OID.
(4) During the year ended December 31, 2020 the Company entered into Rate Modification Agreements with these lenders. In these agreements five lenders agreed to
reduce their interest rate and were granted the right to convert loans using a variable conversion price if more than one other variable rate lender converted at a variable
rate.

(5) The Company has agreed to issue shares of its common stock to lenders if their notes are not repaid by a defined date.
(6) Loan is not convertible until 180 days from the date of issuance of the Note and following an Event of Default will be convertible at the lesser of $2.50 per share or
90% of the lowest trading price over the previous 20 days. The loan is guaranteed by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, but the lender may only enforce this

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
guarantee after certain conditions have been met, specifically after (i) the occurrence of an Event of Default (as defined in the Note), (ii) the failure of the Company to
cure the Default in 10 business days, and (iii) a failure by the Company to issue, or cause to be issued, shares of its common stock upon submission by the lender of a
notice of conversion.

(7) Notes can be voluntary converted before maturity at $2.50 per share or mandatorily converted on up-list at lower of $2.50 or up-list price.
(8) Notes can be converted at the lesser of $2.50 per share or 25% discount to the opening price of the Company’s first day of trading on  either  Nasdaq  or  NYSE.  In
addition, if the Company fails to pay the Note in cash on maturity date, the conversion price will be adjusted to the lesser of original conversion price or the product of
the VWAP of the common stock for the 5 trading dates immediately prior to the maturity date multiplied by 0.75.

(9) Conversion price of this note is $2.50 and will be adjusted to, upon an Event of Default, the lower of (i) the Conversion Price or (ii) a 25% discount to the 5-day
average VWAP of the stock prior to Default. Additionally, if an up-list to a national exchange occurs while this Note is outstanding, the Conversion Price shall be
changed to the lower of (i) the Conversion Price or (ii) a 25% discount to the up-list price.

(10) Loan is convertible, upon an event of default, at the lowest closing bid price for the Company’s common stock for the five trading days prior to conversion.

As of December 31, 2021 one lender holds approximately $9.4 million of the $14.4 million convertible notes outstanding.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized amortization expense related to the debt discounts indicated above of $6,689,238. The unamortized debt
discounts  as  of  December  31,  2021  related  to  the  convertible  debentures  amounted  to  $1,536,649.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the  Company  recognized
amortization expense related to the debt discounts indicated above $5,118,222. The unamortized debt discounts as of December 31, 2020 related to the convertible debentures
and other convertible notes amounted to $3,948,167.

F-25

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Standstill and Forbearance Agreements

The Company has entered into Standstill and Forbearance Agreements with lenders who hold variable-rate convertible notes with a total principal as of June 30, 2021 of
$1.57 million. Pursuant to the Standstill and Forbearance Agreements, the lenders agreed to not convert any portion of their notes into shares of common stock at a variable rate
until March 31, 2021 for convertible notes with a principal balance of $469,000 and until April 16, 2021 for convertible notes with a principal balance of $1.1 million. During
the third quarter of 2021, the Company settled three lenders (five notes) with total principal of $827,500, leaving two final lenders (five notes) with total principal of $741,500
outstanding.  For  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  incurred  interest,  penalties,  and  fees  of  approximately  $1.47 million  in  connection  with  Standstill  and
Forbearance agreements. (See Note 11)

Convertible Loan Modifications and Extinguishments

 We refinanced certain convertible loans during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 at substantially the same terms for extensions ranging over a period of three
to six months. We amortized any remaining unamortized debt discount as of the modification date over the remaining, extended term of the new loans. We applied ASC 470 of
modification accounting to the debt instruments which were modified during the period or those settled with new notes issued concurrently for the same amounts but different
maturity dates. The terms such as the interest rate, prepayment penalties, and default rates will be the same over the new extensions. According to ASC 470, an exchange of
debt instruments between or a modification of a debt instrument by a debtor and a creditor in a nontroubled debt situation is deemed to have been accomplished with debt
instruments that are substantially different if the present value of the cash flows under the terms of the new debt instrument is at least 10 percent different from the present value
of the remaining cash flows under the terms of the original instrument. If the terms of a debt instrument are changed or modified and the cash flow effect on a present value
basis is less than 10 percent, the debt instruments are not considered to be substantially different and will be accounted for as modifications.

The cash flows of new debt exceeded 10% of the remaining cash flows of the original debt on several loans in 2021 and 2020. We recorded losses on extinguishment of
liabilities of $1,795,150 in 2021 and $3,575,878 in 2020. Our gains and losses were measured by calculating the difference of the fair value of the new debt and the carrying
value of the old debt.

The following table provides a summary of the changes in convertible debt, net of unamortized discounts, during 2021:

Balance at January 1,
Issuance of convertible debt, face value
Deferred financing cost
Beneficial conversion feature on convertible note
Debt discount from shares and warrants issued with debt
Conversion of debt into equity
Payments
Accretion of interest and amortization of debt discount to interest expense through December 31
Balance at December 31
Less: current portion
Convertible debt, long-term portion

F-26

$

$

2021

7,545,670 
6,406,375 
(892,125)
(1,320,331)
(2,050,264)
(1,705,455)
(1,833,295)
6,689,238 
12,839,813 
12,839,813 
- 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Other Notes

On September 9, 2019 and February 28, 2020 we received a total of $966,500 unsecured non-convertible loans from a private investor with a one-month term. During the
year ended December 31, 2020, the Company received net proceeds of $463,500, issued 150,000 warrants to purchase common stock (five-year term and $3.50 exercise price)
and repaid $275,000. The relative fair value of $185,660 of the warrants issued with the note was recorded as a debt discount to be amortized over the term of the notes. As of
December 31, 2021 and 2020 the Company owes $691,500 and $691,500, respectively on these notes which are past due. The Company and the investor are negotiating in
good faith to extend the loans.

On October 1, 2019, the Company and the holder of the $170,000 non-convertible loan issued in May 2017 agreed to extend the term of the loan to December 31, 2019.
The Company agreed to issue 1,200 shares of its common stock per month while the note remains outstanding. The note will continue to earn 10% annual interest. The loan is
currently past due and the Company and the investor are negotiating in good faith to extend the loan.

On October 11, 2019 we received a non-convertible loan with a one month term and a 2% interest charge for $25,000 from a private investor. In the year ended December
31,2021 the Company issued 17 shares of Series AA preferred stock and 17,000 warrants to acquire common stock (five year term and $3.50 exercise price) to the investor to
settle principal and interest on this loan (see Note 10).

Merchant Agreements

During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 we signed various Merchant Agreements which are secured by second position rights to all customer receipts until
the loan has been repaid in full and subject to interest rates of 9.3% - 14% per month. As illustrated in the following table, under the terms of these agreements, we received the
disclosed Purchase Price and agreed to repay the disclosed Purchase Amount, which is collected by the Merchant lenders at the disclosed Daily Payment Rate. The Company’s
Chief Executive Officer personally guarantees the performance of the loan issued December 21, 2021.

The following table shows our Merchant Agreements as of December 31, 2021:

Inception Date
December 21, 2021
July 6, 2021

Purchase
Price

Purchased
Amount

Outstanding
Balance

Payment
frequency

  $

  $

400,000    $
125,000     
525,000    $

520,000    $
166,250     
686,250    $

390,120    Weekly
8,790  Daily

398,910     

Payment
Rate
11,305.00    $
1,279.00     
    $

Deferred
Finance
Fees

6,000 
2,500 
8,500 

The following table shows our Merchant Agreements as of December 31, 2020:

Inception Date
November 5, 2020
November 19, 2020

Purchase
Price

Purchased
Amount

Outstanding
Balance

Payment
frequency    

Payment
Rate

Deferred
Finance
Fees

  $

  $

200,000    $
100,000     
300,000    $

275,800    $
137,900     
413,700    $

163,955    Daily
85,013    Daily
248,968     

1,724.00    $
985.00     
    $

- 
         - 
- 

We have accounted for the Merchant Agreements as loans under ASC 860 because while we provided rights to current and future receipts, we still had control over the

receipts. The difference between the Purchase Amount and the Purchase Price is imputed interest that is recorded as interest expense when paid each day.

We  amortized  $49,564  and  $318,641  of  debt  discounts  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively  for  all  non-convertible  notes.  The  total

unamortized discount for all non-convertible notes as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $0 and $0, respectively.

F-27

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
 
     
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
   
   
   
   
 
     
   
     
 
   
 
 
 
Related Party Notes

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  we  received  short-term  non-convertible  loans  of  $254,600 from  related  parties  and  repaid  $354,600 of  related  party  loans.
These notes bear interest ranging from 0% to 15% interest and are due upon demand. In this period we also issued 69.5 shares of Series AA preferred stock and 69,450 warrants
to acquire common stock (five-year term and $3.50 exercise price) to settle $66,000 principal and $107,625 interest (see Note 10).

Long term debt

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company borrowed $527,039 through COVID-19 programs that were sponsored by the United States and administered by
the  Small  Business  Administration  (the  “SBA”).  The  most  notable  programs  were  the  Payroll  Protection  Program  (or  “2020  PPP”)  and  the  Economic  Injury  Disaster  Loan
program (or “EIDL”). Under the 2020 PPP, the Company borrowed $367,039 (two-year term and 1% interest rate per annum). The Company’s EIDL loan, $150,000, accrues
interest at 3.75% and requires monthly payments of $731 for principal and interest beginning in June 2021. The balance of the principal will be due in 30 years. In connection
with the EIDL loan the Company entered into a security agreement with the SBA, whereby the Company granted the SBA a security interest in all of the Company’s right, title
and interest in all of the Company’s assets.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company borrowed $367,039 through a second Payroll Protection program (or “2021 PPP”) and extended the monthly
payment date on the EIDL loan to December 2022. During the year ended December 31,2021 the 2020 PPP was forgiven by the United States and SBA and in 2022 the 2021
PPP was similarly forgiven.

(10) Stockholders’ (Deficit)

Preferred Stock

We are authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.01. Of the 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock:

1) 20,000 shares have been designated as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (“Junior A”)

2) 313,960 shares have been designated as Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series A”)

3) 279,256 shares have been designated as Series B Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series B”)

4) 88,098 shares have been designated as Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series C”)

5) 850 shares have been designated as Series D Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series D”)

6) 500 shares have been designated as Series E Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series E”)

7) 240,000 shares have been designated as Series G Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series G”)

8) 10,000 shares have been designated as Series H Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H”)

9) 21 shares have been designated as Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series H2”)

10) 6,250 shares have been designated as Series J Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series J”)

11) 15,000 shares have been designated as Series K Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series K”)

12) 10,000 shares have been designated as Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock (“Series AA”)

As of December 31, 2021, there were no shares of Junior A issued and outstanding, and no shares of Series A, B, C, and E issued and outstanding.

Series D Convertible Preferred Stock

On November 11, 2011, we completed a registered direct offering, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 843 units for a purchase price of $1,000 per unit, resulting in
gross proceeds to us of $843,000 (the “Series D Placement”). Each unit (“Series D Unit”) consisted of (i) one share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value
per share (the “Series D Convertible Preferred Stock”) convertible into 84 shares of our common stock, (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalization,
etc.) and (ii) one five-year warrant to purchase approximately 21 shares of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $24.30, subject to adjustment as provided in the
Warrants (“Series  D  Warrant”).  The  Series  D  Warrants  were  exercisable  beginning  on  May  11,  2012  and  until  the  close  of  business  on  the  fifth  anniversary  of  the  initial
exercise date. There are currently no Series D Warrants outstanding.

F-28

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will rank senior to the Company’s common stock with respect to payments made upon liquidation, winding up or dissolution.
Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, after payment of the Company’s debts and liabilities, and before any payment is made to the holders of any
junior securities, the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will first be entitled to be paid $1,000 per share subject to adjustment for accrued but unpaid dividends.

We may not pay any dividends on shares of common stock unless we also pay dividends on the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock in the same form and amount, on an
as-if-converted  basis,  as  dividends  actually  paid  on  shares  of  our  common  stock.  Except  for  such  dividends,  no  other  dividends  may  be  paid  on  the  Series  D  Convertible
Preferred Stock.

Each share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 84 shares of common stock (based upon an initial conversion price of $19.50 per share) at any time
at the option of the holder, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, and similar recapitalization transactions (the “Series D Conversion Ratio”).
Subject to certain exceptions, if the Company issues any shares of common stock or common stock equivalents at a per share price that is lower than the conversion price of the
Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  the  conversion  price  will  be  reduced  to  the  per  share  price  at  which  such  shares  of  common  stock  or  common  stock  equivalents  are
issued. Each share of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at the Series D Conversion Ratio then in effect if, after
six months from the closing of the Series D Placement, the common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is
then traded) at a price equal to at least 300% of the then effective Series D Convertible Preferred Stock conversion price for 20 out of 30 consecutive trading days with each
trading day having a volume of at least $50,000. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

In addition, in the event we consummate a merger or consolidation with or into another person or other reorganization event in which our shares of common stock are
converted or exchanged for securities, cash or other property, or we sell, lease, license or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets or we or another person
acquire 50% or more of our outstanding shares of common stock, then following such event, the holders of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will be entitled to receive
upon conversion of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock the same kind and amount of securities, cash or property which the holders of the Series D Convertible Preferred
Stock would have received had they converted the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such fundamental transaction.

The holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration
at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except that the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock may
vote separately as a class on any matters that would (i) amend, our Restated Articles of Organization, as amended, in a manner that adversely affects the rights of the Series D
Convertible Preferred Stock, (ii) alter or change adversely the powers, preferences or rights of the Series D Convertible Preferred Stock or alter or amend the certificate of
designation, (iii) authorize or create any class of shares ranking as to dividends, redemption or distribution of assets upon liquidation senior to, or otherwise pari passu with, the
Series D Convertible Preferred Stock, or (iv) increase the number of authorized shares of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock.

If,  within  12  months  of  the  initial  issuance  of  the  Series  D  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  we  issue  any  common  stock,  common  stock  equivalents,  indebtedness  or  any
combination thereof (a “Subsequent Financing”), the holders of Series D Convertible Preferred Stock will have the right to participate on a pro-rata basis in up to 50% of such
Subsequent Financing.

F-29

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
Series D Warrants

On May 10, 2017, we received net proceeds of $140,214 from the exercise of 19,889 stock purchase warrants from the Series D registered direct offering on November 10,
2011. In consideration for the warrant exercises, we issued to the investors warrants to purchase 39,778 shares of our Common Stock at an exercise price per share equal to
$8.40 per share. The warrants expired on the third year anniversary date. We determined the fair value of $186,802 for these warrants and recorded the value as other expenses.
All of these warrants have expired.

Series G Convertible Preferred Stock

On July 6 and November 15, 2012, we completed a private placement, pursuant to which we sold an aggregate of 4,844 units for a purchase price of $150.00 per unit (the
“Series G Purchase Price”), resulting in gross proceeds to us of $726,600 (the “Series G Private Placement”). Each unit (“Series G Unit”) consists of (i) one share of Series G
Convertible Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “Series G Preferred Stock”) convertible into 1 share of our common stock, (subject to adjustment for stock splits,
stock dividends, recapitalization, etc.) and (ii) a three-year warrant to purchase 1 share of our common stock at a per share exercise price of $15.00 (the “Series G Warrant”).
The  Series  G  Warrants  will  be  exercisable  until  the  close  of  business  on  the  third  anniversary  of  the  applicable  closing  date  of  the  Series  G  Private  Placement.  There  are
currently no Series G Warrants outstanding.

Each share of Series G Preferred Stock will receive a cumulative dividend at the annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) on those shares of Series G Preferred Stock purchased
from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of less than $100,000, (ii) six percent (6%) on those shares of Series G Preferred Stock purchased
from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of at least $100,000 but less than $250,000, and (iii) twelve percent (12%) on those shares of Series
G Preferred Stock purchased from the Company by an individual purchaser with an aggregate investment of at least $250,000. Dividends accruing on the Series G Preferred
Stock shall accrue from day to day until, and shall be paid within fifteen (15) days of, the first anniversary of, the original issue date of the Series G Preferred Stock; provided,
however, if any shares of the Company’s Series E Preferred Stock are outstanding at such time, payment of the accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall be
deferred until no such shares of Series E Convertible Preferred Stock remain outstanding. The Company may pay accrued dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock in cash or
in shares of its common stock equal to the volume weighted average price of the common stock as reported by the OTCQB for the ten (10) trading days immediately preceding
the Series G’s first anniversary.

At the election of the Company and upon required advanced notice, each share of Series G Preferred Stock will automatically be converted into shares of common stock at
the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) if, after 6 months from the original issuance date of the Series G Preferred Stock, the common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other
primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price equal to at least $22.50, for 7 out of 10 consecutive trading days with average daily
trading  volume  of  at  least  334  shares,  (ii)  on  or  after  the  first  anniversary  of  the  original  issuance  date  of  the  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  or  (iii)  upon  completion  of  a  firm-
commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal to at least $22.50, with aggregate gross proceeds to the Company of not less than
$2.5 million. Unless waived under certain circumstances by the holder of the Series G Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series G Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon
such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

The  holders  of  Series  G  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  for  their  action  or  consideration  at  any

meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as required by law.

F-30

 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series H Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 28, 2012 the Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to authorize 10,000 shares of Series H Convertible Preferred Stock. On January 4, 2013, the
Company reported that it had entered into a securities purchase and exchange agreement with an investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 33,334 shares of
the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share of common stock held by the investor for an aggregate of 10,000 shares of a newly created series of preferred stock,
designated Series H Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H Preferred Stock”) in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally purchased the
common stock from the Company for $24.08 per share. The exchange ratio was 4 shares of common stock per share of Series H Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of
$24.08 per share.

Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock

On December 23, 2014 the Company amended the Articles of Incorporation to authorize 21 shares of Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock. On December 23, 2014, the
Company reported that it had entered into a securities purchase and exchange agreement with an investor, pursuant to which the Company agreed to exchange 70,000 shares of
the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01  per  share  of  common  stock  held  by  the  investor  for  an  aggregate  of  21 shares of a newly created series of preferred stock,
designated Series H2 Convertible Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share (the “Series H2 Preferred Stock”) in a non-cash transaction. The investor originally acquired the
common stock from the Company for $7.50 per share in the warrant reset transaction on December 23, 2014. The exchange ratio was 3,334 shares of common stock per share
of Series H2 Preferred Stock at a stated conversion price of $7.50 per share.

Series J Convertible Preferred Stock

On February 6, March 28 and May 20, 2013, the Company entered into a Securities Purchase with various individuals pursuant to which the Company sold an aggregate of
5,087.5 units for a purchase price of $400.00 per unit (the “Purchase Price”), or an aggregate Purchase Price of $2,034,700. Each unit purchased in the initial tranche consists of
(i)  one  share  of  a  newly  created  series  of  preferred  stock,  designated  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  par  value  $0.01 per  share  (the  “Series  J  Convertible  Preferred
Stock”), convertible into 34 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per share and (ii) a warrant to purchase 34 shares of common stock at an exercise price
equal to $12.00 per share. The warrants expired three years from the issuance date.

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such date, the voluntary conversion of any
shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion (solely under the Company’s control based upon certain triggering events) of the Series
J Convertible Preferred Stock, dividends will accrue on each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on
those shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased
from the Company shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $250,000, and (ii) six percent (6%) of the Purchase Price on
those shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased
shares  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  with  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  at  least  $250,000.  Dividends  accruing  on  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  shall
accrue from day to day until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of issuance of such shares of Series J Convertible Stock, the voluntary conversion of any shares of
Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, and shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15)
days of the first anniversary of the original issue date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, within five (5) days of the voluntary conversion of shares of the Series J
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or  within  five  (5)  days  of  the  mandatory  conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The  Company  may  pay  accrued
dividends on the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares of its common stock in accordance
with a specified formula.

Each share of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 34 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or after the six-month anniversary of the
issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain
circumstances by the holder of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s shares of Series J Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion
the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advance  notice,  each  share  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be  converted  into  shares  of
common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of the original issuance date of the Series J Convertible Preferred Stock, the
common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price per share equal to at least $24.00 for 7
out  of  10  consecutive  trading  days  with  average  daily  trading  volume  of  at  least  1,667  shares,  (ii)  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  original  issuance  date  of  the  Series  J
Convertible Preferred Stock or (iii) within three days of the completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal
to  at  least  $24.00,  with  aggregate  gross  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  not  less  than  $2.5  million.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the  Series  J
Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series J Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed
certain thresholds.

F-31

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  holders  of  Series  J  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  are  not  entitled  to  vote  on  any  matters  presented  to  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  for  their  action  or

consideration at any meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as required by law.

Series K Convertible Preferred Stock

From the date of issuance of any shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock and until the earlier of the first anniversary of such date, the voluntary conversion of any
shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion (solely under the Company’s control based upon certain triggering events) of the Series
K Convertible Preferred Stock, dividends will accrue on each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock at an annual rate of (i) four percent (4%) of the Purchase Price on
those shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased
from the Company shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate Purchase Price of less than $100,000, and (ii) six percent (6%) of the Purchase Price on
those shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock purchased from the Company pursuant to the Securities Purchase Agreement by an individual purchaser who purchased
shares of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock with an aggregate purchase price of at least $100,000. Dividends accruing on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock shall
accrue from day to day until the earlier of the first anniversary of the date of issuance of such shares of Series K Convertible Stock, the voluntary conversion of any shares of
Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, or the date of any mandatory conversion of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, and shall be paid, as applicable, within fifteen (15)
days of the first anniversary of the original issue date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, within five (5) days of the voluntary conversion of shares of the Series K
Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  or  within  five  (5)  days  of  the  mandatory  conversion  of  shares  of  the  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock.  The  Company  may  pay  accrued
dividends on the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock in cash or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the Company, in shares of its common stock in accordance
with a specified formula.

Each share of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock is convertible into 34 shares of common stock at the option of the holder on or after the six-month anniversary of the
issuance of such share, subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, recapitalizations and similar transactions (the “Conversion Ratio”). Unless waived under certain
circumstances  by  the  holder  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  such  holder’s  shares  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  may  not  be  converted  if  upon  such
conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed certain thresholds.

At  the  election  of  the  Company  and  upon  required  advance  notice,  each  share  of  Series  K  Convertible  Preferred  Stock  will  automatically  be  converted  into  shares  of
common stock at the Conversion Ratio then in effect: (i) on or after the six-month anniversary of the original issuance date of the Series K Convertible Preferred Stock, the
common stock trades on the OTCQB (or other primary trading market or exchange on which the common stock is then traded) at a price per share equal to at least $24.00 for 7
out  of  10  consecutive  trading  days  with  average  daily  trading  volume  of  at  least  1,667  shares,  (ii)  on  the  first  anniversary  of  the  original  issuance  date  of  the  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock or (iii) within three days of the completion of a firm-commitment underwritten registered public offering by the Company at a per share price equal
to  at  least  $24.00,  with  aggregate  gross  proceeds  to  the  Company  of  not  less  than  $2.5  million.  Unless  waived  under  certain  circumstances  by  the  holder  of  the  Series  K
Convertible Preferred Stock, such holder’s Series K Convertible Preferred Stock may not be converted if upon such conversion the holder’s beneficial ownership would exceed
certain thresholds.

The holders of Series K Convertible Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote on any matters presented to the stockholders of the Company for their action or consideration at any
meeting of stockholders of the Company (or by written consent of stockholders in lieu of meeting), except as required by law.

F-32

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock and Warrants

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which the Company sold an
aggregate of 60  shares  of  Series  AA  Convertible  Preferred  Stock,  each  preferred  share  convertible  into  1,000  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01 per
share,  for  an  aggregate  Purchase  price  of  approximately  $150,000.  We  issued  to  the  investors  warrants  to  purchase  an  aggregate  60,000  shares  of  common  stock  with  an
exercise price of $3.50 per share. The Company did not incur any placement agent fees for this transaction. In this time we also converted $110,000 of debt into 44 shares of
Series AA preferred stock and 44,000 warrants to acquire common stock (five-year term and $3.50 exercise price). The relative fair value of warrants is $38,783.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company entered into Securities Purchase Agreements with accredited investors pursuant to which the Company sold an
aggregate of 406 shares of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock, each preferred share convertible into 1,000 shares of the Company’s common stock, par value $0.01 per
share, for an aggregate Purchase price of approximately $1,015,000. We issued to the investors warrants to purchase an aggregate 406,000 shares of common stock with an
exercise price of $3.50 per share. The Company did not incur any placement agent fees for this transaction. The relative fair value of warrants is $509,130. In this time the
Company also issued 200  shares  of  Series  AA  Preferred  Stock  and  200,100  warrants  to  acquire  common  stock  (five year  term  and  $3.50  exercise  price)  for  settlement  of
liabilities, including accrued expense, accrued Compensation to employees and non-convertible debt and related interest. The relative fair value of warrants is $245,635. The
Company also recognized a $23,004 loss on settlement of liabilities, which is included in losses on extinguishment of liabilities on the consolidated statement of operations.

The issuances of our convertible preferred stock and common stock purchase warrants are accounted for under the fair value and relative fair value method.

The warrant is first analyzed per its terms as to whether it has derivative features or not. If the warrant is determined to be a derivative, then it is measured at fair value
using the Black Scholes Option Model and recorded as a liability on the balance sheet. The warrant is re-measured at its then current fair value at each subsequent reporting
date (it is “marked-to-market”).

If the warrant is determined to not have derivative features, it is recorded into equity at its fair value using the Black Scholes option model, however, limited to a relative

fair value based upon the percentage of its fair value to the total fair value including the fair value of the convertible preferred stock.

We analyzed these warrants issued in 2021 and determined that they were not considered derivatives and therefore recorded the aggregate relative fair value of $509,130

into equity relating to the 406,000 investor warrants issued during 2021.

We analyzed the warrants issued in 2020 and determined that they were not considered derivatives and therefore recorded the aggregate relative fair value of $69,580 into

equity relating to the 60,000 investor warrants issued during 2020.

The convertible preferred stock is recorded at its fair value, limited to a relative fair value based upon the percentage of its fair value to the total fair value including the fair
value of the warrant. Further, the convertible preferred stock is examined for any intrinsic BCF of which the convertible price of the preferred stock is less than the closing
stock price on date of issuance. If the relative fair value method is used to value the convertible preferred stock and there is an intrinsic BCF, a further analysis is undertaken of
the BCF using an effective conversion price which assumes the conversion price is the relative fair value divided by the number of shares of common stock the convertible
preferred stock is converted into by its terms. The adjusted BCF value of $873,798 and $61,180 was accounted for as a deemed dividend within equity and was included in the
earnings per share calculation for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Common Stock

Stock Options and Warrants

At the Company’s December 30, 2021 Special Meeting, the shareholder’s approved the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”) pursuant to which 3,000,000 shares
of our common stock were reserved for issuance upon exercise of stock options or other equity awards. Consistent with the Company’s existing 2013 Equity Incentive plan (the
“2013  plan”),  under  the  2021  plan,  we  may  award  stock  options,  shares  of  common  stock,  and  other  equity  interests  in  the  Company  to  employees,  officers,  directors,
consultants, and advisors, and to any other persons the Board of Directors deems appropriate. As of December 31, 2021, options to acquire 1,333,101 shares were outstanding
under these Plans.

All of the outstanding non-qualified options had an exercise price that was at or above the Company’s common stock share price at time of issuance.

As  of  December  31,  2020,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  the  unvested  stock-based  awards  was  $304,900,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over
weighted average period of 1.59 years. The aggregate intrinsic value associated with the options outstanding and exercisable and the aggregate intrinsic value associated with
the warrants outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2020, based on the December 31, 2020 closing stock price of $2.12, was $1,240,469. At this time the warrants had
a weighted average remaining contractual term of 3.10 years and zero intrinsic value. During the year ended December 31, 2021 the Company issued 24,000 stock options to an
employee ($49,135 fair value, $2.17 exercise price, three-year vesting term and ten-year expiration term).

As  of  December  31,  2021,  total  unrecognized  compensation  cost  related  to  the  unvested  stock-based  awards  was  $140,455,  which  is  expected  to  be  recognized  over
weighted average period of 1.09 years. The aggregate intrinsic value associated with the options outstanding and exercisable and the aggregate intrinsic value associated with
the warrants outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2021, based on the December 31, 2021 closing stock price of $2.31, was $2,124,104. At this time the warrants had
a weighted average remaining contractual term of 2.39 years and zero intrinsic value.

F-33

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The following tables summarize information concerning options and warrants outstanding and exercisable:

Stock Options

Warrants

Total

Balance outstanding, January 1, 2020
Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited
Balance outstanding, December 31, 2020
Granted
Exercised
Expired
Forfeited
Balance outstanding, December 31, 2021

Range of 
Exercise Prices
0.69 
1.01 

$
$

1.00 
3.00 

$
$

Number of 
Options

1,309,101 
24,000 
1,333,101 

Common Stock Issuances

$

$

Shares
1,396,302 
- 
- 
- 

(40,401)  

1,355,901 
24,000 
(21,411)  

- 

(25,389)  

1,333,101 

$

Options Outstanding
Weighted Average
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
(Years)

Weighted 
Average 
price per 
share

Weighted 
Average 
price per 
share

3.52   
3.50   
-   
4.01   
-   
3.50   
3.57   
3.50   
3.50   
-   
3.50   

Shares
9,893,034 
4,925,031 
- 

(383,363)  

- 
  14,434,702 
2,235,408 
(187,500)  
(275,502)  

- 
  16,207,108 

$

$

$

Shares
  11,289,336   
4,925,031   
-   
(383,363)  
(40,401)  
  15,790,603   
2,259,408   
(208,911)  
(275,502)  
(25,389)  
  17,540,209   

  Exercisable  
  10,148,543 

  15,302,830 

  17,308,567 

0.69 
- 
- 
- 
0.78 
0.71 
2.17 
0.69 
- 
0.69 
0.72 

Options Exercisable
Weighted Average
Remaining 
Contractual 
Life 
(Years)

Exercise 
Price

Exercise 
Price

Number of 
Options

7.7 
9.1 
7.8 

$
$
$

0.69   
2.17   
0.72   

1,101,459   
-   
1,101,459   

7.6   
-   
7.6   

$
$
$

0.69 
- 
0.69 

On  various  dates  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  the  Company  issued  333,200 shares  with  a  fair  value  of  $794,562 for  services  rendered;  36,290  shares  for  a
cashless warrant exercise; 82,373 shares with a fair value of $184,274 in lieu of cash for the 8% dividend on Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; 1,195,996 shares with a
fair value of $2,989,990 for the conversion of debt and interest for common stock; 2,883,282 shares with a fair value of $6,665,656 for debt extension, settlement and interest
payments, 21,411 shares for stock option exercises (at an exercise price of $0.69) and 399,650 shares with a fair value of $646,718 in  conjunction  with  the  signing  of  new
convertible loans. During this period, we also issued 1,146,945 warrants (three to five-year term at a $3.50 to $5.00 exercise price) to acquire common stock at a fair value of
$1.4 million to lenders in conjunction with signing of new convertible loans. We also issued 71,042 warrants (3-year term at $3.5 exercise price) to acquire common stock at a
fair value of $107,275 to lender in for debt settlement.

As profiled in the following table, for seven loans we are obligated to issue common stock if not paid by defined dates.

Loan

Loan 1
Loan 2
Loan 3
Loan 4
Loan 5
Loan 6
Loan 7

Loan Issuance Date

July 21, 2020
September 21, 2020
September 23, 2020
September 25, 2020
October 22, 2020
October 21, 2021
November 1, 2021

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

Loan
Principal

Percentage of Loan
Principal Issuable

Defined
Date

Shares Issuable
Frequency

115,000   
345,000   
15,000   
115,000   
115,000   
189,750   
189,750   

0.0435% 
0.0362% 
0.0652% 
0.0652% 
0.0652% 
0.0435% 
0.0435% 

September 30, 2020
November 16, 2020
December 1, 2020
December 1, 2020
December 1, 2020
January 2, 2022
January 2, 2022

Monthly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly
Weekly

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company accrued $6,288,529 in interest expense for these obligations to issue common stock.

For our loan dated December 23, 2020, we are obligated to issue 100,000 warrants if the loan is not repaid before January 23, 2021 and an additional 10,000 shares of
common stock and 100,000 warrants if the loan is not repaid before February 23, 2021. We are also obligated to issue 10,000 shares of common stock and 200,000 warrants if
the loan is not repaid before March 23, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2021 the Company issued 400,000 warrants to this lender ($3.50 exercise price and five-year
term) with a fair value of $600,298. The Company is also obligated to issue 10,000 shares of common stock to this lender every 31 days up to the loan’s maturity date on June
23, 2021.

On  various  dates  in  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  the  Company  issued  a  total  of  1,618,704 shares  of  restricted  common  stock  at  a  fair  value  of  approximately
$3,671,311 to accredited investors. 76,800 of the shares with a fair value of $179,077 were issued for services rendered; 122,135 of the shares with a fair value of $299,709
were issued in lieu of cash for the 8% dividend on Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; 871,309 of the shares with a fair value of $2,220,442 were issued for the conversion
of debt and interest for common stock; 323,260 of the shares with a fair value of $629,809 were issued for debt extension, settlement and interest payments, 66,500 shares with
a fair value of $127,855 were issued to settle an accrued liability and 158,700 of the shares with a fair value of $214,419 were issued in conjunction with the signing of new
convertible loans.

(11) Subsequent Events

From January 1, 2022 through March 31, 2022 the Company received two convertible loans for $145,487, which each carry a 12% annual interest rate and eight and twelve
month terms. One loan is convertible at $2.50 per share other than in an event of default otherwise upon an event of default, the conversion price will be at 75% of the lowest
trading price for the common stock over five days before conversion. The other loan is convertible, upon an event of default, at 75% of the lowest trading price for the common
stock over five days before conversion. In this period, the Company also borrowed $177,500 from related parties with 10% original issue discount and 12% annual interest rate,
and entered into two new Merchant Cash lender agreements (collecting $361,120 and obligating the Company to pay $18,990 each week to the lenders).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In this time the Company also rolled over two loans totaling $475,000 (dated June 30, 2021, and June 28, 2021) into new loans totaling $1,200,000 with terms extended six
to eight months. The Company issued 132,000 shares of common stock as origination fees for the new loans. Separately, during this period the Company extended five loans
totaling $1,045,000  (dated  July  16,  2021,  June  30,2021,  July  16,  2021,  July  16,  2021  and  July  16,  2021)  for  five  to  six months  with  new  principal  of  $1,095,250  issuing
147,500 shares of common stock as extension fees.

During this period the Company also issued 140,200 shares to a lender who converted $350,500 of liabilities and debt principal (principally $258,385 in penalties) into
common stock, repaid a convertible loan dated September 24, 2020 for $134,805 (comprised of principal and accrued interest) and issued 37,000 shares of common stock and
30,000 warrants to acquire common stock (three year term and $3.50 strike price) to consultants for investor relations services. In this time the Company also repaid $107,000
of debt in cash.

F-34

 
 
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE.

None

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We maintain disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our Securities Exchange Act of 1934 filings are
recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to
our management, including our President and Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) and Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer), as appropriate, to
allow  timely  decisions  regarding  required  disclosure.  In  designing  and  evaluating  the  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  management  recognized  that  any  controls  and
procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  of  achieving  the  desired  control  objectives,  as  ours  are  designed  to  do,  and
management was necessarily required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures.

As of December 31, 2021, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our principal executive officer and
principal financial officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures, as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the
Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  Based  upon  that  evaluation,  our  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer  concluded  that  our  disclosure  controls  and
procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2021 due to limited resources for adequate personnel to prepare and file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
within the required periods, and material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting relating to our accounting for complex equity transactions as described
below under the heading “Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting”. Management plans to remediate this weakness by taking the actions described
below.

Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Internal control over financial reporting is defined in Rule 13a-
15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act, as a process designed by, or under the supervision of our principal executive and principal financial officers and effected by our
board of directors, management and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements
for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and includes those policies and procedures that:

● pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of our assets;

● provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting

principles, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorization of our management and directors; and

● provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the

financial statements.

Our  internal  control  system  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  to  our  management  and  board  of  directors  regarding  the  preparation  and  fair  presentation  of
financial  statements.  Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements.  Projections  of  any  evaluation  of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risks that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies
or procedures may deteriorate.

We have assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the

Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

Based on this assessment, management believes that, as of December 31, 2021, the Company did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting because of

the effect of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting discussed below.

41

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board Auditing Standard No. 2 defines a material weakness as a significant deficiency, or combination of significant deficiencies,
that results in there being a more than remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely
basis. Based upon this definition, our management concluded that, as of December 31, 2021, a material weakness existed in our internal control over financial reporting related
to accounting for complex equity transactions.

Specifically, we identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting related to the following matters:

● We identified  a  lack  of  sufficient  segregation  of  duties.  Specifically,  this  material  weakness  is  such  that  the  design  over  these  areas  relies  primarily  on  detective

controls and could be strengthened by adding preventative controls to properly safeguard Company assets.

● Management has identified a lack of sufficient personnel in the accounting function due to our limited resources with appropriate skills, training and  experience  to
perform  the  review  processes  to  ensure  the  complete  and  proper  application  of  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  particularly  as  it  relates  to  valuation  of
warrants and other complex debt /equity transactions. Specifically, this material weakness resulted in audit adjustments to the annual consolidated financial statements
and revisions to related disclosures.

● Limited policies and procedures that cover recording and reporting of financial transactions.

● Lack of multiple levels of review over the financial reporting process

Our plan to remediate those material weaknesses is as follows:

● Improve  the  effectiveness  of  the  accounting  group  by  augmenting  our  existing  resources  with  additional  consultants  or  employees  to  assist  in  the  analysis  and
recording of complex accounting transactions, and to simultaneously achieve desired organizational structuring for improved segregation of duties. We plan to mitigate
this identified deficiency by hiring an independent consultant once we generate significantly more revenue or raise significant additional working capital.

● Improve expert review and achieve desired segregation procedures by strengthening cross approval of various functions including quarterly internal audit procedures

where appropriate.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2021 that have materially affected, or are reasonably

likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION.

None.

42

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS.

Not applicable.

PART III

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

Directors

The following table sets forth information about the individuals who serve as our directors as of December 31, 2021.

Name

Age

Position

Board Committees

Richard T. Schumacher

Jeffrey N. Peterson

Dr. Mickey Urdea

Vito J. Mangiardi

Kevin A. Pollack

71

66

69

73

51

President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief
Financial Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and Director

  Chairman of the Board

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

  Director

  Director

  Director

Scientific Advisory Board

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

  Audit, Compensation, Nominating

Term of office 
expires:

2023

2024

2024

2022

2022

The  following  noteworthy  experience,  qualifications,  attributes  and  skills  for  each  Board  member,  together  with  the  biographical  information  for  each  nominee  described
below, led to our conclusion that the person should serve as a director in light of our business and structure:

Mr. Richard T. Schumacher, the founder of the Company, has served as a director of the Company since 1978. He has served as the Company’s Chief Executive Officer since
April 16, 2004 and President since September 14, 2004, and Interim Chief Financial Officer since November 27, 2019. He previously served as Chief Executive Officer and
Chairman of the Board of the Company from 1992 to February 2003. From July 9, 2003 until April 14, 2004 he served as a consultant to the Company pursuant to a consulting
agreement.  He  served  as  President  of  the  Company  from  August  1978  to  August  1999.  Mr.  Schumacher  served  as  the  Director  of  Infectious  Disease  Services  for  Clinical
Sciences  Laboratory,  a  New  England-based  medical  reference  laboratory,  from  1986  to  1988.  From  1972  to  1985,  Mr.  Schumacher  was  a  research  scientist  and  clinical
laboratory  director  at  the  Center  for  Blood  Research,  a  nonprofit  medical  research  institute  associated  with  Harvard  Medical  School.  Mr.  Schumacher  received  a  B.S.  in
Zoology from the University of New Hampshire.

Mr. Jeffrey N. Peterson  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  July  2011  and  as  Chairman  of  the  Board  starting  in  2012.  Since  1999,  he  has  served  as  the  Chief
Executive  Officer  of  Target  Discovery,  Inc.  (“TDI”),  a  personalized  medicine  diagnostics  (PMDx)  and  analytical  testing  solutions  company.  Mr.  Peterson  also  serves  as
Chairman and CEO of TDI’s majority-owned subsidiary, Veritomyx, Inc., which is commercializing software tools for more sensitive, complete and accurate identification and
characterization of all large and small molecular components of complex samples. Mr. Peterson served as Chairman of the Board of Imaging3, a publicly traded company on
the OTCQB, an innovative medical and industrial imaging company, from March 2018 through July 2019. Prior to incorporating and founding TDI, Mr. Peterson served as
CEO of Sharpe, Peterson, Ocheltree & Associates, an international business development consulting firm assisting Fortune 500 and many smaller firms in business expansion
and strategy. Prior to that, he spent 9 years in key management roles in Abbott Laboratories’ Diagnostics and International (Pharmaceuticals, Hospital Products, Nutritionals,
and Consumer) businesses, last serving as CEO and General Manager of Abbott South Africa. Mr. Peterson’s experience prior to Abbott Laboratories included 11 years with
General  Electric’s  Engineered  Materials  and  Plastics  businesses,  spanning  roles  in  strategic  planning,  business  development,  technology  licensing,  marketing  and  sales,
operations, quality control and R&D. Mr. Peterson holds BSChE and MSChE (Chemical Engineering) degrees from MIT, as well as 6 issued US patents. He served as Chair
Emeritus of the BayBio Institute, a non-profit organization serving the life science community, and on the Board of BayBio, a trade association for the life sciences industry in
Northern California. He served as a cofounder of the Coalition for 21st Century Medicine, and of BIO’s Personalized Medicine & Diagnostics Working Group. He served on
the Board of Advisors for the Center for Professional Development and Entrepreneurship at the University of Texas MD Anderson Cancer Center. He currently serves on the
Advisory Board of the California Technology Council.

43

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mr. Vito J. Mangiardi has served as a director of the Company since July 2012. Mr. Mangiardi is an accomplished senior executive with proven experience as a President,
CEO and COO in the Life Sciences and Bio-Energy product and service sectors. He is a strong P&L performer and corporate strategist in General Management, Operations,
Sales/Marketing, and Science. Mr. Mangiardi has held positions as a Research Chemist for Bio-Rad Laboratories, Inc.; Sales & Marketing Director for Baxter Travenol, Inc.;
Executive  VP  and  COO  for  Quintiles  Transnational  Corp.;  President  and  CEO  of  Diagnostics  Laboratories,  Inc.,  Clingenix,  Inc.,  and  Bilcare,  Inc.;  and  President  of  AAI
Pharma,  Inc.  More  recently  he  was  the  COO/Deputy  Director  of  Operations  and  Production  at  the  University  of  California  Lawrence  Berkeley  National  Laboratory  Joint
Genome  Institute.  Mr.  Mangiardi  has  experience  with  three  start-ups,  two  midsize,  and  several  mature  companies,  and  has  international  experience  leading  and  managing
organizations  on  four  continents.  He  has  vast  experience  in  leading  alliances,  acquisitions,  due  diligence,  and  post-acquisition  assimilation.  Mr.  Mangiardi  has  been  on  the
Board of Directors of three companies and has proven success in working with both national and international investment groups to raise funds. Mr. Mangiardi earned a BS in
Biology/Chemistry from Eastern Illinois University and two MBA degrees from Golden Gate University - in General Management and in Marketing. Mr. Mangiardi is listed as
an inventor in four patents and various publications in protein separation techniques in the area of metabolism, thyroid, anemia/hematology and cancer, and is a member of
numerous professional organizations. Mr. Mangiardi is the founding partner, President and CEO of Marin Bay Partners, LLC (MBP), a consulting firm focused on life sciences,
pharmaceutical development and clinical diagnostics.

Mr. Kevin A. Pollack has served as a director of the Company since July 2012. From 2017 to 2018, Mr. Pollack served as an advisor to Opiant Pharmaceuticals, Inc. (OPNT-
NASDAQ), a pharmaceutical company with a mission to create best-in-class medicines for the treatment of addictions and drug overdose. He previously served as its Chief
Financial Officer and as a member of its Board of Directors from 2012 until 2017. He also serves as President of Short Hills Capital LLC. Previously, Mr. Pollack worked in
asset management at Paragon Capital LP, focusing primarily on U.S.-listed companies, and as an investment banker at Banc of America Securities LLC, focusing on corporate
finance and mergers and acquisitions. Mr. Pollack started his career at Sidley Austin LLP (formerly Brown & Wood LLP) as a securities attorney focusing on corporate finance,
and mergers and acquisitions. He served on the Board of Directors of Taronis Fuels, Inc. (TRNF-OTCQB) from 2019 to 2021 and served on the Board of Directors of BBHC,
Inc.,  formerly  a  publicly  traded  company,  from  2012  until  2020.  Mr.  Pollack  graduated  magna cum laude  from  the  Wharton  School  of  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  and
received a dual J.D./M.B.A. from Vanderbilt University, where he graduated with Beta Gamma Sigma honors.

Dr.  Michael  S.  Urdea  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  February  8,  2013.  Dr.  Urdea  founded  and  is  a  Founder  and  Partner  for  Halteres  Associates,  a
biotechnology consulting firm. He also founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of Tethys Bioscience, a proteomics-based diagnostics company involved in preventative
personalized medicine. Additionally, Dr. Urdea is a founder and the Chairman of Catalysis Foundation for Health, an organization addressing gaps in global healthcare caused
by  inefficiencies  in  disease  diagnosis  and  monitoring.  He  serves  as  an  expert  consultant  to  the  life  sciences  industry  and  is  on  the  scientific  advisory  boards  and  boards  of
directors of a number of biotechnology, diagnostics, venture capital and philanthropic organizations. Prior to his current business activities, Dr. Urdea founded the Nucleic Acid
Diagnostics group at Chiron Corporation, and with colleagues, invented branched DNA molecules for amplification of signal in nucleic acid complexes. Application of this
technology  resulted  in  the  first  commercial  products  for  quantification  of  human  hepatitis  B,  hepatitis  C,  and  human  immunodeficiency  viruses  (HBV,  HCV,  and  HIV,
respectively). He then became business head of the Molecular Diagnostics Group and Chief Scientific Officer at Bayer Diagnostics. He continues to serve as a diagnostics
industry, product development and scientific advisor to the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation, acted as co-chair of two of the Grand Challenges grant review committees, and
served  as  a  member  of  its  Diagnostic  Forum.  Dr.  Urdea  is  an  author  on  nearly  200  peer-reviewed  scientific  publications,  nearly  300  abstracts  and  international  scientific
presentations, and more than 100 issued and pending patents. He received his BS in Biology and Chemistry from Northern Arizona University in Flagstaff and his Ph.D. in
Biochemistry from Washington State University.

44

 
 
 
 
 
Executive Officers

Our executive officers are appointed by, and serve at the discretion of, our board of directors. The following table sets forth information about our executive officers.

Name

Richard T. Schumacher
Edmund Ting, Ph.D.
Alexander Lazarev, Ph.D.

Age
71
67
57

  President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and Director
  Senior Vice President of Engineering
  Chief Science Officer

Position

Mr. Richard T. Schumacher – Mr. Schumacher’s biography can be found under the Directors heading.

Dr.  Edmund  Ting  joined  us  as  Senior  Vice  President  of  Engineering  on  April  24,  2006.  Prior  to  joining  us,  Dr.  Ting  served  as  the  Chief  Research  Officer  of  Avure
Technologies, a leading worldwide manufacturer of high pressure hydrostatic processing equipment for the food and materials processing industry, where he worked from 2001
to 2006. From 1990 to 2001, Dr. Ting was employed by Flow International Corporation, a world leader in the ultrahigh pressure waterjet cutting technology market, and the
parent company of Avure Technologies until November 2005. Dr. Ting last held the position of Vice President of Engineering Research and Development at Flow International
Corporation. From 1984 to 1990, Dr. Ting was a research scientist and then a group leader at Grumman Aerospace Corporation. Dr. Ting earned a Bachelor of Science degree
in mechanical engineering from Northeastern University and a Science Doctorate in materials science and engineering from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.

Dr. Alexander Lazarev has served as our Chief Science Officer since 2019. Prior to that, he serviced as our Vice President of Research and Development since 2007, and he
served  as  our  Director  of  Research  and  Development,  since  joining  us  in  2006.  Prior  to  joining  us,  Dr.  Lazarev  worked  as  a  Visiting  Scientist  at  the  Barnett  Institute  of
Chemical and Biological Analysis at Northeastern University in 2005, and served as a Director of New Technology Development at Proteome Systems, Inc., where he was
involved  in  research  and  development  of  innovative  proteomic  analysis  applications  from  2001  until  early  2006.  From  1998  to  2001,  Dr.  Lazarev  was  employed  as  Senior
Scientist at the Proteomics Division of Genomic Solutions, Inc. Prior to his employment at Genomic Solutions, Inc., Dr. Lazarev was employed in an analytical contract service
startup company, PhytoChem Technologies, Inc., which was founded as a spin-off from ESA, Inc. in 1997. Previously, Dr. Lazarev held various scientific positions at the Ohio
State University School of Medicine and the Uniformed Services University of Health Sciences. Most of his scientific career has been dedicated to development of methods and
applications for biochemical analysis. Since 2005, Dr. Lazarev has been elected as an Executive Board member of the MASSEP.org, a non-profit scientific discussion forum
dedicated to the promotion and improvement of chromatography and other analytical technologies. Dr. Lazarev earned his undergraduate and graduate degrees at the University
of Kazan, Russian Federation.

45

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Code of Ethics

Pursuant to Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, we have adopted a Code of Ethics for senior financial officers that applies to our principal executive officer,
principal  financial  officer,  principal  accounting  officer,  controller,  and  other  persons  performing  similar  functions.  A  copy  of  the  code  of  ethics  is  posted  on  and  may  be
obtained free of charge from our internet website at http://www.pressurebiosciences.com. If we make any amendments to this Code of Ethics or grant any waiver, including any
implicit waiver, from a provision of this Code of Ethics to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller, or other persons
performing similar functions, we will disclose the nature of such amendment or waiver, the name of the person to whom the waiver was granted and the date of waiver in a
Current Report on Form 8-K.

Corporate Governance

Term of Office

Our directors are appointed for a three-year term to hold office until the annual general meeting of our shareholders or until removed from office in accordance with

our bylaws. Our officers are appointed by our board of directors and hold office until removed by the board.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee was established in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Messrs. Pollack (chairman), Mangiardi and Peterson

are currently the members of the Audit Committee.

The  Board  of  Directors  has  determined  that  Mr.  Pollack  qualifies  as  an  “audit  committee  financial  expert”  as  defined  in  Item  407(d)(5)  of  Regulation  S-K  and  is

“independent” as defined by SEC and OTC Market rules.

The Audit Committee operates pursuant to a written charter (the “Audit Committee Charter”), a current copy of which is publicly available on the investor relations portion
of the Company’s website at www.pressurebiosciences.com. Under the provisions of the Audit Committee Charter, the primary functions of the Audit Committee are to assist
the Board of Directors with the oversight of (i) the Company’s financial reporting process, accounting functions, and internal controls, and (ii) the qualifications, independence,
appointment,  retention,  compensation,  and  performance  of  the  Company’s  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm.  The  Audit  Committee  is  also  responsible  for  the
establishment of “whistle-blowing” procedures, and the oversight of other compliance matters.

Compensation Committee

The  Board  of  Directors  has  a  Compensation  Committee,  consisting  of  Messrs.  Peterson,  Pollack  and  Mangiardi.  The  Compensation  Committee’s  duties  include  (i)
reviewing  and  approving  our  executive  compensation,  (ii)  reviewing  the  recommendations  of  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer  regarding  the  compensation  of  our
executive officers, (iii) evaluating the performance of the president and chief executive officer, (iv) overseeing the administration and approval of grants of stock options and
other equity awards under our equity incentive plans, and (v) recommending compensation for our board of directors and each committee thereof for review and approval by
the board of directors. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter, a current copy of which is publicly available on the investor relations portion of our
website at www.pressurebiosciences.com.

46

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

To the best of our knowledge, none of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

● been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offenses);

● had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against the business or property of the person, or of any partnership, corporation or business association of which he was a

general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy filing or within two years prior to that time;

● been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction or federal or state authority,
permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting, his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities, investment,
banking, savings and loan, or insurance activities, or to be associated with persons engaged in any such activity;

● been found by a court of competent jurisdiction in a civil action or by the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to

have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

● been the subject of, or a party to, any federal or state judicial or administrative order, judgment, decree, or finding, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated
(not including any settlement of a civil proceeding among private litigants), relating to an alleged violation of any federal or state securities or commodities law or
regulation, any law or regulation respecting financial institutions or insurance companies including, but not limited to, a temporary or permanent injunction, order of
disgorgement  or  restitution,  civil  money  penalty  or  temporary  or  permanent  cease-and-desist  order,  or  removal  or  prohibition  order,  or  any  law  or  regulation
prohibiting mail or wire fraud or fraud in connection with any business entity; or

● been the subject of, or a party to, any sanction or order, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any self-regulatory organization (as defined in Section 3(a)
(26) of the Exchange Act), any registered entity (as defined in Section 1(a)(29) of the Commodity Exchange Act), or any equivalent exchange, association, entity or
organization that has disciplinary authority over its members or persons associated with a member.

Except  as  set  forth  in  our  discussion  below  in  “Certain  Relationships  and  Related  Transactions,”  none  of  our  directors  or  executive  officers  has  been  involved  in  any
transactions  with  us  or  any  of  our  directors,  executive  officers,  affiliates  or  associates  which  are  required  to  be  disclosed  pursuant  to  the  rules  and  regulations  of  the
Commission.

47

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Officer Compensation

Summary Compensation Table

The  Summary  Compensation  Table  below  sets  forth  the  total  compensation  paid  or  earned  for  the  fiscal  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020  for:  (i)  each  individual
serving  as  our  chief  executive  officer  (“CEO”)  or  acting  in  a  similar  capacity  during  any  part  of  fiscal  2021;  and  (ii)  the  other  two  most  highly  paid  executive  officers
(collectively, the “Named Executive Officers”) who were serving as executive officers at the end of fiscal 2021.

Name and Principal Position

  Fiscal Year  

Salary(1)

Bonus

Stock
Awards(2)

Option
Awards(3)

Non-Qualified
Deferred
Compensation
Earning

All other 
Compensation(4)  

Total

Richard T. Schumacher
President, CEO

Edmund Ting, Ph.D.
Senior Vice President of
Engineering

Alexander Lazarev, Ph.D.
Vice President of
Research and Development

2021
2020

2021
2020

2021
2020

$

308,962 
308,962 

207,480 
207,480 

200,000 
200,000 

$

    - 
- 

$

58,228 
- 

$

           - 
- 

$

           - 
- 

$

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

66,151 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

- 
- 

46,216 
11,631 

49,439 
3,106 

2,338 
6,554 

$

413,406 
320,593 

256,919 
210,586 

268,489 
206,554 

(1) Salary refers to base salary compensation paid through our normal payroll process. No bonus was paid to any named executive officer for 2021 or 2020.

(2) Amounts represent common stock issued at $2.50 per share for the Company’s PTO buyback program.

(3) Amounts shown do not reflect compensation received by the Named Executive Officers. Instead, the amounts shown are the aggregate grant date fair value as determined
pursuant  to  FASB  ASC  718,  Compensation-Stock  Compensation.  Please  refer  to  Note  3,  xiii,  “Accounting  for  Stock-Based  Compensation”  in  the  accompanying  Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, for the relevant assumptions used to determine the valuation of stock option grants.

(4) “All Other Compensation” includes our Company match to the executives’ 401(k) contribution, premiums paid on life insurance for the executives, and cash compensation
for the Company’s PTO buyback program. All of these benefits are available to all of our employees. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, “All Other Compensation” also includes
$8,379 in premiums we paid for a life insurance policy to which Mr. Schumacher’s wife is the beneficiary. “All Other Compensation” for Dr. Ting includes $6,000 paid to Dr.
Ting in lieu of his participation in the medical benefit plan offered by the Company.

48

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth certain information regarding outstanding stock options awards for each of the Named Executive Officers as of December 31, 2021.

Name

Richard T. Schumacher
President, CEO

Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D
Senior Vice President of Engineering

Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D
Vice President of Research & Development

Option Awards

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options
Unexercisable (1)

10,000 
324,501 

21,185 
58,870 

17,835 
50,670 

-   
98,167   

-   
26,685   

-   
40,670   

$
$

$
$

$
$

Option
Exercise
Price ($)

Option
Expiration
Date
7/18/2028
12/19/2028

7/18/2028
12/19/2028

7/18/2028
12/19/2028

0.69   
0.69   

0.69   
0.69   

0.69   
0.69   

(1) All unvested stock options listed in this column were granted to the Named Executive Officer pursuant to our 2013 Equity Incentive Plan. On December 19, 2019, all
outstanding options were repriced and re-issued pursuant to this plan. All options expire ten years after the date of grant. Unvested stock options become fully vested
and exercisable upon a change of control of our company.

Retirement Plan

All employees, including the named executive officers, may participate in our 401(k) Plan. Under the 401(k) Plan, employees may elect to make before tax contributions of
up to 60% of their base salary, subject to current Internal Revenue Service limits. The 401(k) Plan does not permit an investment in our common stock. We match employee
contributions up to 50% of the first 2% of the employee’s earnings. Our contribution is 100% vested immediately.

49

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
    
 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
Severance Arrangements

Each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, Dr. and Lazarev, executive officers of the Company, are entitled to receive a severance payment if terminated by us without cause. The
severance  benefits  would  include  a  payment  in  an  amount  equal  to  one  year  of  such  executive  officer’s  annualized  base  salary  compensation  plus  accrued  paid  time  off.
Additionally, the officer will be entitled to receive medical and dental insurance coverage for one year following the date of termination.

Change-in-Control Arrangements

Pursuant to severance agreements with each of Mr. Schumacher, Dr. Ting, and Dr. Lazarev, each such executive officers, is entitled to receive a change of control payment
in an amount equal to one year (other than Mr. Schumacher) of such executive officer’s annualized base salary compensation, accrued paid time off, and medical and dental
coverage, in the event of their termination upon a change of control of our Company. In the case of Mr. Schumacher, his payment is equal to two years of annualized base salary
compensation, accrued paid time off, and two years of medical and dental coverage.

Pursuant to our equity incentive plans, any unvested stock options held by a named executive officer will become fully vested upon a change in control (as defined in the

2005 Equity Incentive Plan) of our Company.

Director Compensation and Benefits

The following table sets forth certain information regarding compensation earned or paid to our directors during fiscal 2021.

Name

Vito J. Mangiardi
Jeffrey N. Peterson
Kevin A. Pollack
Michael S. Urdea, Ph. D.

Fees Earned or Paid in
Cash
($) (1)

Stock 
Awards 
($)

Option 
Awards 
($)

70,000 
107,500 
72,500 
50,000 

- 
- 
- 
      - 

Total
($)

70,000 
107,500 
72,500 
50,000 

-   
-   
-   
      -   

Our non-employee directors receive the following compensation for service as a director:

(1) Each director currently earns a quarterly stipend of $10,000 for attending meetings of the full board of directors (whether telephonic or in-person) and fees ranging from
$5,000 to $20,000 for chairing and attending committee meetings in 2021. Mr. Peterson currently earns $20,000 per quarter as chairman of the board of directors. There is no
limit to the number of board of directors or committee meetings that may be called.

The following table shows the total number of outstanding stock options as of December 31, 2021 that have been issued as director compensation. The Company did not issue
any stock options as director compensation in 2021.

Name

Vito J. Mangiardi
Jeffrey N. Peterson
Kevin A. Pollack
Michael S. Urdea, Ph. D.

Aggregate
Number of
Stock Options
Outstanding

70,408 
120,312 
70,408 
52,072 

50

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Report from Compensation Committee

General

Messrs. Peterson, Pollack and Mangiardi are currently the members of the Compensation Committee. The Compensation Committee operates pursuant to a written charter,
a current copy of which is publicly available on the investor relations portion of our website at www.pressurebiosciences.com. The primary functions of the Compensation
Committee  include  (i)  reviewing  and  approving  our  executive  compensation,  (ii)  reviewing  the  recommendations  of  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer  regarding  the
compensation of our executive officers, (iii) evaluating the performance of the president and chief executive officer, (iv) overseeing the administration and approval of grants of
stock options and other equity awards under our equity incentive plans, and (v) recommending compensation for our board of directors and each committee thereof for review
and approval by the board of directors.

The  Compensation  Committee  may  form  and  delegate  authority  to  one  or  more  subcommittees  as  it  deems  appropriate  from  time  to  time  under  the  circumstances
(including (a) a subcommittee consisting of a single member and (b) a subcommittee consisting of at least two members, each of whom qualifies as a “non-employee director,”
as such term is defined from time to time in Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and an “outside director,” as such term is defined from time to
time in Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the rules and regulations there under).

Compensation Objectives

In  light  of  the  relatively  early  stage  of  commercialization  of  our  products,  we  recognize  the  importance  of  attracting  and  retaining  key  employees  with  sufficient
experience, skills, and qualifications in areas vital to our success, such as operations, finance, sales and marketing, research and development, engineering, and individuals who
are committed to our short- and long-term goals. The Compensation Committee has designed our executive compensation programs with the intent of attracting, motivating,
and retaining experienced executives and, subject to our limited financial resources, rewarding them for their contributions by offering them a competitive base salary, potential
for annual cash incentive bonuses, and long-term equity-based incentives, typically in the form of stock options. The Compensation Committee strives to balance the need to
retain key employees with financial prudence given our history of operating losses, limited financial resources and the early stage of our commercialization.

Executive Officers and Director Compensation Process

The Compensation Committee considers and determines executive compensation according to an annual objective setting and measurement cycle. Specifically, corporate
goals for the year are initially developed by our executive officers and are then presented to our board of directors and Compensation Committee for review and approval.
Individual goals are intended to focus on contributions that facilitate the achievement of the corporate goals. Individual goals are first proposed by each executive officer, other
than the president and CEO, then discussed by the entire senior executive management team and ultimately compiled and prepared for submission to our board of directors and
the Compensation Committee, by the president and chief executive officer. The Compensation Committee sets and approves the goals for the president and chief executive
officer. Generally, corporate and individual goals are set during the first quarter of each calendar year. The objective setting process is coordinated with our annual financial
planning  and  budgeting  process  so  our  board  of  directors  and  Compensation  Committee  can  consider  overall  corporate  and  individual  objectives  in  the  context  of  budget
constraints  and  cost  control  considerations. Annual  salary  increases,  bonuses,  and  equity  awards,  such  as  stock  option  grants,  if  any,  are  tied  to  the  achievement  of  these
corporate and individual performance goals as well as our financial position and prospects.

Under  the  annual  performance  review  program,  the  Compensation  Committee  evaluates  individual  performance  against  the  goals  for  the  recently  completed  year.  The
Compensation Committee’s evaluation generally occurs in the first quarter of the following year. The evaluation of each executive (other than the president and chief executive
officer) begins with a written self-assessment submitted by the executive to the president and chief executive officer. The president and chief executive officer then prepares a
written evaluation based on the executive’s self-assessment, the president and chief executive officer’s evaluation, and input from others within the Company. This process
leads to a recommendation by the president and chief executive officer for a salary increase, bonus, and equity award, if any, which is then considered by the Compensation
Committee.  In  the  case  of  the  president  and  chief  executive  officer,  the  Compensation  Committee  conducts  his  performance  evaluation  and  determines  his  compensation,
including  salary  increase,  bonus,  and  equity  awards,  if  any.  We  generally  expect,  but  are  not  required,  to  implement  salary  increases,  bonuses,  and  equity  awards,  for  all
executive officers, if and to the extent granted, by April 1 of each year.

Non-employee director compensation is set by our board of directors upon the recommendation of the Compensation Committee. In developing its recommendations, the
Compensation Committee is guided by the following goals: compensation should be fair relative to the required services for directors of comparable companies in our industry
and at our Company’s stage of development; compensation should align directors’ interests with the long-term interest of stockholders; the structure of the compensation should
be simple, transparent, and easy for stockholders to understand; and compensation should be consistent with the financial resources, prospects, and competitive outlook for the
Company.

51

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
In  evaluating  executive  officer  and  director  compensation,  the  Compensation  Committee  considers  the  practices  of  companies  of  similar  size,  geographic  location,  and
market  focus.  In  order  to  develop  reasonable  benchmark  data  the  Compensation  Committee  has  referred  to  publicly  available  sources  such  as  www.salary.com  and  the
BioWorld Survey. While the Compensation Committee does not believe benchmarking is appropriate as a stand-alone tool for setting compensation due to the unique aspects of
our business objectives and current stage of development, the Compensation Committee generally believes that gathering this compensation information is an important part of
its compensation-related decision making process.

The Compensation Committee has the authority to hire and fire advisors and compensation consultants as needed and approve their fees. No advisors or compensation
consultants were hired or fired in fiscal 2021. The Compensation Committee is also authorized to delegate any of its responsibilities to sub committees or individuals as it
deems appropriate. The Compensation Committee did not delegate any of its responsibilities in fiscal 2021.

ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

Beneficial Ownership Information

The following table sets forth certain information as of March 31, 2022 concerning the beneficial ownership of common stock for: (i) each director and director nominee,
(ii) each Named Executive Officer in the Summary Compensation Table under “Executive Compensation” above, (iii) all executive officers and directors as a group, and (iv)
each person (including any “group” as that term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) known by us to be the beneficial owner of 5% or more of our common stock.
The address for each of the persons below who are beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock is our corporate address at 14 Norfolk Avenue, South Easton, MA
02375.

Beneficial  ownership  has  been  determined  in  accordance  with  the  rules  of  the  SEC  and  is  calculated  based  on  8,712,494  shares  of  our  common  stock  issued  and
outstanding as of March 31, 2022. Shares of common stock subject to options, warrants, preferred stock or other securities convertible into common stock that are currently
exercisable or convertible, or exercisable or convertible within 60 days of March 15, 2022, are deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of the person holding the
option, warrant, preferred stock, or convertible security but are not deemed outstanding for computing the percentage of any other person.

Except as indicated by the footnotes below, we believe, based on the information furnished to us, that the persons and entities named in the table below have sole voting

and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock that they beneficially own.

Name of Beneficial Owner

Richard T. Schumacher(2)
Jeffrey N. Peterson(3)
Kevin A. Pollack(4)
Michael S. Urdea(5)
Vito J. Mangiardi(6)
Edmund Y. Ting, Ph.D.(7)
Alexander V. Lazarev, Ph.D.(8)

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (9)

52

Amount and
Nature of
Beneficial
Ownership

Percent of Class (1)

462,868   
275,953   
134,264   
111,834   
92,308   
89,765   
129,447   

1,296,439   

5.1%
3.1%
1.5%
1.3%
1.1%
1.0%
1.5%

13.1%

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
    
 
  
 
 
 
 
1) Percentage of ownership is based on 8,712,494 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2022.

2)

3)

4)

5)

6)

Includes (i) 360,557 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 32,091 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants and (iii)
32,091 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock and (iv) 38,129 shares of Common Stock. Does not include 672
shares of Common Stock held by Mr. Schumacher’s minor son as Mr. Schumacher’s wife exercises all voting and investment control over such shares.

Includes (i) 120,312 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of  options;  (ii)  65,200  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of  warrants;  (iii)
65,200 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iv) 25,241 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i) 70,408 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 20,534 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants; (iii) 20,534
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iv) 22,788 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i) 52,072 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 20,200 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants; (iii) 20,200
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iv) 19,362 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i) 70,408 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options;  (ii)  4,400  shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of  warrants;  (iii)  4,400
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (iv) 13,100 shares of Common Stock.

7)

Includes (i) 88,950 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options and (ii) 815 shares of Common Stock.

8)

9)

Includes (i) 76,117 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 26,460 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of warrants; (iii) 26,460
shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock; and (ii) 410 shares of Common Stock.

Includes (i) 838,824 shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of options; (ii) 168,885 shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of warrants; (iii)
168,885 shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock and (iv) 119,845 shares of Common Stock.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

We maintain a number of equity compensation plans for employees, officers, directors and other entities and individuals whose efforts contribute to our success. The table
below sets forth certain information as of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 regarding the shares of our common stock available for grant or granted under our equity
compensation plans.

Plan Category
Equity compensation plan approved by security holders - 2013 Equity Incentive
Plan
Equity compensation plan approved by security holders - 2021 Equity Incentive
Plan

Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options

Weighted-
average exercise price of
outstanding
options

Number of
securities
available for
future issuance
under equity
compensation
plans

1,333,101 

$

3,000,000 

0.72   

-   

1,645,488 

3,000,000 

53

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS; AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE.

The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2020 to which we have been or will be a party in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $25,675
(one percent of the average of our total assets at year-end for our last two completed fiscal years) and in which any of our directors, executive officers or beneficial holders of
more than 5% of any class of our capital stock, or any immediate family member of, or person sharing a household with, any of these individuals, had or will have a direct or
indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements that are described under the section captioned “Executive Compensation.”

In March 2010, we signed a strategic product licensing, manufacturing, co-marketing, and collaborative research and development agreement with Target Discovery Inc.
(“TDI”), a related party. Under the terms of the agreement, we have been licensed by TDI to manufacture and sell a highly innovative line of chemicals used in the preparation
of tissues for scientific analysis (“TDI reagents”).  The  TDI  reagents  were  designed  for  use  in  combination  with  our  pressure  cycling  technology.  The  respective  companies
believe that the combination of PCT and the TDI reagents can fill an existing need in life science research for an automated method for rapid extraction and recovery of intact,
functional  proteins  associated  with  cell  membranes  in  tissue  samples.  We  did  not  incur  any  royalty  obligation  under  this  agreement  in  2017  or  2016.  We  executed  an
amendment to this agreement on October 1, 2016 wherein we agreed to pay a monthly fee of $1,400 for the use of a lab bench, shared space and other utilities, and $2,000 per
day  for  technical  support  services  as  needed.  Mr.  Jeffrey  N.  Peterson,  the  chief  executive  officer  of  TDI,  has  served  as  a  director  of  the  Company  since  July  2011  and  as
Chairman of the Board starting in 2012. For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, we reported expenses of $82,800 and $86,800, respectively for these arrangements.

Related Party Notes

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we received short-term non-convertible loans of $254,600 from related parties. The loans were repaid in full as of December

31, 2021.

54

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Board Independence

Our board of directors has reviewed the qualifications of each of Messrs. Peterson, Mangiardi, Pollack, and Dr. Urdea constituting more than a majority of our directors
and has affirmatively determined that each individual is “independent” as such term is defined under the current listing standards of the OTC Markets. The board of directors
has determined that none of these directors has a material relationship with us that would interfere with the exercise of independent judgment. In addition, each member of the
Audit Committee is independent as required under Section 10A(m)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The Audit Committee appointed MaloneBailey LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, to audit the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the

fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Fees

The following is a summary of the fees billed to the Company by MaloneBailey LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, respectively for the

fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Audit Fees
Audit-Related Fees
Tax and Other Fees

Fiscal 2021 Fees

Fiscal 2020 Fees

$

$

160,000   
-   
-   
160,000   

$

$

155,000 
- 
- 
155,000 

Audit Fees.  Consists  of  fees  billed  for  professional  services  performed  for  the  audit  of  our  annual  financial  statements,  the  review  of  interim  financial  statements,  and

related services that are normally provided in connection with registration statements, including the registration statement for our public offering.

Audit-Related  Fees.  Consists  of  aggregate  fees  billed  for  assurance  and  related  services  that  are  reasonably  related  to  the  performance  of  the  audit  or  review  of  the

Company’s consolidated financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.”

Audit Committee Policy on Pre-Approval of Services

The Audit Committee’s policy is to pre-approve all audit and permissible non-audit services provided by the independent registered public accounting firm. These services
may include audit services, audit-related services, tax services, and other services. Pre-approval is generally provided for up to one year. The Audit Committee may also pre-
approve particular services on a case-by-case basis.

55

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES.

Exhibit
Number
3.1
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.5
3.6
3.7
3.8
3.9
3.10
3.11
3.12

Exhibit Description

  Restated Articles of Organization of the Company.
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  
  Articles of Amendment to Restated Articles of the Organization of the Company  

Amended Certificate of Designation of Series AA Convertible Preferred Stock,
filed February 14, 2019.

3.13
3.14
4.1

  Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
  Amendment to Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company
  Specimen Certificate for Shares of the Company’s common stock

Incorporated by Reference

Filed or
Furnished
Herewith

Form
S-1
10-Q
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K
8-K

10-K
10-K

Exhibit
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1
3.1

3.3
3.3
4.1

Filing Date
10/08/1996
11/23/2004
02/18/2009
04/12/2011
11/10/2011
01/04/2013
02/13/2013
12/12/2013
02/05/2014
12/31/2014
07/28/2015
02/15/2019

10/08/1996
3/31/2003
04/22/2005

10-KSB  

56

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
 
   
 
 
   
 
Incorporated by Reference

Form

Exhibit

Filing Date

Filed or
Furnished
Herewith

S-8

4.1

04/24/2015

X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X

X

X

X

Exhibit
Number
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
10.1
10.2
21.1
23.1
31.1

31.2

32.1

32.2

Exhibit Description
  Description of securities registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act of 1934  
  Form of Warrant Held by Convertible Note Holders
  Form of Convertible Note Currently Outstanding
  Form of Convertible Note Currently Outstanding
  2013 Equity Incentive Plan.*
  2021 Equity Incentive Plan.*
  List of Subsidiaries
  Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (Malone Bailey LLP)  

Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of
Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(31) of Regulation
S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
Principal Executive Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of
Regulation S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002.**
Principal Financial Officer Certification Pursuant to Item 601(b)(32) of Regulation
S-K, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.**

101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104

  Inline XBRL Instance Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
  Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
  Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document)

*Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

**In accordance with SEC Release 33-8238, Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 are furnished and not filed.

57

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
   
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934,  the  registrant  has  duly  caused  this  report  to  be  signed  on  its  behalf  by  the
undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: April 5, 2022

Pressure BioSciences, Inc.

SIGNATURES

By:

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the

capacity and on the dates indicated.

Name

Capacity

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher

/s/ Jeffrey N. Peterson
Jeffrey N. Peterson

/s/ Mickey Urdea
Michael S. Urdea, Ph.D.

/s/ Vito Mangiardi
Vito J. Mangiardi

/s/ Kevin Pollack
Kevin A. Pollack

President, Chief Executive Officer, Interim Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer, Clerk and
Director
(Principal Executive Officer, Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Chairman of the Board of Directors

Director

Director

Director

58

Date

April 5, 2022

April 5, 2022

April 5, 2022

April 5, 2022

April 5, 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
DESCRIPTION OF REGISTRANT’S SECURITIES
REGISTERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 12 OF THE
SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Exhibit 4.2

Set  forth  below  is  the  description  of  the  common  stock,  par  value  $0.01  per  share  (the  “Common  Stock”)  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.  (“we”  or  “our”).  The  following
description summarizes the most important terms of these securities. This summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of our
Restated Articles of Organization, as amended (the “Articles”), and our Amended and Restated By-laws, as amended (the “By-laws”), copies of which have been previously
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and are incorporated by reference into the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021. You should
refer to our Articles, By-laws and the applicable provisions of the Massachusetts General Laws, for a complete description.

The  Common  Stock  is  the  only  class  of  our  securities  currently  registered  under  Section  12  of  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934.  Our  Common  Stock  is  quoted  on  the
OTCQB under the symbol “PBIO.”

Authorized Common Stock

Our authorized Common Stock consists of 100,000,000 shares.

Dividend Rights

Subject to limitations under the Massachusetts General Laws and to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our
Common Stock are entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available if our Board of Directors, in its discretion, determines to declare and pay dividends and then only
at the times and in the amounts that our Board of Directors may determine.

Voting Rights

Holders of our Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters properly submitted to a vote of stockholders on which holders of Common Stock are
entitled to vote. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the election of directors in our Certificate. The directors are elected by a plurality of the outstanding shares
entitled to vote on the election of directors. On all other matters the affirmative vote of a majority of the voting power of the shares present or represented by proxy at the
meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter constitutes the act of the stockholders, except as otherwise expressly provided by the Nevada Revised Statutes.

No Preemptive or Similar Rights

Our Common Stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.

Right to Receive Liquidation Distributions

If  we  become  subject  to  a  liquidation,  dissolution  or  winding-up,  the  assets  legally  available  for  distribution  to  our  stockholders  would  be  distributable  ratably  among  the
holders  of  our  Common  Stock  and  any  participating  preferred  stock  outstanding  at  that  time,  subject  to  prior  satisfaction  of  all  outstanding  debt  and  liabilities  and  the
preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

Computershare Trust Company NA is the transfer agent and registrar in respect of the common stock.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR THE SECURITIES FOR WHICH THIS SECURITY IS EXERCISABLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION
NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS
AS  EVIDENCED  BY  A  LEGAL  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  TO  THE  TRANSFEROR TO  SUCH  EFFECT,  THE  SUBSTANCE  OF  WHICH  SHALL  BE  REASONABLY
ACCEPTABLE  TO  THE  COMPANY.  THIS  SECURITY  AND  THE  SECURITIES  ISSUABLE  UPON  EXERCISE  OF  THIS  SECURITY  MAY  BE  PLEDGED  IN
CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.

Exhibit 4.3

Warrant Shares: XXX

COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

Initial Exercise Date: XXXXXX
Issue Date: XXXXXXX

THIS COMMON STOCK PURCHASE WARRANT (the “Warrant”) certifies that, for value received, XXXXXXXXX or its assigns (the “Holder”) is entitled, upon
the terms and subject to the limitations on exercise and the conditions hereinafter set forth, at any time on or after XXXXXXXXX (the “Initial Exercise Date”) and on or prior
to  the  close  of  business  on  the  X-year  anniversary  of  the  Initial  Exercise  Date  (the  “Termination  Date”)  but  not  thereafter,  to  subscribe  for  and  purchase  from  Pressure
BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), up to XXXXXX shares (as subject to adjustment hereunder, the “Warrant Shares”) of Common Stock. The
purchase price of one share of Common Stock under this Warrant shall be equal to the Exercise Price, as defined in Section 2(b).

Section 1. Definitions. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in that certain Subscription Agreement (the “Purchase

Agreement”), dated of even date herewith among the Company and the purchaser’s signatory thereto.

Section 2. Exercise.

a) Exercise  of  Warrant.  Exercise  of  the  purchase  rights  represented  by  this  Warrant  may  be  made,  in  whole  or  in  part,  at  any  time  or  times  on  or  after  the  Initial
Exercise Date and on or before the Termination Date by delivery to the Company (or such other office or agency of the Company as it may designate by notice in writing to the
registered Holder at the address of the Holder appearing on the books of the Company) of a duly executed facsimile copy of the Notice of Exercise form annexed hereto and
within three (3) Trading Days of the date said Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company, the Company shall have received payment of the aggregate Exercise Price of the
shares thereby purchased by wire transfer or cashier’s check drawn on a United States bank or, if available, pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure specified in Section 2(c)
below. No ink-original Notice of Exercise shall be required, nor shall any medallion guarantee (or other type of guarantee or notarization) of any Notice of Exercise form be
required. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company until the Holder has purchased
all of the Warrant Shares available hereunder and the Warrant has been exercised in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company for cancellation
within three (3) Trading Days of the date the final Notice of Exercise is delivered to the Company. Partial exercises of this Warrant resulting in purchases of a portion of the
total number of Warrant Shares available hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding number of Warrant Shares purchasable hereunder in an amount equal to the
applicable number of Warrant Shares purchased. The Holder and the Company shall maintain records showing the number of Warrant Shares purchased and the date of such
purchases. The Company shall deliver any objection to any Notice of Exercise Form within two (2) Business Days of receipt of such notice. The Holder and any assignee, by
acceptance of this Warrant, acknowledge and agree that, by reason of the provisions of this paragraph, following the purchase of a portion of the Warrant Shares
hereunder, the number of Warrant Shares available for purchase hereunder at any given time may be less than the amount stated on the face hereof.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
b) Exercise Price. The exercise price per share of the Common Stock under this Warrant shall be $3.50, subject to adjustment hereunder (the “Exercise Price”).

c) Cashless Exercise. This Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, by means of a “cashless exercise” in accordance with this Section 2(c), if at any time after
the earlier of: (i) the 180 day anniversary of the date of the Purchase Agreement; and (ii) the completion of the then-applicable holding period required by Rule 144, or any
successor provision then in effect, there is no effective Registration Statement registering, or no current prospectus available for, the resale of the Warrant Shares by the Holder,
then this Warrant may be exercised, in whole or in part, at such time by means of a “cashless exercise.” Pursuant to a cashless exercise, the Holder shall be entitled to receive a
number of Warrant Shares equal to the quotient obtained by dividing [(A-B) (X)] by (A), where:

(A) = the VWAP on the Trading Day immediately preceding the date on which Holder elects to exercise this Warrant by means of a “cashless exercise,” as set forth

in the applicable Notice of Exercise;

(B)

= the Exercise Price of this Warrant, as adjusted hereunder; and

(X) = the number of Warrant Shares that would be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant in accordance with the terms of this Warrant if such exercise were by

means of a cash exercise rather than a cashless exercise.

d) Mechanics of Exercise.

i. Delivery  of  Warrant  Shares  Upon  Exercise.  Warrant  Shares  purchased  hereunder  shall  be  transmitted  by  the  Transfer  Agent  to  the  Holder  by
crediting the account of the Holder’s prime broker with The Depository Trust Company through its Deposit or Withdrawal at Custodian system (“DWAC”) if
the Company is then a participant in such system and either (A) there is an effective registration statement permitting the issuance of the Warrant Shares to or
resale  of  the  Warrant  Shares  by  the  Holder  or  (B)  the  shares  are  eligible  for  resale  by  the  Holder  without  the  holding  period,  volume  or  manner-of-sale
limitations pursuant to Rule 144, and otherwise by physical delivery to the address specified by the Holder in the Notice of Exercise by the date that is three
(3) Trading Days after the latest of (A) the delivery to the Company of the Notice of Exercise and (B) surrender of this Warrant (if required) (such date, the
“Warrant Share Delivery Date”). The Warrant Shares shall be deemed to have been issued, and Holder or any other person so designated to be named therein
shall  be  deemed  to  have  become  a  holder  of  record  of  such  shares  for  all  purposes,  as  of  the  date  the  Warrant  has  been  exercised,  with  payment  to  the
Company of the Exercise Price (or by cashless exercise, if permitted) and all taxes required to be paid by the Holder, if any, pursuant to Section 2(d)(vi) prior
to the issuance of such shares, having been paid.

ii. Delivery of New Warrants Upon Exercise. If this Warrant shall have been exercised in part, the Company shall, at the request of a Holder and
upon surrender of this Warrant certificate, at the time of delivery of the Warrant Shares, deliver to the Holder a new Warrant evidencing the rights of the
Holder to purchase the unpurchased Warrant Shares called for by this Warrant, which new Warrant shall in all other respects be identical with this Warrant.

iii. Rescission Rights. If the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to Section 2(d)(i) by

the Warrant Share Delivery Date, then the Holder will have the right to rescind such exercise.

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iv. Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Warrant Shares Upon Exercise. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if
the Company fails to cause the Transfer Agent to transmit to the Holder the Warrant Shares pursuant to an exercise on or before the Warrant Share Delivery
Date,  and  if  after  such  date  the  Holder  is  required  by  its  broker  to  purchase  (in  an  open  market  transaction  or  otherwise)  or  the  Holder’s  brokerage  firm
otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Warrant Shares which the Holder anticipated receiving
upon such exercise (a “Buy-In”), then the Company shall (A) pay in cash to the Holder the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price
(including brokerage commissions, if any) for the shares of Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the amount obtained by multiplying (1) the number of
Warrant Shares that the Company was required to deliver to the Holder in connection with the exercise at issue times (2) the price at which the sell order
giving rise to such purchase obligation was executed, and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reinstate the portion of the Warrant and equivalent number of
Warrant Shares for which such exercise was not honored (in which case such exercise shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the number of
shares of Common Stock that would have been issued had the Company timely complied with its exercise and delivery obligations hereunder. For example, if
the Holder purchases Common Stock having a total purchase price of $11,000 to cover a Buy-In with respect to an attempted exercise of shares of Common
Stock with an aggregate sale price giving rise to such purchase obligation of $10,000, under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence the Company
shall be required to pay the Holder $1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of
the Buy-In and, upon request of the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies
available  to  it  hereunder,  at  law  or  in  equity  including,  without  limitation,  a  decree  of  specific  performance  and/or  injunctive  relief  with  respect  to  the
Company’s failure to timely deliver shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Warrant as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

v. No Fractional Shares or Scrip. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the exercise of this Warrant. As to
any fraction of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such exercise, the Company shall, at its election, either pay a cash
adjustment in respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Exercise Price or round up to the next whole share.

vi. Charges,  Taxes  and  Expenses.  Issuance  of  Warrant  Shares  shall  be  made  without  charge  to  the  Holder  for  any  issue  or  transfer  tax  or  other
incidental expense in respect of the issuance of Warrant Shares, all of which taxes and expenses shall be paid by the Company, and such Warrant Shares shall
be issued in the name of the Holder or in such name or names as may be directed by the Holder; provided, however, that in the event that Warrant Shares are
to be issued in a name other than the name of the Holder, this Warrant when surrendered for exercise shall be accompanied by the Assignment Form attached
hereto duly executed by the Holder and the Company may require, as a condition thereto, the payment of a sum sufficient to reimburse it for any transfer tax
incidental thereto. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing of any Notice of Exercise.

vii.  Closing  of  Books.  The  Company  will  not  close  its  stockholder  books  or  records  in  any  manner  which  prevents  the  timely  exercise  of  this

Warrant, pursuant to the terms hereof.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
e) Holder’s Exercise Limitations.  The  Company  shall  not  effect  any  exercise  of  this  Warrant,  and  a  Holder  shall  not  have  the  right  to  exercise  any  portion  of  this
Warrant, pursuant to Section 2 or otherwise, to the extent that after giving effect to such issuance after exercise as set forth on the applicable Notice of Exercise, the Holder
(together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any other Persons acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates), would beneficially own in excess of
the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and
its Affiliates shall include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall
exclude the number of shares of Common Stock which are issuable upon: (i) exercise of the remaining, non-exercised portion of this Warrant beneficially owned by the Holder
or any of its Affiliates; and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or non-converted portion of any other securities of the Company subject to a limitation on conversion
or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein (including, without limitation, any other Warrants of the Debentures) beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its
Affiliates.  Except  as  set  forth  in  the  preceding  sentence,  for  purposes  of  this  Section  2(e),  beneficial  ownership  shall  be  calculated  in  accordance  with  Section  13(d)  of  the
Exchange  Act  and  the  rules  and  regulations  promulgated  thereunder,  it  being  acknowledged  by  the  Holder  that  the  Company  is  not  representing  to  the  Holder  that  such
calculation is in compliance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the Holder is solely responsible for any schedules required to be filed in accordance therewith. To the
extent that the limitation contained in this Section 2(e) applies, the determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder
together with any Affiliates) and of which portion of this Warrant is exercisable shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a Notice of Exercise shall be
deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Warrant is exercisable (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder together with any Affiliates) and of which
portion of this Warrant is exercisable, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation. To ensure compliance with this restriction, the Holder will be deemed to
represent  to  the  Company  each  time  it  delivers  a  Notice  of  Conversion  that  such  Notice  of  Conversion  has  not  violated  the  restrictions  set  forth  in  this  paragraph  and  the
Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be
determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 2(e), in determining the
number of outstanding shares of Common Stock, a Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as stated in the most recent of the following: (A)
the Company’s most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be; (B) a more recent public announcement by the Company; or (C) a more
recent written notice by the Company or the Transfer Agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or oral request of a Holder, the
Company shall within two Trading Days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. In any case, the number of
outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of securities of the Company, including this Warrant, by the Holder or
its  Affiliates  since  the  date  as  of  which  such  number  of  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  was  reported.  The  “Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation”  shall  be  4.99%  of  the
number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of this Warrant held by
the Holder. The Holder, upon not less than 61 days’ prior notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 2(e),
provided that the Beneficial Ownership Limitation in no event exceeds 9.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after giving effect to the
issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of this Warrant held by the Holder and the provisions of this Section 2(e) shall continue to apply. Any such increase or
decrease  will  not  be  effective  until  the  61st  day  after  such  notice  is  delivered  to  the  Company.  The  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation  provisions  of  this  paragraph  shall  be
construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 2(e) to correct this paragraph (or any portion hereof) which may be
defective or inconsistent with the intended Beneficial Ownership Limitation contained herein or to make changes or supplements necessary or desirable to properly give effect
to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Warrant.

4

 
 
 
f) Company Warrant Call. Commencing on a date which is 180 days after the Final Closing, the Company shall have the right, subject to satisfaction of the conditions
in  this  Section  2(f),  to  cause  the  exercise  of  this  Warrant  (“Forced Exercise”). The  Company  shall  deliver  prior  written  notice  to  the  Holder  at  least  ten  (10)  business  days
(“Forced Exercise Notice”) prior to the effective date (the “Forced Exercise Effective Date”) of such Forced Exercise. In order to effectuate a Forced Conversion, the following
conditions shall be satisfied as of the Forced Exercise Effective Date: (i) no Event of Default shall have occurred or exist under the Debentures; (ii) the Company shall have
satisfied and be current all of its filing requirements under the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934; (iii) the VWAP shall be equal or exceed 300% of the Conversion Price of
the Debentures for at least 15 of the prior 20 Trading Days prior to the date of the Forced Exercise Note; (iv) the Warrant Shares may be delivered to the Holder via DWAC;
and (v) all of the Warrants issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement are called by the Company for a Forced Exercise. The Holder shall have the right to exercise this Warrant
during such ten (10) days’ notice period on a caller’s basis pursuant to Section 2(c) above at its option.

Section 3. Certain Adjustments.

a) Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding:

(i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or distributions payable in shares of Common Stock on shares of Common Stock or any Common Stock Equivalents
(which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon conversion of, or payment of interest on, the Debentures or upon
the exercise of any options or warrants, including the Warrants); (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a larger number of shares; (iii) combines (including
by way of a reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares; or (iv) issues, in the event of a reclassification of shares of the Common
Stock, any shares of capital stock of the Company, then the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common
Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Company) outstanding immediately before such event and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common
Stock  outstanding  immediately  after  such  event,  and  the  number  of  shares  issuable  upon  exercise  of  this  Warrant  shall  be  proportionately  adjusted  such  that  the  aggregate
Exercise Price of this Warrant shall remain unchanged. Any adjustment made pursuant to this Section 3(a) shall become effective immediately after the record date for the
determination  of  stockholders  entitled  to  receive  such  dividend  or  distribution  and  shall  become  effective  immediately  after  the  effective  date  in  the  case  of  a  subdivision,
combination or re-classification.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
b) Subsequent Equity Sales. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding, the Company or any Subsidiary, as applicable, sells or grants any option to purchase, or
grants any right to reprice, or otherwise dispose of or issues, any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents entitling any Person to acquire shares of Common Stock at an
effective price per share that is lower than the then Exercise Price, other than in connection with any Exempt Issuance ( as defined below) (such lower price, the “Base Share
Price” and  such  issuances  collectively,  a  “Dilutive Issuance”)  (if  the  holder  of  the  Common  Stock  or  Common  Stock  Equivalents  so  issued  shall  at  any  time,  whether  by
operation of purchase price adjustments, reset provisions, floating conversion, exercise or exchange prices or otherwise, or due to warrants, options or rights per share which are
issued in connection with such issuance, be entitled to receive shares of Common Stock at an effective price per share that is lower than the Exercise Price, such issuance shall
be deemed to have occurred for less than the Exercise Price on such date of the Dilutive Issuance, then the Exercise Price shall be reduced to equal the Base Share Price. Such
adjustment  shall  be  made  whenever  such  Common  Stock  or  Common  Stock  Equivalents  are  issued.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  no  adjustment  will  be  made  under  this
Section 3(b) in respect of an Exempt Issuance. If the Company enters into a Variable Rate Transaction, despite the prohibition thereon in the Purchase Agreement, the Company
shall be deemed to have issued Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents at the lowest possible conversion or exercise price at which such securities may be converted or
exercised. The Company shall notify the Holder in writing, no later than the Trading Day following the issuance of any Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents subject
to  this  Section  3(b),  indicating  therein  the  applicable  issuance  price,  or  applicable  reset  price,  exchange  price,  conversion  price  and  other  pricing  terms  (such  notice,  the
“Dilutive Issuance Notice”). For purposes of clarification, whether or not the Company provides a Dilutive Issuance Notice pursuant to this Section 3(b), upon the occurrence
of any Dilutive Issuance, the Holder is entitled to receive a number of Warrant Shares based upon the Base Share Price on or after the date of such Dilutive Issuance, regardless
of whether the Holder accurately refers to the Base Share Price in the Notice of Exercise. This price adjustment will automatically terminate should the Company’s stock begin
trading on a national exchange (e.g., OTC Markets or NYSE American). Notwithstanding this Section 3(b), nothing contained herein shall cause the number of warrant shares
to increase. Any adjustment herein shall solely be with respect to the Exercise Price.

c) Subsequent Rights Offerings. If the Company, at any time while the Warrant is outstanding, shall issue rights, options or warrants to all holders of Common Stock
(and not to the Holder) entitling them to subscribe for or purchase shares of Common Stock at a price per share less than the VWAP on the record date mentioned below, then
the Exercise Price shall be multiplied by a fraction, of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such
rights, options or warrants plus the number of additional shares of Common Stock offered for subscription or purchase, and of which the numerator shall be the number of
shares of the Common Stock outstanding on the date of issuance of such rights, options or warrants plus the number of shares which the aggregate offering price of the total
number of shares so offered (assuming receipt by the Company in full of all consideration payable upon exercise of such rights, options or warrants) would purchase at such
VWAP. Such adjustment shall be made whenever such rights, options or warrants are issued, and shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination
of stockholders entitled to receive such rights, options or warrants.

d) Pro Rata Distributions.  If  the  Company,  at  any  time  while  this  Warrant  is  outstanding,  shall  distribute  to  all  holders  of  Common  Stock  (and  not  to  the  Holder)
evidences of its indebtedness or assets (including cash and cash dividends) or rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any security other than the Common Stock (which
shall be subject to Section 3(b)), then in each such case the Exercise Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Exercise Price in effect immediately prior to the record date fixed
for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction of which the denominator shall be the VWAP determined as of the record date mentioned
above,  and  of  which  the  numerator  shall  be  such  VWAP  on  such  record  date  less  the  then  per  share  fair  market  value  at  such  record  date  of  the  portion  of  such  assets  or
evidence of indebtedness or rights or warrants so distributed applicable to one outstanding share of the Common Stock as determined by the Board of Directors in good faith. In
either case the adjustments shall be described in a statement provided to the Holder of the portion of assets or evidences of indebtedness so distributed or such subscription
rights  applicable  to  one  share  of  Common  Stock.  Such  adjustment  shall  be  made  whenever  any  such  distribution  is  made  and  shall  become  effective  immediately  after  the
record date mentioned above.

6

 
 
 
 
 
e) Fundamental Transaction. If, at any time while this Warrant is outstanding: (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any
merger or consolidation of the Company with or into another Person; (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other  disposition  of  all  or  substantially  all  of  its  assets  in  one  or  a  series  of  related  transactions;  (iii)  any,  direct  or  indirect,  purchase  offer,  tender  offer  or  exchange  offer
(whether  by  the  Company  or  another  Person)  is  completed  pursuant  to  which  holders  of  Common  Stock  are  permitted  to  sell,  tender  or  exchange  their  shares  for  other
securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding Common Stock; (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more
related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to which the Common
Stock  is  effectively  converted  into  or  exchanged  for  other  securities,  cash  or  property;  or  (v)  the  Company,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  one  or  more  related  transactions
consummates  a  stock  or  share  purchase  agreement  or  other  business  combination  (including,  without  limitation,  a  reorganization,  recapitalization,  spin-off  or  scheme  of
arrangement) with another Person or group of Persons whereby such other Person or group acquires more than 50% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (not including
any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party to, such stock or
share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall have the
right to receive, for each Warrant Share that would have been issuable upon such exercise immediately prior to the occurrence of such Fundamental Transaction (without regard
to any limitation in Section 2(e) or Section 2(f) on the exercise of this Warrant), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or acquiring corporation or of the
Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of such Fundamental Transaction by a holder
of the number of shares of Common Stock for which this Warrant is exercisable immediately prior to such Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section
2(e) or Section 2(f) on the exercise of this Warrant). For purposes of any such exercise, the determination of the Exercise Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such
Alternate  Consideration  based  on  the  amount  of  Alternate  Consideration  issuable  in  respect  of  one  (1)  share  of  Common  Stock  in  such  Fundamental  Transaction,  and  the
Company  shall  apportion  the  Exercise  Price  among  the  Alternate  Consideration  in  a  reasonable  manner  reflecting  the  relative  value  of  any  different  components  of  the
Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder
shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any exercise of this Warrant following such Fundamental Transaction. The Company shall
cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the
Company under this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3(e) pursuant to written agreements in form and substance
reasonably  satisfactory  to  the  holders  of  a  majority  of  the  Warrants  prior  to  such  Fundamental  Transaction  and  shall,  at  the  option  of  the  Holder,  deliver  to  the  Holder  in
exchange for this Warrant a security of the Successor Entity evidenced by a written instrument substantially similar in form and substance to this Warrant which is exercisable
for a corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable upon
exercise of this Warrant (without regard to any limitations on the exercise of this Warrant) prior to such Fundamental Transaction, and with an exercise price which applies the
exercise price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant to such Fundamental Transaction
and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such exercise price being for the purpose of protecting the economic value of this
Warrant  immediately  prior  to  the  consummation  of  such  Fundamental  Transaction),  and  which  is  reasonably  satisfactory  in  form  and  substance  to  the  Holder.  Upon  the
occurrence of any such Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction,
the provisions of this Warrant and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and
power  of  the  Company  and  shall  assume  all  of  the  obligations  of  the  Company  under  this  Warrant  and  the  other  Transaction  Documents  with  the  same  effect  as  if  such
Successor Entity had been named as the Company herein.

f) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 3 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of this Section
3, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any
treasury shares of the Company) issued and outstanding.

g) Notice to Holder.

i. Adjustment to Exercise Price. Whenever the Exercise Price is adjusted pursuant to any provision of this Section 3, the Company shall promptly deliver to
each Holder a notice setting forth the Exercise Price after such adjustment and any resulting adjustment to the number of Warrant Shares and setting forth a
brief statement of the facts requiring such adjustment.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
ii. Notice to Allow Exercise by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common Stock, (B)
the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the granting to all
holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the approval of
any stockholders of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to which the
Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the Common
Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property, or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or winding
up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of exercise of
this Warrant, and shall cause to be delivered to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Warrant Register of the Company, at least ten (10)
calendar days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose
of such dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the holders of the Common Stock of record
to be entitled to such dividend, distributions, redemption, rights or warrants are to be determined or (y) the date on which such reclassification, consolidation,
merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holders of the Common Stock of
record  shall  be  entitled  to  exchange  their  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  for  securities,  cash  or  other  property  deliverable  upon  such  reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange; provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not
affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains,
material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission
pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to exercise this Warrant during the period commencing on the date of such notice
to the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

(h)  For  purposes  of  this  Warrant,  the  term  “Exempt  Issuance”  shall  mean  the  issuance  of  (a)  shares  of  Common  Stock  or  options  or  other  stock  based  awards  to
employees,  officers  or  directors  and  consultants  of  the  Company  pursuant  to  the  Company’s  stock  or  option  plans  existing  as  of  the  date  hereof  and  to  also  include  up  to
1,178,571  shares  of  Common  Stock  (subject  to  adjustment  for  forward  and  reverse  stock  splits,  recapitalizations  and  the  like),  in  the  aggregate,  to  employees,  officers  or
directors and consultants of the Company pursuant to a written agreement, provided that such shares of Common Stock are not registered and carry no registration rights other
than on Form S-8, (c) securities upon the exercise or exchange of or conversion of any Securities issued hereunder and/or other securities exercisable or exchangeable for or
convertible into shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the Original Issue Date of this Debenture, provided that such securities have not been amended since the
date of this Agreement to increase the number of such securities or to decrease the exercise price, exchange price or conversion price of such securities, and (d) securities issued
pursuant to acquisitions or strategic transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person
(or to the equity holders of a Person) which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business synergistic with the business of the
Company and shall provide to the Company additional benefits in addition to the investment of funds, but shall not include a transaction in which the Company is issuing
securities primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities.

Section 4. Transfer of Warrant.

a) Transferability. Subject to compliance with any applicable securities laws and the conditions set forth in Section 4(d) hereof and to the provisions of Section 4.1 of
the Purchase Agreement, this Warrant and all rights hereunder (including, without limitation, any registration rights) are transferable, in whole or in part, upon surrender of this
Warrant  at  the  principal  office  of  the  Company  or  its  designated  agent,  together  with  a  written  assignment  of  this  Warrant  substantially  in  the  form  attached  hereto  duly
executed by the Holder or its agent or attorney and funds sufficient to pay any transfer taxes payable upon the making of such transfer. Upon such surrender and, if required,
such  payment,  the  Company  shall  execute  and  deliver  a  new  Warrant  or  Warrants  in  the  name  of  the  assignee  or  assignees,  as  applicable,  and  in  the  denomination  or
denominations specified in such instrument of assignment, and shall issue to the assignor a new Warrant evidencing the portion of this Warrant not so assigned, and this Warrant
shall promptly be cancelled. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Warrant to the Company unless the
Holder has assigned this Warrant in full, in which case, the Holder shall surrender this Warrant to the Company within three (3) Trading Days of the date the Holder delivers an
assignment form to the Company assigning this Warrant full. The Warrant, if properly assigned in accordance herewith, may be exercised by a new holder for the purchase of
Warrant Shares without having a new Warrant issued.

8

 
 
 
 
 
 
b) New Warrants. This Warrant may be divided or combined with other Warrants upon presentation hereof at the aforesaid office of the Company, together with a
written  notice  specifying  the  names  and  denominations  in  which  new  Warrants  are  to  be  issued,  signed  by  the  Holder  or  its  agent  or  attorney.  Subject  to  compliance  with
Section 4(a), as to any transfer which may be involved in such division or combination, the Company shall execute and deliver a new Warrant or Warrants in exchange for the
Warrant or Warrants to be divided or combined in accordance with such notice. All Warrants issued on transfers or exchanges shall be dated the original Issue Date and shall be
identical with this Warrant except as to the number of Warrant Shares issuable pursuant thereto.

c) Warrant Register. The Company shall register this Warrant, upon records to be maintained by the Company for that purpose (the “Warrant Register”), in the name of
the  record  Holder  hereof  from  time  to  time.  The  Company  may  deem  and  treat  the  registered  Holder  of  this  Warrant  as  the  absolute  owner  hereof  for  the  purpose  of  any
exercise hereof or any distribution to the Holder, and for all other purposes, absent actual notice to the contrary.

d) Transfer Restrictions; Registration Rights. At the time of the surrender of this Warrant in connection with any transfer of this Warrant, the transfer of this Warrant
shall be either: (i) registered pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and under applicable state securities or blue sky laws or exempt therefrom;
or (ii) eligible for resale without holding period, volume or manner-of-sale restrictions or current public information requirements pursuant to Rule 144. The Holder and any
permitted transfer shall be entitled to the registration rights with respect to the resale of the Warrant Shares as described under the Purchase Agreement.

e) Representation by the Holder. The Holder, by the acceptance hereof, represents and warrants that it is acquiring this Warrant and, upon any exercise hereof, will
acquire the Warrant Shares issuable upon such exercise, for its own account and not with a view to or for distributing or reselling such Warrant Shares or any part thereof in
violation of the Securities Act or any applicable state securities law, except pursuant to sales registered or exempted under the Securities Act.

Section 5. Miscellaneous.

a) No Rights as Stockholder Until Exercise. This Warrant does not entitle the Holder to any voting rights, dividends or other rights as a stockholder of the Company

prior to the exercise hereof as set forth in Section 2(d)(i), except as expressly set forth in Section 3.

b) Loss, Theft, Destruction or Mutilation of Warrant. The Company covenants that upon receipt by the Company of evidence reasonably satisfactory to it of the loss,
theft,  destruction  or  mutilation  of  this  Warrant  or  any  stock  certificate  relating  to  the  Warrant  Shares,  and  in  case  of  loss,  theft  or  destruction,  of  indemnity  or  security
reasonably  satisfactory  to  it  (which,  in  the  case  of  the  Warrant,  shall  not  include  the  posting  of  any  bond),  and  upon  surrender  and  cancellation  of  such  Warrant  or  stock
certificate, if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver a new Warrant or stock certificate of like tenor and dated as of such cancellation, in lieu of such Warrant or stock
certificate.

c) Saturdays, Sundays, Holidays, etc. If the last or appointed day for the taking of any action or the expiration of any right required or granted herein shall not be a

Business Day, then, such action may be taken or such right may be exercised on the next succeeding Business Day.

d) Authorized Shares.

(i) The Company covenants that during the period the Warrant is outstanding, it will reserve from its authorized and unissued Common Stock a sufficient number
of shares to provide for the issuance of the Warrant Shares upon the exercise of any purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company further covenants that its
issuance of this Warrant shall constitute full authority to its officers who are charged with the duty of issuing the necessary Warrant Shares upon the exercise of the
purchase rights under this Warrant. The Company will take all such reasonable action as may be necessary to assure that such Warrant Shares may be issued as
provided herein without violation of any applicable law or regulation, or of any requirements of the Trading Market upon which the Common Stock may be listed.
The Company covenants that all Warrant Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase rights represented by this Warrant will, upon exercise of
the purchase rights represented by this Warrant and payment for such Warrant Shares in accordance herewith, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and
non-assessable  and  free  from  all  taxes,  liens  and  charges  created  by  the  Company  in  respect  of  the  issue  thereof  (other  than  taxes  in  respect  of  any  transfer
occurring contemporaneously with such issue).

9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(ii) Except and to the extent as waived or consented to by the Holder, the Company shall not by any action, including, without limitation, amending its certificate
of incorporation or through any reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid
or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms of this Warrant, but will at all times in good faith assist in the carrying out of all such terms and
in the taking of all such actions as may be necessary or appropriate to protect the rights of Holder as set forth in this Warrant against impairment. Without limiting
the generality of the foregoing, the Company will: (i) not increase the par value of any Warrant Shares above the amount payable therefor upon such exercise
immediately prior to such increase in par value; (ii) take all such action as may be necessary or appropriate in order that the Company may validly and legally
issue fully paid and nonassessable Warrant Shares upon the exercise of this Warrant; and (iii) use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain all such authorizations,
exemptions or consents from any public regulatory body having jurisdiction thereof, as may be, necessary to enable the Company to perform its obligations under
this Warrant.

(iii) Before taking any action which would result in an adjustment in the number of Warrant Shares for which this Warrant is exercisable or in the Exercise Price,
the  Company  shall  obtain  all  such  authorizations  or  exemptions  thereof,  or  consents  thereto,  as  may  be  necessary  from  any  public  regulatory  body  or  bodies
having jurisdiction thereof.

e)  Jurisdiction.  All  questions  concerning  the  construction,  validity,  enforcement  and  interpretation  of  this  Warrant  shall  be  determined  in  accordance  with  the

provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

f) Restrictions. The Holder acknowledges that the Warrant Shares acquired upon the exercise of this Warrant, if not registered and the Holder does not utilize cashless

exercise, will have restrictions upon resale imposed by state and federal securities laws.

g) Non-waiver and Expenses. No course of dealing or any delay or failure to exercise any right hereunder on the part of Holder shall operate as a waiver of such right
or otherwise prejudice the Holder’s rights, powers or remedies, notwithstanding the fact that all rights hereunder terminate on the Termination Date. If the Company willfully
and knowingly fails to comply with any provision of this Warrant, which results in any material damages to the Holder, the Company shall pay to the Holder such amounts as
shall be sufficient to cover any costs and expenses including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys’ fees, including those of appellate proceedings, incurred by the Holder in
collecting any amounts due pursuant hereto or in otherwise enforcing any of its rights, powers or remedies hereunder.

h) Notices. Any notice, request or other document required or permitted to be given or delivered to the Holder by the Company shall be delivered in accordance with

the notice provisions of the Purchase Agreement.

i) Limitation of Liability. No provision hereof, in the absence of any affirmative action by the Holder to exercise this Warrant to purchase Warrant Shares, and no
enumeration herein of the rights or privileges of the Holder, shall give rise to any liability of the Holder for the purchase price of any Common Stock or as a stockholder of the
Company, whether such liability is asserted by the Company or by creditors of the Company.

j) Remedies. The Holder, in addition to being entitled to exercise all rights granted by law, including recovery of damages, will be entitled to specific performance of
its  rights  under  this  Warrant.  The  Company  agrees  that  monetary  damages  would  not  be  adequate  compensation  for  any  loss  incurred  by  reason  of  a  breach  by  it  of  the
provisions of this Warrant and hereby agrees to waive and not to assert the defense in any action for specific performance that a remedy at law would be adequate.

k) Successors and Assigns.  Subject  to  applicable  securities  laws,  this  Warrant  and  the  rights  and  obligations  evidenced  hereby  shall  inure  to  the  benefit  of  and  be
binding upon the successors and permitted assigns of the Company and the successors and permitted assigns of Holder. The provisions of this Warrant are intended to be for the
benefit of any Holder from time to time of this Warrant and shall be enforceable by the Holder or holder of Warrant Shares.

l) Amendment. This Warrant may be modified or amended or the provisions hereof waived with the written consent of the Company and the Holder.

m) Severability. Wherever possible, each provision of this Warrant shall be interpreted in such manner as to be effective and valid under applicable law, but if any
provision  of  this  Warrant  shall  be  prohibited  by  or  invalid  under  applicable  law,  such  provision  shall  be  ineffective  to  the  extent  of  such  prohibition  or  invalidity,  without
invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Warrant.

n) Headings. The headings used in this Warrant are for the convenience of reference only and shall not, for any purpose, be deemed a part of this Warrant.

10

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
o) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Warrant shall be governed by and construed and enforced
in  accordance  with  the  internal  laws  of  the  State  of  New  York,  without  regard  to  the  principles  of  conflict  of  laws  thereof.  Each  party  agrees  that  all  legal  proceedings
concerning the interpretation, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (whether brought against a party hereto or its
respective Affiliates, directors, officers, shareholders, employees or agents) shall be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of New York, Borough of
Manhattan (the “New York Courts”). The Holder and the Company each hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the adjudication of
any  dispute  hereunder  or  in  connection  herewith  or  with  any  transaction  contemplated  hereby  or  discussed  herein  (including  with  respect  to  the  enforcement  of  any  of  the
Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not personally subject to the jurisdiction
of such New York Courts, or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding. The Holder and the Company each hereby irrevocably waives
personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or certified mail or overnight
delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Warrant and agrees that such service shall constitute good and sufficient
service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law.
The Holder and the Company each hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising
out of or relating to this Warrant or the transactions contemplated hereby. If any party shall commence an action or proceeding to enforce any provisions of this Warrant, then
the  prevailing  party  in  such  action  or  proceeding  shall  be  reimbursed  by  the  other  party  for  its  attorneys’  fees  and  other  costs  and  expenses  incurred  in  the  investigation,
preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

********************

(Signature Page Follows)

11

 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Warrant to be executed by its officer thereunto duly authorized as of the date first above indicated.

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

By:
Name: Richard T Schumacher
Title:

President & CEO

12

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO: PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

(1) The undersigned hereby elects to purchase Warrant Shares of the Company pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant (only if exercised in full), and tenders

herewith payment of the exercise price in full, together with all applicable transfer taxes, if any.

(2) Payment shall take the form of (check applicable box):

[  ] in lawful money of the United States; or

[  ] [if permitted the cancellation of such number of Warrant Shares as is necessary, in accordance with the formula set forth in subsection 2(c), to exercise this
Warrant with respect to the maximum number of Warrant Shares purchasable pursuant to the cashless exercise procedure set forth in subsection 2(c).

(3) Please issue said Warrant Shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

______________________________________ 

The Warrant Shares shall be delivered to the following DWAC Account Number:

______________________________________

______________________________________ 

(4) Accredited Investor. The undersigned is an “accredited investor” as defined in Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

[SIGNATURE OF HOLDER]

Name of Investing Entity: _________________________________________________
Signature of Authorized Signatory of Investing Entity: ___________________________
Name of Authorized Signatory: _____________________________________________
Title of Authorized Signatory: ______________________________________________
Date: ________________

(To assign the foregoing Warrant, execute this form and supply required information. Do not use this form to purchase shares.)

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the foregoing Warrant and all rights evidenced thereby are hereby assigned to

ASSIGNMENT FORM

Name:

Address: 

Dated:_________________
Holder’s Signature:________________________
Holder’s Address:_________________________

________________________________________________ 

(Please Print)

________________________________________________

(Please Print)

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONFIDENTIAL

PROMISSORY NOTE
Twelve Month Fixed Rate (12%) Convertible Loan

Loan Amount (Principal):

$100,000

Exhibit 4.4

Points:

Cash-in Amount:

Interest:

Kicker:

Closing Date: Friday,

Due Date (Principal):

Due Dates (Interest):

Maturity Date:

4.0 ($4,000 reduced from Principal)

$96,000

1% per month, paid monthly on Principal ($1,000)

10,000 shares restricted common stock – earned upfront

April 8, 2022

April 8, 2023

Monthly (May 8, 2022 – April 8, 2023)

April 8, 2023 (principal & last interest payment due)

Grace Period (GP) - Interest:

3 Business Days

Penalty after GP - Interest:

Grace Period (Principal):

$1,000/week, starts on Day 1 post-GP.

5 Business Days

Penalty after GP - Principal:

$2,000/week, starts on Day 1 post-GP.

Default:

Security:

Voluntary Conversion:

Mandatory Conversion:

ACCEPTED BY

If loan unpaid at end of 5-day GP, PBIO is in Default

200,000 PBIO Shares Held in Escrow at Computershare

Before Maturity Date, at $2.50/share

Upon Up-list @ Lower of $2.50/share or Up-list Price

XXXXXX XXXXXXXXX
Accredited Investor

Date

  Richard T. Schumacher
President & CEO

  Date

March 31, 2022.$100k Note

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TEMPLATE USE ONLY

Exhibit 4.5

NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR THE SECURITIES INTO WHICH THIS SECURITY IS CONVERTIBLE HAVE BEEN REGISTERED WITH THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR THE SECURITIES COMMISSION OF ANY STATE IN RELIANCE UPON AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE
SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND, ACCORDINGLY, MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD EXCEPT PURSUANT TO AN
EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR PURSUANT TO AN AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM, OR IN A TRANSACTION
NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT AND IN ACCORDANCE WITH APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS
AS  EVIDENCED  BY  A  LEGAL  OPINION  OF  COUNSEL  TO  THE  TRANSFEROR TO  SUCH  EFFECT,  THE  SUBSTANCE  OF  WHICH  SHALL  BE  REASONABLY
ACCEPTABLE  TO  THE  COMPANY.  THIS  SECURITY  AND  THE  SECURITIES  ISSUABLE  UPON  CONVERSION  OF  THIS  SECURITY  MAY  BE  PLEDGED  IN
CONNECTION WITH A BONA FIDE MARGIN ACCOUNT OR OTHER LOAN SECURED BY SUCH SECURITIES.

Principal Amount: $100,000

Original Issue Date: XXXXXXXX, XX 202X

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

12% CONVERTIBLE
PROMISSORY NOTE

DUE XXXX XX, 202X

THIS  12%  CONVERTIBLE  PROMISSORY  NOTE  is  duly  authorized  and  validly  issued  by  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation,  (the
“Company”),  designated  as  its  12%  Convertible  Promissory  Note  due  XXXX  XX,  202X  (this  note,  the  “Note”  and,  collectively  with  any  other  notes  of  such  series,  the
“Notes”).

FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the Company promises to pay to XXXX or their registered assigns (the “Holder”), or shall have paid pursuant to the terms hereunder, the
principal sum of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000) (the “Principal Amount”) of which Ninety-Six Thousand Dollars ($96,000) is being delivered to the Borrower by
Lender on the Original Issue Date (the “Purchase Price”). The loan is due on the one-year anniversary after the Original Issue Date hereof (the “Maturity Date”), or such earlier
date as this Note is required or permitted to be repaid as provided hereunder, and to pay monthly interest to the Holder (based on an annual rate of 12%) on the aggregate
unconverted and then outstanding principal amount of this Note in accordance with the provisions hereof. The Holder shall also receive 10,000 shares of restricted common
stock of the Company within 10 trading days of the date hereof. This Note is subject to the following additional provisions:

1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 1. Definitions. For the purposes hereof, in addition to the terms defined elsewhere in this Note, (a) capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the

meanings set forth in the Purchase Agreement and (b) the following terms shall have the following meanings:

“Alternate Consideration” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(e).

“Authorized Failure Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(vi).

“Authorized Share Failure” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(vi).

“Bankruptcy  Event”  means  any  of  the  following  events:  (a)  the  Company  or  any  Significant  Subsidiary  (as  such  term  is  defined  in  Rule  1-02(w)  of
Regulation S-X) thereof commences a case or other proceeding under any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debt, relief of debtors, dissolution,
insolvency or liquidation or similar law of any jurisdiction relating to the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof, (b) there is commenced against the Company
or  any  Significant  Subsidiary  thereof  any  such  case  or  proceeding  that  is  not  dismissed  within  60  days  after  commencement,  (c)  the  Company  or  any  Significant
Subsidiary thereof is adjudicated insolvent or bankrupt or any order of relief or other order approving any such case or proceeding is entered, (d) the Company or any
Significant Subsidiary thereof suffers any appointment of any custodian or the like for it or any substantial part of its property that is not discharged or stayed within
60  calendar  days  after  such  appointment,  (e)  the  Company  or  any  Significant  Subsidiary  thereof  makes  a  general  assignment  for  the  benefit  of  creditors,  (f)  the
Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof calls a meeting of its creditors with a view to arranging a composition, adjustment or restructuring of its debts or (g)
the Company or any Significant Subsidiary thereof, by any act or failure to act, expressly indicates its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any of the foregoing
or takes any corporate or other action for the purpose of effecting any of the foregoing.

“Base Conversion Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(b).

“Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(d).

“Business Day” means any day except any Saturday, any Sunday, any day which is a federal legal holiday in the United States or any day on which banking

institutions in the State of New York are authorized or required by law or other governmental action to close.

“Buy-In” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(v).

2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Change of Control Transaction” means the occurrence after the date hereof of any of (a) an acquisition after the date hereof by an individual or legal entity
or “group” (as described in Rule 13d-5(b)(1) promulgated under the Exchange Act) of effective control (whether through legal or beneficial ownership of capital stock
of the Company, by contract or otherwise) of in excess of 50% of the voting securities of the Company (other than by means of conversion or exercise of the Notes and
the Securities issued together with the Notes), (b) the Company merges into or consolidates with any other Person, or any Person merges into or consolidates with the
Company  and,  after  giving  effect  to  such  transaction,  the  stockholders  of  the  Company  immediately  prior  to  such  transaction  own  less  than  50%  of  the  aggregate
voting power of the Company or the successor entity of such transaction, (c) the Company sells or transfers all or substantially all of its assets to another Person and
the stockholders of the Company immediately prior to such transaction own less than 50% of the aggregate voting power of the acquiring entity immediately after the
transaction, (d) a replacement at one time or within a one year period of more than one-half of the members of the Board of Directors which is not approved by a
majority of those individuals who are members of the Board of Directors on the Original Issue Date (or by those individuals who are serving as members of the Board
of Directors on any date whose nomination to the Board of Directors was approved by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors who are members on the
date hereof), or (e) the execution by the Company of an agreement to which the Company is a party or by which it is bound, providing for any of the events set forth in
clauses (a) through (d) above.

“Conversion” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 4.

“Conversion Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

“Conversion Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(b).

“Conversion Shares” means, collectively, the shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8(a).

“Exempt Issuance” means the issuance of (a) shares of Common Stock, options or other equity awards (including, without limitation, restricted awards) to
employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Company pursuant to any stock or option plan duly adopted for such purpose, by a majority of the non-employee
members of the Board of Directors or a majority of the members of a committee of non-employee directors established for such purpose and subsequently ratified by
the stockholders of the Company, (b) securities upon the exercise or exchange of or conversion of any Securities issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and/or
other securities directly or indirectly exercisable or exchangeable for or convertible into shares of Common Stock issued and outstanding on the Original Issue Date,
provided that such securities have not been amended since the Original Issue Date to increase the number of such securities or to decrease the exercise price, exchange
price  or  conversion  price  of  such  securities,  or  (c)  securities  issued  pursuant  to  mergers,  consolidations,  acquisitions,  similar  business  combinations  or  strategic
transactions approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company, provided that any such issuance shall only be to a Person (or to the equity holders of
a Person) which is, itself or through its subsidiaries, an operating company or an owner of an asset in a business synergistic with the business of the Company and shall
provide  to  the  Company  additional  benefits  in  addition  to  the  investment  of  funds,  but  shall  not  include  a  transaction  in  which  the  Company  is  issuing  securities
primarily for the purpose of raising capital or to an entity whose primary business is investing in securities.

3

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Fundamental Transaction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(e).

“Indebtedness” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Purchase Agreement.

“Late Fees” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(d).

“New York Courts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9(d).

“Note Register” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(c).

“Notice of Conversion” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

“Original Issue Date” means the date of the first issuance of the Notes, regardless of any transfers of any Note and regardless of the number of instruments

which may be issued to evidence such Notes.

“Purchase Agreement” means the Securities Purchase Agreement, dated as of September 22, 2022, among the Company and the Holder and the other persons

signatory thereto, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

“Purchase Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(c).

“Qualified Offering” means an offering of the Company’s securities, in one or a series of financings, in which the Company receives gross proceeds of at least

$6,000,000.

“Registration Statement” means a registration statement meeting the requirements of the Securities Act and covering the resale of the Underlying Shares by

each Holder.

“Securities Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Share Delivery Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(c)(ii).

“Successor Entity” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5(e).

“Trading Day” means a day on which the principal Trading Market is open for trading.

4

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
“Trading Market” means any of the following markets or exchanges on which the Common Stock is listed or quoted for trading on the date in question: the
NYSE MKT, the Nasdaq Capital Market, the Nasdaq Global Market, the Nasdaq Global Select Market, the New York Stock Exchange or the OTC Bulletin Board (or
any successors to any of the foregoing).

“VWAP” means, for any date, the price determined by the first of the following clauses that applies: (a) if the Common Stock is then listed or quoted on a
Trading Market other than the OTC Bulletin Board, the daily volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the
Trading Market on which the Common Stock is then listed or quoted as reported by Bloomberg L.P. (based on a Trading Day from 9:30 a.m. (New York City time) to
4:02 p.m. (New York City time)), (b) if the Common Stock is then quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, the volume weighted average price of the Common Stock for
such date (or the nearest preceding date) on the OTC Bulletin Board, (c) if the Common Stock is not then listed or quoted for trading on a Trading Market and if prices
for the Common Stock are then reported in the “Pink Sheets” published by Pink OTC Markets, Inc. (or a similar organization or agency succeeding to its functions of
reporting prices), the most recent bid price per share of the Common Stock so reported, or (d) in all other cases, the fair market value of a share of Common Stock as
determined by an independent appraiser selected in good faith by the Holders of a majority in interest of the Notes then outstanding and reasonably acceptable to the
Company, the fees and expenses of which shall be paid by the Company.

Section 2. Interest. The Company shall pay interest to the Holder on the aggregate outstanding principal amount of this Note at the rate of 12% per annum,

which amount shall be payable monthly to the Holder of the Note.

Section 2a. Points. The Company shall pay four (4) points to the Holder, or to the designees of the Holder, on the Closing Date.

Section 3. Registration of Transfers and Exchanges; Registration Rights.

a) Different Denominations. This Note is exchangeable for an equal aggregate principal number of Notes of different authorized denominations, as requested

by the Holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be payable for such registration of transfer or exchange.

b)  Investment  Representations.  This  Note  has  been  issued  subject  to  certain  investment  representations  of  the  original  Holder  set  forth  in  the  Purchase

Agreement and may be transferred or exchanged only in compliance with the Purchase Agreement and applicable federal and state securities laws and regulations.

c) Reliance on Note Register. Prior to due presentment for transfer to the Company of this Note, the Company and any agent of the Company may treat the
Person in whose name this Note is duly registered on the Note Register as the owner hereof for the purpose of receiving payment as herein provided and for all other
purposes, whether or not this Note is overdue, and neither the Company nor any such agent shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 4. Conversion.

a) Voluntary and Mandatory Conversion.

i. Voluntary Conversion. At any time after the Original Issue Date until this Note is no longer outstanding, this Note together with any accrued interest
shall be convertible, in whole or in part, into shares of Common Stock at the option of the Holder, at any time and from time to time (subject to the
conversion limitations set forth in Section 4(d) hereof). The Holder shall effect conversions by delivering to the Company a Notice of Conversion, the
form of which is attached hereto as Annex A (each, a “Notice of Conversion”), specifying therein the principal amount and accrued interest of this Note
to  be  converted  and  the  date  on  which  such  conversion  shall  be  effected  (such  date,  the  “Conversion  Date”).  If  no  Conversion  Date  is  specified  in  a
Notice  of  Conversion,  the  Conversion  Date  shall  be  the  date  that  such  Notice  of  Conversion  is  deemed  delivered  hereunder.  To  effect  conversions
hereunder, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Note to the Company unless the entire principal amount of this Note, plus all
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, has been so converted. Conversions hereunder shall have the effect of lowering the outstanding principal amount of
this  Note  in  an  amount  equal  to  the  applicable  conversion.  The  Holder  and  the  Company  shall  maintain  records  showing  the  principal  amount(s)
converted and the date of such conversion(s).

ii. Mandatory Conversion. Upon an up-list of the Company to a U.S. national exchange (either NASDAQ or NYSE), after the Original Issue Date and
until this Note is no longer outstanding, this Note together with any accrued interest shall be mandatorily convertible, in whole or in part, into shares of
Common Stock (subject to the conversion limitations set forth in Section 4(d) hereof). The Holder shall effect conversions by delivering to the Company
a Notice of Conversion, the form of which is attached hereto as Annex A (each, a “Notice of Conversion”), specifying therein the principal amount and
accrued interest of this Note to be converted. The date on which such conversion shall be effected (such date, the “Conversion Date”) shall be the date of
the Company’s up-list. To effect conversions hereunder, the Holder shall not be required to physically surrender this Note to the Company unless the
entire principal amount of this Note, plus all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, has been so converted. Conversions hereunder shall have the effect of
lowering the outstanding principal amount of this Note in an amount equal to the applicable conversion. The Holder and the Company shall maintain
records showing the principal amount(s) converted and the date of such conversion(s).

6

 
 
 
 
 
 
b) Conversion Price. The conversion price in effect on any Conversion Date that is not the Up-list date shall be equal to $2.50 (the “Voluntary Conversion

Price”). The conversion price in effect on the Up-list Date shall be the lower of $2.50 per share or the up-list price (the “Mandatory Conversion Price”).

c) Mechanics of Conversion.

i. Conversion Shares Issuable. The number of Conversion Shares issuable upon a conversion hereunder shall be determined by the quotient obtained by
dividing (x) the outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus accrued interest by (y) the Conversion Price.

ii. Delivery of Certificate Upon Conversion. Not later than five (5) Trading Days after each Conversion Date (the “Share Delivery Date”), the Company
shall  deliver,  or  cause  to  be  delivered,  to  the  Holder  a  certificate  or  certificates  offered  by  the  Purchase  Agreement)  representing  the  number  of
Conversion Shares being acquired upon the conversion of this Note. On or after the Effective Date, the Company shall use its best efforts to deliver any
certificate  or  certificates  required  to  be  delivered  by  the  Company  under  this  Section  4(c)  electronically  through  the  Depository  Trust  Company  or
another established clearing corporation performing similar functions.

iii. Failure to Deliver Certificates. If, in the case of any Notice of Conversion, such certificate or certificates are not delivered to or as directed by the
applicable Holder by the Share Delivery Date, the Holder shall be entitled to elect by written notice to the Company at any time on or before its receipt of
such certificate or certificates, to rescind such Conversion, in which event the Company shall promptly return to the Holder any original Note delivered
to the Company and the Holder shall promptly return to the Company the Common Stock certificates issued to such Holder pursuant to the rescinded
Notice of Conversion.

7

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
iv. Obligation Absolute; Partial Liquidated Damages.  The  Company’s  obligations  to  issue  and  deliver  the  Conversion  Shares  upon  conversion  of  this
Note in accordance with the terms hereof are absolute and unconditional, irrespective of any action or inaction by the Holder to enforce the same, any
waiver or consent with respect to any provision hereof, the recovery of any judgment against any Person or any action to enforce the same, or any setoff,
counterclaim, recoupment, limitation or termination, or any breach or alleged breach by the Holder or any other Person of any obligation to the Company
or any violation or alleged violation of law by the Holder or any other Person, and irrespective of any other circumstance which might otherwise limit
such obligation of the Company to the Holder in connection with the issuance of such Conversion Shares; provided, however, that such delivery shall not
operate as a waiver by the Company of any such action the Company may have against the Holder. In the event the Holder of this Note shall elect to
convert any or all of the outstanding principal amount hereof, the Company may not refuse conversion based on any claim that the Holder or anyone
associated or affiliated with the Holder has been engaged in any violation of law, agreement or for any other reason, unless an injunction from a court, on
notice to Holder, restraining and or enjoining conversion of all or part of this Note shall have been sought and obtained, and the Company posts a surety
bond for the benefit of the Holder in the amount of 100% of the outstanding principal amount of this Note, which is subject to the injunction, which bond
shall remain in effect until the completion of arbitration/litigation of the underlying dispute and the proceeds of which shall be payable to the Holder to
the  extent  it  obtains  judgment.  In  the  absence  of  such  injunction,  the  Company  shall  issue  Conversion  Shares  or,  if  applicable,  cash,  upon  a  properly
noticed conversion. If the Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder such certificate or certificates pursuant to Section 4(c)(ii) by the Share
Delivery  Date,  the  Company  shall  pay  to  the  Holder,  in  cash,  as  liquidated  damages  and  not  as  a  penalty,  for  each  $1,000  of  principal  amount  being
converted, $10 per Trading Day (increasing to $20 per Trading Day on the fifth (5th) Trading Day after such liquidated damages begin to accrue) for each
Trading Day after such Share Delivery Date until such certificates are delivered or Holder rescinds such conversion. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s
right to pursue actual damages or declare an Event of Default pursuant to Section 8 hereof for the Company’s failure to deliver Conversion Shares within
the  period  specified  herein  and  the  Holder  shall  have  the  right  to  pursue  all  remedies  available  to  it  hereunder,  at  law  or  in  equity  including,  without
limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief. The exercise of any such rights shall not prohibit the Holder from seeking to enforce
damages pursuant to any other Section hereof or under applicable law.

v. Compensation for Buy-In on Failure to Timely Deliver Certificates Upon Conversion. In addition to any other rights available to the Holder, if the
Company fails for any reason to deliver to the Holder such certificate or certificates by the Share Delivery Date pursuant to Section 4(c)(ii), and if after
such Share Delivery Date the Holder is required by its brokerage firm to purchase (in an open market transaction or otherwise), or the Holder’s brokerage
firm otherwise purchases, shares of Common Stock to deliver in satisfaction of a sale by the Holder of the Conversion Shares which the Holder was
entitled  to  receive  upon  the  conversion  relating  to  such  Share  Delivery  Date  (a  “Buy-In”),  then  the  Company  shall  (A)  pay  in  cash  to  the  Holder  (in
addition to any other remedies available to or elected by the Holder) the amount, if any, by which (x) the Holder’s total purchase price (including any
brokerage commissions) for the Common Stock so purchased exceeds (y) the product of (1) the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that the
Holder was entitled to receive from the conversion at issue multiplied by (2) the actual sale price at which the sell order giving rise to such purchase
obligation was executed (including any brokerage commissions) and (B) at the option of the Holder, either reissue (if surrendered) this Note in a principal
amount equal to the principal amount of the attempted conversion (in which case such conversion shall be deemed rescinded) or deliver to the Holder the
number of shares of Common Stock that would have been issued if the Company had timely complied with its delivery requirements under Section 4(c)
(ii).  For  example,  if  the  Holder  purchases  Common  Stock  having  a  total  purchase  price  of  $11,000  to  cover  a  Buy-In  with  respect  to  an  attempted
conversion of this Note with respect to which the actual sale price of the Conversion Shares (including any brokerage commissions) giving rise to such
purchase obligation was a total of $10,000 under clause (A) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Company shall be required to pay the Holder
$1,000. The Holder shall provide the Company written notice indicating the amounts payable to the Holder in respect of the Buy-In and, upon request of
the Company, evidence of the amount of such loss. Nothing herein shall limit a Holder’s right to pursue any other remedies available to it hereunder, at
law or in equity including, without limitation, a decree of specific performance and/or injunctive relief with respect to the Company’s failure to timely
deliver certificates representing shares of Common Stock upon conversion of this Note as required pursuant to the terms hereof.

8

 
 
 
 
vi. Reservation of Shares Issuable Upon Conversion. The Company covenants that it will at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized and
unissued shares of Common Stock for the sole purpose of issuance upon conversion of this Note and payment of interest on this Note, each as herein
provided, free from preemptive rights or any other actual contingent purchase rights of Persons other than the Holder (and the other Holder of the Notes),
not less than such aggregate number of shares equal to two and one half times the number of shares of the Common Stock as shall (subject to the terms
and conditions set forth in the Purchase Agreement) be issuable (taking into account the adjustments and restrictions of Section 5) upon the conversion of
the then outstanding principal amount of this Note and accrued interest hereunder. The Company covenants that all shares of Common Stock that shall be
so issuable shall, upon issue, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and, if the Registration Statement is then effective under
the Securities Act shall be registered for public resale in accordance with such Registration Statement.

vii.  Insufficient  Authorized  Shares.  If,  notwithstanding  Section  4(c)(v),  and  not  in  limitation  thereof,  at  any  time  while  any  of  the  Notes  remain
outstanding the Company does not have a sufficient number of authorized and unreserved shares of Common Stock to satisfy its obligation to reserve for
issuance upon conversion of the Notes at least a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the amount specified in Section 4(c)(v) (an “Authorized
Share  Failure”),  then  the  Company  shall  immediately  take  all  action  necessary  to  increase  the  Company’s  authorized  shares  of  Common  Stock  to  an
amount sufficient to allow the Company to reserve the applicable amount for the Notes then outstanding. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing
sentence,  as  soon  as  practicable  after  the  date  of  the  occurrence  of  an  Authorized  Share  Failure,  but  in  no  event  later  than  sixty  (60)  days  after  the
occurrence  of  such  Authorized  Share  Failure,  the  Company  shall  hold  a  meeting  of  its  stockholders  for  the  approval  of  an  increase  in  the  number  of
authorized shares of Common Stock. In connection with such meeting, the Company shall provide each stockholder with a proxy statement and shall use
its  best  efforts  to  solicit  its  stockholders’  approval  of  such  increase  in  authorized  shares  of  Common  Stock  and  to  cause  its  board  of  directors  to
recommend to the stockholders that they approve such proposal. In the event that the Company is prohibited from issuing shares of Common Stock upon
any  conversion  due  to  the  failure  by  the  Company  to  have  sufficient  shares  of  Common  Stock  available  out  of  the  authorized  but  unissued  shares  of
Common Stock (such unavailable number of shares of Common Stock, the “Authorized Failure Shares”), in lieu of delivering such Authorized Failure
Shares to the Holder, the Company shall pay cash in exchange for the portion of the Note convertible into such Authorized Failure Shares at a price equal
to the sum of the product of (x) such number of Authorized Failure Shares and (y) the greatest closing sale price of the Common Stock on any Trading
Day during the period commencing on the date the Authorized Failure Shares should have been issued pursuant to the terms of this Note and ending on
the date of such issuance of payment under this Section 4(c)(vi).

viii. Fractional Shares. No fractional shares or scrip representing fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of this Note. As to any fraction
of a share which the Holder would otherwise be entitled to purchase upon such conversion, the Company shall at its election, either pay a cash adjustment in
respect of such final fraction in an amount equal to such fraction multiplied by the Conversion Price or round up to the next whole share.

9

 
 
 
 
 
ix. Transfer Taxes and Expenses.  The  issuance  of  certificates  for  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  on  conversion  of  this  Note  shall  be  made  without
charge to the Holder hereof for any documentary stamp or similar taxes that may be payable in respect of the issue or delivery of such certificates, provided
that, the Company shall not be required to pay any tax that may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in the issuance and delivery of any such
certificate upon conversion in a name other than that of the Holder of this Note so converted and the Company shall not be required to issue or deliver such
certificates  unless  or  until  the  Person  or  Persons  requesting  the  issuance  thereof  shall  have  paid  to  the  Company  the  amount  of  such  tax  or  shall  have
established to the satisfaction of the Company that such tax has been paid. The Company shall pay all Transfer Agent fees required for same-day processing
of any Notice of Conversion.

d) Holder’s Conversion Limitations.

(i) The Company shall not effect any conversion of this Note, and a Holder shall not have the right to convert any portion of this Note, to the extent
that after giving effect to the conversion set forth on the applicable Notice of Conversion, the Holder (together with the Holder’s Affiliates, and any Persons
acting as a group together with the Holder or any of the Holder’s Affiliates) would beneficially own in excess of the Beneficial Ownership Limitation (as
defined below). For purposes of the foregoing sentence, the number of shares of Common Stock beneficially owned by the Holder and its Affiliates shall
include the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note with respect to which such determination is being made, but shall
exclude  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  which  are  issuable  upon  (i)  conversion  of  the  remaining,  unconverted  principal  amount  of  this  Note
beneficially owned by the Holder or any of its Affiliates and (ii) exercise or conversion of the unexercised or unconverted portion of any other securities of
the Company subject to a limitation on conversion or exercise analogous to the limitation contained herein (including, without limitation, any other Notes)
beneficially  owned  by  the  Holder  or  any  of  its  Affiliates.  Except  as  set  forth  in  the  preceding  sentence,  for  purposes  of  this  Section  4(d),  beneficial
ownership shall be calculated in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. To the extent that
the limitation contained in this Section 4(d) applies, the determination of whether this Note is convertible (in relation to other securities owned by the Holder
together with any Affiliates) and of which principal amount of this Note is convertible shall be in the sole discretion of the Holder, and the submission of a
Notice of Conversion shall be deemed to be the Holder’s determination of whether this Note may be converted (in relation to other securities owned by the
Holder together with any Affiliates) and which principal amount of this Note is convertible, in each case subject to the Beneficial Ownership Limitation. To
ensure  compliance  with  this  restriction,  the  Holder  will  be  deemed  to  represent  to  the  Company  each  time  it  delivers  a  Notice  of  Conversion  that  such
Notice of Conversion has not violated the restrictions set forth in this paragraph and the Company shall have no obligation to verify or confirm the accuracy
of such determination. In addition, a determination as to any group status as contemplated above shall be determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the
Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this Section 4(d), in determining the number of outstanding shares of
Common Stock, the Holder may rely on the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock as stated in the most recent of the following: (i) the Company’s
most recent periodic or annual report filed with the Commission, as the case may be, (ii) a more recent public announcement by the Company, or (iii) a more
recent written notice by the Company or the Company’s transfer agent setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding. Upon the written or
oral request of a Holder, the Company shall within two Trading Days confirm orally and in writing to the Holder the number of shares of Common Stock
then outstanding. In any case, the number of outstanding shares of Common Stock shall be determined after giving effect to the conversion or exercise of
securities of the Company, including this Note, by the Holder or its Affiliates since the date as of which such number of outstanding shares of Common
Stock was reported. The “Beneficial Ownership Limitation” shall be 4.99% of the number of shares of the Common Stock outstanding immediately after
giving effect to the issuance of shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note held by the Holder. The Holder, upon not less than 61 days’
prior notice to the Company, may increase or decrease the Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this Section 4(d). Any such increase or decrease
will not be effective until the 61st day after such notice is delivered to the Company. The Beneficial Ownership Limitation provisions of this paragraph shall
be construed and implemented in a manner otherwise than in strict conformity with the terms of this Section 4(d) to correct this paragraph (or any portion
hereof)  which  may  be  defective  or  inconsistent  with  the  intended  Beneficial  Ownership  Limitation  contained  herein  or  to  make  changes  or  supplements
necessary or desirable to properly give effect to such limitation. The limitations contained in this paragraph shall apply to a successor holder of this Note.

10

 
 
 
 
 
Section 5. Certain Adjustments.

a) Stock Dividends and Stock Splits. If the Company, at any time while this Note is outstanding: (i) pays a stock dividend or otherwise makes a distribution or
distributions payable in shares of Common Stock on shares of Common Stock or any Common Stock Equivalents (which, for avoidance of doubt, shall not include any
shares of Common Stock issued by the Company upon conversion of, or payment of interest on, the Notes), (ii) subdivides outstanding shares of Common Stock into a
larger number of shares, (iii) combines (including by way of a reverse stock split) outstanding shares of Common Stock into a smaller number of shares or (iv) issues,
in  the  event  of  a  reclassification  of  shares  of  the  Common  Stock,  any  shares  of  capital  stock  of  the  Company,  then  the  Conversion  Price  shall  be  multiplied  by  a
fraction of which the numerator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Company) outstanding immediately before such
event, and of which the denominator shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event. Any adjustment made pursuant to this
Section shall become effective immediately after the record date for the determination of stockholder entitled to receive such dividend or distribution and shall become
effective immediately after the effective date in the case of a subdivision, combination or re-classification.

b) Subsequent Rights Offerings. If the Company, at any time while the Note is outstanding, shall issue rights, options or warrants to all holders of Common
Stock (and not to the Holder) entitling them to subscribe for or purchase warrants, securities or other property pro rata to all or substantially all of the record holders of
any class of Common Stock (the “Purchase Rights”), then the Holder will be entitled to acquire, upon the terms applicable to such Purchase Rights, the aggregate
Purchase Rights which the Holder could have acquired if the Holder had held the number of shares of Common Stock acquirable upon complete conversion of this
Note (without taking into account any limitations or restrictions on the convertibility of this Note) immediately before the date on which a record is taken for the grant,
issuance or sale of such Purchase Rights, or, if no such record is taken, the date as of which the record holders of Common Stock are to be determined for the grant,
issue or sale of such Purchase Rights (provided, however, to the extent that the Holder’s right to participate in any such Purchase Right would result in the Holder
exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation, then the Holder shall not be entitled to participate in such Purchase Right to such extent (or beneficial ownership of
such shares of Common Stock as a result of such Purchase Right to such extent) and such Purchase Right to such extent shall be held in abeyance for the Holder until
such time, if ever, as its right thereto would not result in the Holder exceeding the Beneficial Ownership Limitation).

c) Pro Rata Distributions. If the Company, at any time while this Note is outstanding, shall distribute to all Holders of Common Stock (and not to the Holder)
evidences of its indebtedness or assets (including cash and cash dividends) or rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any security other than the Common Stock
(which shall be subject to Section 3(b)), then in each such case the Conversion Price shall be adjusted by multiplying the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior
to the record date fixed for determination of stockholders entitled to receive such distribution by a fraction of which the denominator shall be the VWAP determined as
of the record date mentioned above, and of which the numerator shall be such VWAP on such record date less the then per share fair market value at such record date
of the portion of such assets or evidence of indebtedness or rights or warrants so distributed applicable to one outstanding share of the Common Stock as determined
by the Board of Directors in good faith. In either case the adjustments shall be described in a statement provided to the Holder of the portion of assets or evidences of
indebtedness so distributed or such subscription rights applicable to one share of Common Stock. Such adjustment shall be made whenever any such distribution is
made and shall become effective immediately after the record date mentioned above.

11

 
 
 
 
 
 
d) Fundamental Transaction. Except as contemplated in the Proposed Transactions (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement), if, at any time while
this Note is outstanding, (i) the Company, directly or indirectly, in one or more related transactions effects any merger or consolidation of the Company with or into
another Person and the Company is not the surviving entity, (ii) the Company, directly or indirectly, effects any sale, lease, license, assignment, transfer, conveyance or
other disposition of all or substantially all of its assets in one or a series of related transactions, (iii) any, direct or indirect, purchase offer, tender offer or exchange
offer (whether by the Company or another Person) is completed pursuant to which Holder of Common Stock are permitted to sell, tender or exchange their shares for
other securities, cash or property and has been accepted by the Holder of 50% or more of the outstanding Common Stock, (iv) the Company, directly or indirectly, in
one or more related transactions effects any reclassification, reorganization or recapitalization of the Common Stock or any compulsory share exchange pursuant to
which  the  Common  Stock  is  effectively  converted  into  or  exchanged  for  other  securities,  cash  or  property,  (v)  the  Company,  directly  or  indirectly,  in  one  or  more
related transactions consummates a stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination (including, without limitation, a reorganization, recapitalization,
spin-off  or  scheme  of  arrangement)  with  another  Person  whereby  such  other  Person  acquires  more  than  50%  of  the  outstanding  shares  of  Common  Stock  (not
including any shares of Common Stock held by the other Person or other Persons making or party to, or associated or affiliated with the other Persons making or party
to, such stock or share purchase agreement or other business combination) (each a “Fundamental Transaction”), then, upon any subsequent conversion of this Note, the
Holder shall have the right to receive, for each Conversion Share that would have been issuable upon such conversion immediately prior to the occurrence of such
Fundamental Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 4(d) on the conversion of this Note), the number of shares of Common Stock of the successor or
acquiring corporation or of the Company, if it is the surviving corporation, and any additional consideration (the “Alternate Consideration”) receivable as a result of
such  Fundamental  Transaction  by  a  holder  of  the  number  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  which  this  Note  is  convertible  immediately  prior  to  such  Fundamental
Transaction (without regard to any limitation in Section 4(d) on the conversion of this Note). For purposes of any such conversion, the determination of the Conversion
Price shall be appropriately adjusted to apply to such Alternate Consideration based on the amount of Alternate Consideration issuable in respect of one (1) share of
Common Stock in such Fundamental Transaction, and the Company shall apportion the Conversion Price among the Alternate Consideration in a reasonable manner
reflecting the relative value of any different components of the Alternate Consideration. If holders of Common Stock are given any choice as to the securities, cash or
property to be received in a Fundamental Transaction, then the Holder shall be given the same choice as to the Alternate Consideration it receives upon any conversion
of this Note following such Fundamental Transaction. The Company shall cause any successor entity in a Fundamental Transaction in which the Company is not the
survivor (the “Successor Entity”) to assume in writing all of the obligations of the Company under this Note and the other Transaction Documents (as defined in the
Purchase Agreement) in accordance with the provisions of this Section 5(d) and shall, at the option of the holder of this Note, deliver to the Holder in exchange for this
Note  a  security  of  the  Successor  Entity  evidenced  by  a  written  instrument  substantially  similar  in  form  and  substance  to  this  Note  which  is  convertible  for  a
corresponding number of shares of capital stock of such Successor Entity (or its parent entity) equivalent to the shares of Common Stock acquirable and receivable
upon conversion of this Note (without regard to any limitations on the conversion of this Note) at the closing of such Fundamental Transaction, and with a conversion
price which applies the conversion price hereunder to such shares of capital stock (but taking into account the relative value of the shares of Common Stock pursuant
to such Fundamental Transaction and the value of such shares of capital stock, such number of shares of capital stock and such conversion price being for the purpose
of  protecting  the  economic  value  of  this  Note  immediately  prior  to  the  consummation  of  such  Fundamental  Transaction).  Upon  the  occurrence  of  any  such
Fundamental Transaction, the Successor Entity shall succeed to, and be substituted for (so that from and after the date of such Fundamental Transaction, the provisions
of this Note and the other Transaction Documents referring to the “Company” shall refer instead to the Successor Entity), and may exercise every right and power of
the Company and shall assume all of the obligations of the Company under this Note and the other Transaction Documents with the same effect as if such Successor
Entity had been named as the Company herein.

12

 
 
 
e) Except as hereinafter provided, in case the Company shall at any time after the date hereof issue or sell any shares of Common Stock other than an Exempt
Issuance, for an effective consideration per share less than the Conversion Price in effect immediately prior to the issuance or sale of such shares (which shall take into
account  original  issue  discounts  and  other  mechanisms  which  lower  the  effective  price  of  such  security),  or  without  consideration,  including  but  not  limited  to
convertible securities issued before or after the date of this Note which are repriced or exchanged (including via anti-dilution or default provisions), then forthwith
upon such issuance or sale, the Conversion Price shall (until another such issuance or sale) be reduced to the price of such lower priced issuance.

For the purposes of any computation to be made in accordance with this Section 5(e) the following provisions shall be applicable:

(i) In case of the issuance or sale of shares of Common Stock for a consideration part or all of which shall be cash, the amount of the cash consideration
therefor shall be deemed to be the amount of cash received by the Company for such shares (or, if shares of Common Stock are offered by the Company for
subscription, the subscription price, or, if such securities shall be sold to underwriters or dealers for public offering without a subscription offering, the initial
public offering price) before deducting therefor any compensation paid or discount allowed in the sale, underwriting or purchase thereof by underwriters or
dealers or others performing similar services, or any expenses incurred in connection therewith. If the Company enters into a Variable Rate Transaction, the
Company shall be deemed to have issued Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents at the lowest possible conversion price at which such securities may
be converted or exercised.

(ii)  In  case  of  the  issuance  or  sale  (otherwise  than  as  a  dividend  or  other  distribution  on  any  stock  of  the  Company)  of  shares  of  Common  Stock  for  a
consideration part or all of which shall be other than cash, the amount of the consideration therefor other than cash shall be deemed to be the value of such
consideration as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company.

(iii)    Shares  of  Common  Stock  issuable  by  way  of  dividend  or  other  distribution  on  any  stock  of  the  Company  shall  be  deemed  to  have  been  issued
immediately after the opening of business on the day following the record date for the determination of shareholders entitled to receive such dividend or other
distribution and shall be deemed to have been issued without consideration.

f) Calculations. All calculations under this Section 5 shall be made to the nearest cent or the nearest 1/100th of a share, as the case may be. For purposes of
this Section 5, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be issued and outstanding as of a given date shall be the sum of the number of shares of Common
Stock (excluding any treasury shares of the Company) issued and outstanding.

13

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
g) Notice to the Holder.

i.  Adjustment  to  Conversion  Price.  Whenever  the  Conversion  Price  is  adjusted  pursuant  to  any  provision  of  this  Section  5,  the  Company  shall
promptly deliver to each Holder a notice setting forth the Conversion Price after such adjustment and setting forth a brief statement of the facts requiring such
adjustment.

ii. Notice to Allow Conversion by Holder. If (A) the Company shall declare a dividend (or any other distribution in whatever form) on the Common
Stock, (B) the Company shall declare a special nonrecurring cash dividend on or a redemption of the Common Stock, (C) the Company shall authorize the
granting to all Holders of the Common Stock of rights or warrants to subscribe for or purchase any shares of capital stock of any class or of any rights, (D) the
approval of any stockholder of the Company shall be required in connection with any reclassification of the Common Stock, any consolidation or merger to
which the Company is a party, any sale or transfer of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company, or any compulsory share exchange whereby the
Common Stock is converted into other securities, cash or property or (E) the Company shall authorize the voluntary or involuntary dissolution, liquidation or
winding up of the affairs of the Company, then, in each case, the Company shall cause to be filed at each office or agency maintained for the purpose of
conversion of this Note, and shall cause to be delivered to the Holder at its last address as it shall appear upon the Note Register, at least fifteen (15) calendar
days prior to the applicable record or effective date hereinafter specified, a notice stating (x) the date on which a record is to be taken for the purpose of such
dividend, distribution, redemption, rights or warrants, or if a record is not to be taken, the date as of which the Holder of the Common Stock of record to be
entitled  to  such  dividend,  distributions,  redemption,  rights  or  warrants  are  to  be  determined  or  (y)  the  date  on  which  such  reclassification,  consolidation,
merger, sale, transfer or share exchange is expected to become effective or close, and the date as of which it is expected that holder of the Common Stock of
record  shall  be  entitled  to  exchange  their  shares  of  the  Common  Stock  for  securities,  cash  or  other  property  deliverable  upon  such  reclassification,
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or share exchange, provided that the failure to deliver such notice or any defect therein or in the delivery thereof shall not
affect the validity of the corporate action required to be specified in such notice. To the extent that any notice provided hereunder constitutes, or contains,
material, non-public information regarding the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, the Company shall simultaneously file such notice with the Commission
pursuant to a Current Report on Form 8-K. The Holder shall remain entitled to convert this Note during the 20-day period commencing on the date of such
notice through the effective date of the event triggering such notice except as may otherwise be expressly set forth herein.

Section 6. [Reserved]

14

 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 7. Negative Covenants.  As  long  as  any  portion  of  this  Note  remains  outstanding,  unless  the  Holder(s)  of  at  least  66%  in  principal  amount  of  the  then

outstanding Notes shall have otherwise given prior written consent, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of the Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly:

a) amend its charter documents, including, without limitation, its certificate of incorporation and bylaws, in any manner that materially and adversely affects

any rights of the Holder;

b) enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the Company which would be required to be disclosed in any public filing with the Commission, unless

such transaction is expressly approved by a majority of the disinterested directors of the Company (even if less than a quorum otherwise required for board approval);

c) incur, guarantee or assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, other than the Indebtedness evidenced by this Note and the other Notes, except for debt

incurred in the ordinary course of business (including funds from capital raises);

d) sell, lease, license, assign, transfer, spin-off, split-off, close, convey or otherwise dispose of any assets or rights of the Company or any Subsidiary owned
or hereafter acquired whether in a single transaction or a series of related transactions, other than (i) sales, leases, licenses, assignments, transfers, conveyances and
other dispositions of such assets or rights by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business consistent with its past practice for fair consideration,
(ii) sales of inventory and product in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice for fair consideration, and (iii) a sale or disposition of assets to a third
party that has been approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors;

e) fail to take all action necessary or advisable to maintain all of the Intellectual Property Rights (as defined in the Purchase Agreement) of the Company
and/or any of its Subsidiaries that are necessary or material to the conduct of the business of the Company in full force and effect except in connection with the sale or
disposition of assets to a third party that has been approved by the independent members of the Board of Directors; or

f) enter into any agreement with respect to any of the foregoing.

Section 8. Events of Default.

a)  “Event  of  Default”  means,  wherever  used  herein,  any  of  the  following  events  (whatever  the  reason  for  such  event  and  whether  such  event  shall  be
voluntary  or  involuntary  or  effected  by  operation  of  law  or  pursuant  to  any  judgment,  decree  or  order  of  any  court,  or  any  order,  rule  or  regulation  of  any
administrative or governmental body):

15

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
i. any default in the payment of (A) the principal amount of any Note or (B) interest, liquidated damages and other amounts owing to the Holder on
any Note, as and when the same shall become due and payable (whether on a Conversion Date or the Maturity Date or by acceleration or otherwise) which
default, solely in the case of an interest payment or other default under clause (A) and/or (B) above, is not cured within 10 Trading Days;

ii. the Company shall fail to observe or perform any other covenant or agreement contained in the Notes (other than a breach by the Company of its
obligations to deliver shares of Common Stock to the Holder upon conversion, which breach is addressed in clause (xi) below) which failure is not cured, if
possible to cure, within the earlier to occur of (A) 10 Trading Days after notice of such failure sent by the Holder or by any other Holder to the Company and
(B) 10 Trading Days after the Company has become aware of such failure;

iii. a default or event of default (subject to any grace or cure period provided in the applicable agreement, document or instrument) shall have been

declared under (A) any of the Transaction Documents;

iv. any representation or warranty made in this Note, any other Transaction Documents, any written statement pursuant hereto or thereto or any other
report, financial statement or certificate made or delivered to the Holder shall be untrue or incorrect as of the date when made or deemed made except where
such untrue or incorrect statement could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect (as defined in the Securities Purchase Agreement);

v. the Company or any Significant Subsidiary (as such term is defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X) shall be subject to a Bankruptcy Event;

vi.  the  Company  or  any  Subsidiary  shall  default  on  any  of  its  obligations  under  any  mortgage,  credit  agreement  or  other  facility,  indenture
agreement, factoring agreement or other instrument under which there may be issued, or by which there may be secured or evidenced, any indebtedness for
borrowed money or money due under any long term leasing or factoring arrangement that (a) involves an obligation greater than $100,000, whether such
indebtedness now exists or shall hereafter be created, and (b) results in such indebtedness becoming or being declared due and payable prior to the date on
which it would otherwise become due and payable;

vii. the Common Stock shall not be eligible for listing or quotation for trading on a Trading Market and shall not be eligible to resume listing or

quotation for trading thereon within five Trading Days;

16

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
viii. the Company shall be a party to any Change of Control Transaction or Fundamental Transaction or shall agree to sell or dispose of all or in
excess of 50% of its assets in one transaction or a series of related transactions (whether or not such sale would constitute a Change of Control Transaction),
except following an approval vote of 66% in principal amount of the then outstanding loans of the Company;

ix. the Company does not meet the current public information requirements under Rule 144 in respect of the Common Stock, subject to a cure period

of 10 days;

x. the Company shall fail for any reason to deliver certificates to a Holder prior to the fifth Trading Day after a Conversion Date pursuant to Section
4(c)  or  the  Company  shall  provide  at  any  time  notice  to  the  Holder,  including  by  way  of  public  announcement,  of  the  Company’s  intention  to  not  honor
requests for conversions of any Notes in accordance with the terms hereof;

xi. the Company shall fail for any reason to deliver certificates to a Holder prior to the seventh (7th) Trading Day after a Conversion Date pursuant to
Section 4(c), or the Company shall provide at any time notice to the Holder, including by way of public announcement, of the Company’s intention to not
honor requests for conversions of this Note in accordance with the terms hereof;

xii.  the  Company  fails  to  file  with  the  Commission  any  required  reports  under  Section  13  or  15(d)  of  the  Exchange  Act  such  that  it  is  not  in
compliance  with  Rule  144(c)(1)  (or  Rule  144(i)(2),  if  applicable),  which  failure  is  not  cured,  if  possible  to  cure,  within  ten  (10)  Trading  Days  after  the
expiration of the applicable grace period permitted under Rule 12b-25 of the Exchange Act, further provided that the Company files a Form 12b-25 for such
report; or

xiii. any monetary judgment, writ or similar final process shall be entered or filed against the Company, any subsidiary or any of their respective
property or other assets for more than $100,000, and such judgment, writ or similar final process shall remain unvacated, unbonded or unstayed for a period
of 45 calendar days.

b) Remedies  Upon  Event  of  Default.  If  any  Event  of  Default  occurs,  which  default  has  not  been  cured  within  the  applicable  Grace  Period,  then  (a)  the
outstanding principal amount of this Note, plus accrued but unpaid interest, plus all interest that would have been earned through the Maturity Date if such interest has
not yet accrued, liquidated damages and other amounts owing in respect thereof through the date of acceleration, shall become, at the Holder’s election, immediately
due and payable in cash at the Redemption Amount. Commencing five days after the occurrence of any Event of Default that results in the eventual acceleration of this
Note, the interest rate on this Note shall accrue at an interest rate equal to the lesser of 18% per annum or the maximum rate permitted under applicable law. Upon the
payment in full of the Redemption Amount, the Holder shall promptly surrender this Note to or as directed by the Company. In connection with such acceleration
described herein, the Holder need not provide, and the Company hereby waives, any presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, and the Holder may
immediately and without expiration of any grace period enforce any and all of its rights and remedies hereunder and all other remedies available to it under applicable
law. Such acceleration may be rescinded and annulled by Holder at any time prior to payment hereunder and the Holder shall have all rights as a holder of the Note
until such time, if any, as the Holder receives full payment pursuant to this Section 8(b). No such rescission or annulment shall affect any subsequent Event of Default
or impair any right consequent thereon; and (b) the Holder shall have the right of off-set with the shares of the Company’s Common Stock being held in Escrow in the
Holder’s Name at the Company’s Transfer Agent at the time.

17

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Section 9. Registration Rights. The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of this Note shall not be subject to a registration rights agreement.

Section 10. Miscellaneous.

a) Notices. Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Holder hereunder, including, without limitation, any Notice of
Conversion, shall be in writing and delivered personally, by facsimile, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service, addressed to the Company, at the
address set forth above, or such other facsimile number or address as the Company may specify for such purposes by notice to the Holder delivered in accordance with
this Section 10(a). Any and all notices or other communications or deliveries to be provided by the Company hereunder shall be in writing and delivered personally, by
facsimile, or sent by a nationally recognized overnight courier service addressed to the Holder at the facsimile number or address of the Holder appearing on the books
of the Company, or if no such facsimile number or address appears on the books of the Company, at the principal place of business of the Holder, as set forth in the
Purchase Agreement. Any notice or other communication or deliveries hereunder shall be deemed given and effective on the earliest of (i) the date of transmission, if
such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number set forth on the signature pages attached hereto prior to 5:30 p.m. (New York City
time) on any date, (ii) the next Trading Day after the date of transmission, if such notice or communication is delivered via facsimile at the facsimile number set forth
on the signature pages attached hereto on a day that is not a Trading Day or later than 5:30 p.m. (New York City time) on any Trading Day, (iii) the second Trading
Day  following  the  date  of  mailing,  if  sent  by  U.S.  nationally  recognized  overnight  courier  service  or  (iv)  upon  actual  receipt  by  the  party  to  whom  such  notice  is
required to be given.

b) Absolute Obligation. Except as expressly provided herein, no provision of this Note shall alter or impair the obligation of the Company, which is absolute
and unconditional, to pay the principal of, liquidated damages and accrued interest, as applicable, on this Note at the time, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency,
herein prescribed. This Note is a direct debt obligation of the Company. This Note ranks pari passu with all other Notes now or hereafter issued under the terms set
forth herein.

c) Lost or Mutilated Note. If this Note shall be mutilated, lost, stolen or destroyed, the Company shall execute and deliver, in exchange and substitution for
and upon cancellation of a mutilated Note, or in lieu of or in substitution for a lost, stolen or destroyed Note, a new Note for the principal amount of this Note so
mutilated,  lost,  stolen  or  destroyed,  but  only  upon  receipt  of  evidence  of  such  loss,  theft  or  destruction  of  such  Note,  and  of  the  ownership  hereof,  reasonably
satisfactory to the Company.

d) Governing Law. All questions concerning the construction, validity, enforcement and interpretation of this Note shall be governed by and construed and
enforced in accordance with the internal laws of the State of New York, without regard to the principles of conflict of laws thereof. Each party agrees that all legal
proceedings concerning the interpretation, enforcement and defense of the transactions contemplated by any of the Transaction Documents (whether brought against a
party hereto or its respective Affiliates, directors, officers, shareholder, employees or agents) shall be commenced in the state and federal courts sitting in the City of
New York, Borough of Manhattan (the “New York Courts”). Each party hereto hereby irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the New York Courts for the
adjudication  of  any  dispute  hereunder  or  in  connection  herewith  or  with  any  transaction  contemplated  hereby  or  discussed  herein  (including  with  respect  to  the
enforcement of any of the Transaction Documents), and hereby irrevocably waives, and agrees not to assert in any suit, action or proceeding, any claim that it is not
personally subject to the jurisdiction of such New York Courts, or such New York Courts are improper or inconvenient venue for such proceeding. Each party hereby
irrevocably waives personal service of process and consents to process being served in any such suit, action or proceeding by mailing a copy thereof via registered or
certified mail or overnight delivery (with evidence of delivery) to such party at the address in effect for notices to it under this Note and agrees that such service shall
constitute good and sufficient service of process and notice thereof. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to limit in any way any right to serve process in any
other manner permitted by applicable law. Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by
jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Note or the transactions contemplated hereby. If any party shall commence an action or proceeding to
enforce any provisions of this Note, then the prevailing party in such action or proceeding shall be reimbursed by the other party for its attorney’s fees and other costs
and expenses incurred in the investigation, preparation and prosecution of such action or proceeding.

18

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
e) Amendments; Waiver. No provision of this Note may be waived, modified, supplemented or amended except in a written instrument signed, in the case of
an amendment, by each of the Company and the Holder or, in the case of a waiver, by the party against whom enforcement of any such waived provision is sought.
Any waiver by the Company or the Holder of a breach of any provision of this Note shall not operate as or be construed to be a waiver of any other breach of such
provision or of any breach of any other provision of this Note. The failure of the Company or the Holder to insist upon strict adherence to any term of this Note on one
or more occasions shall not be considered a waiver or deprive that party of the right thereafter to insist upon strict adherence to that term or any other term of this Note
on any other occasion.

f) Severability.  If  any  provision  of  this  Note  is  invalid,  illegal  or  unenforceable,  the  balance  of  this  Note  shall  remain  in  effect,  and  if  any  provision  is
inapplicable to any Person or circumstance, it shall nevertheless remain applicable to all other Persons and circumstances. If it shall be found that any interest or other
amount  deemed  interest  due  hereunder  violates  the  applicable  law  governing  usury,  the  applicable  rate  of  interest  due  hereunder  shall  automatically  be  lowered  to
equal the maximum rate of interest permitted under applicable law. The Company covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it shall not at any time insist
upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law or other law which would prohibit or forgive the
Company from paying all or any portion of the principal of or interest on this Note as contemplated herein, wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, or
which  may  affect  the  covenants  or  the  performance  of  this  Note,  and  the  Company  (to  the  extent  it  may  lawfully  do  so)  hereby  expressly  waives  all  benefits  or
advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Holder,
but will suffer and permit the execution of every such as though no such law has been enacted.

g) Successors and Assigns. The terms and conditions of this Note shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors and assigns of the
parties. The Company may not assign this note or delegate any of its obligations hereunder without the written consent of the Holder. The Holder may assign this Note,
in whole or in part, and its rights hereunder at any time without consent of Company.

h) Next Business Day. Whenever any payment or other obligation hereunder shall be due on a day other than a Business Day, such payment shall be made on

the next succeeding Business Day.

i) Headings. The headings contained herein are for convenience only, do not constitute a part of this Note and shall not be deemed to limit or affect any of the

provisions hereof.

*********************

(Signature Pages Follow)

19

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be duly executed by a duly authorized officer as of the date first above indicated.

PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.

By:
Name: Richard T. Schumacher
Title:
CEO

Facsimile No. for delivery of Notices: 508-230-1829

20

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
ANNEX A NOTICE

OF CONVERSION

The undersigned hereby elects to convert principal under the 12% Convertible Promissory Note due XXXX XX, 202X of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts
corporation (the “Company”), into shares of common stock (the “Common Stock”), of the Company according to the conditions hereof, as of the date written below. If shares
of Common Stock are to be issued in the name of a person other than the undersigned, the undersigned will pay all transfer taxes payable with respect thereto and is delivering
herewith such certificates and opinions as reasonably requested by the Company in accordance therewith. No fee will be charged to the holder for any conversion, except for
such transfer taxes, if any.

By the delivery of this Notice of Conversion the undersigned represents and warrants to the Company that its ownership of the Common Stock does not exceed the

amounts specified under Section 4 of this Note, as determined in accordance with Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act.

The  undersigned  agrees  to  comply  with  the  prospectus  delivery  requirements  under  the  applicable  securities  laws  in  connection  with  any  transfer  of  the  aforesaid

shares of Common Stock.

Conversion calculations:

Date to Effect Conversion: _________________________________________

Principal Amount of Note to be Converted:

_________________________________________

Number of shares of Common Stock to be issued:
_________________________________________

Signature: _________________________________________

Name:
_________________________________________

Address for Delivery of Common Stock Certificates:

Or

DWAC Instructions:

Broker No: ___________________
Account No:__________________

21

 
 
 
 
 
 
  
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
The  12%  Convertible  Promissory  Notes  due  XXXX  XX,  202X  in  the  aggregate  principal  amount  of  $100,000  is  issued  by  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts
corporation. This Conversion Schedule reflects conversions made under Section 4 of the above referenced Note.

Schedule 1

CONVERSION SCHEDULE

Date of Conversion 
(or for first entry, 
Original Issue Date)

Amount of 
Conversion

Aggregate
Principal
Amount
Remaining Subsequent to Conversion
(or original
Principal
Amount)

Company Attest

Dated:

22

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PRESSURE BIOSCIENCES, INC.
2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

Exhibit 10.2

1. Purpose  and  Eligibility.  The  purpose  of  this  2021  Equity  Incentive  Plan  (the  “Plan”)  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a  Massachusetts  corporation  (the  “Company”)  is  to
provide  stock  options,  stock  issuances  and  other  equity  interests  in  the  Company  (each,  an  “Award”)  to  (a)  employees,  officers,  directors,  consultants  and  advisors  of  the
Company and its Parents and Subsidiaries, and (b) any other Person who is determined by the Board to have made (or is expected to make) contributions to the Company. Any
person to whom an Award has been granted under the Plan is called a “Participant.” Additional definitions are contained in Section 10.

2. Administration.

a. Administration by Board of Directors. The Plan will be administered by the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Board”). The Board, in its sole discretion,
shall have the authority to grant and amend Awards, to adopt, amend and repeal rules relating to the Plan and to interpret and correct the provisions of the Plan and any Award.
The Board shall have authority, subject to the express limitations of the Plan, (i) to construe and determine the respective Stock Option Agreement, Awards and the Plan, (ii) to
prescribe, amend and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan and any Awards, (iii) to determine the terms and provisions of the respective Stock Option Agreements
and  Awards,  which  need  not  be  identical,  (iv)  to  initiate  an  Option  Exchange  Program,  and  (v)  to  make  all  other  determinations  in  the  judgment  of  the  Board  of  Directors
necessary or desirable for the administration and interpretation of the Plan. The Board may correct any defect or supply any omission or reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan
or in any Stock Option Agreement or Award in the manner and to the extent it shall deem expedient to carry the Plan, any Stock Option Agreement or Award into effect and it
shall be the sole and final judge of such expediency. All decisions by the Board shall be final and binding on all interested persons. Neither the Company nor any member of the
Board shall be liable for any action or determination relating to the Plan.

b. Appointment of Committee. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate any or all of its powers under the Plan to one or more committees or

subcommittees of the Board (a “Committee”). All references in the Plan to the “Board” shall mean such Committee or the Board.

c. Delegation to Executive Officers. To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board may delegate to one or more executive officers of the Company the power to
grant Awards and exercise such other powers under the Plan as the Board may determine, provided that the Board shall fix the maximum number of Awards to be granted and
the maximum number of shares issuable to any one Participant pursuant to Awards granted by such executive officers.

d. Applicability of Section Rule 16b-3. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing if, or at such time as, the Common Stock is or becomes registered
under Section 12 of the Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or any successor statute, the Plan shall be administered in a manner consistent with Rule 16b-
3 promulgated thereunder, as it may be amended from time to time, or any successor rules (“Rule 16b-3”), such that all subsequent grants of Awards hereunder shall be exempt
under  such  rule.  Those  provisions  of  the  Plan  which  make  express  reference  to  Rule  16b-3  or  which  are  required  in  order  for  certain  option  transactions  to  qualify  for
exemption under Rule 16b-3 shall apply only to such persons as are required to file reports under Section 16 (a) of the Exchange Act (a “Reporting Person”).

e. Applicability of Section 162 (m). Those provisions of the Plan which are required by or make express reference to Section 162 (m) of the Internal Revenue Code or
any regulations thereunder, or any successor section of the Code or regulations thereunder (“Section 162 (m)”) shall apply only upon the Company’s becoming a company that
is subject to Section 162 (m). Notwithstanding any provisions in this Plan to the contrary, whenever the Board is authorized to exercise its discretion in the administration or
amendment of this Plan or any Award hereunder or otherwise, the Board may not exercise such discretion in a manner that would cause any outstanding Award that would
otherwise qualify as performance-based compensation under Section 162 (m) to fail to so qualify under Section 162 (m).

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3 Stock Available for Awards.

a. Number of Shares. Subject to adjustment under Section 3I, the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock of the Company (the “Common Stock”) that may be
issued pursuant to the Plan is 3,000,000. If any Award expires, or is terminated, surrendered or forfeited, in whole or in part, the unissued Common Stock covered by such
Award  shall  again  be  available  for  the  grant  of  Awards  under  the  Plan.  If  an  Award  granted  under  the  Plan  shall  expire  or  terminate  for  any  reason  without  having  been
exercised in full, the unpurchased shares subject to such Award shall again be available for subsequent Awards under the Plan, and if shares of Common Stock issued pursuant
to the Plan are repurchased by, or are surrendered or forfeited to, the Company at no more than cost, such shares of Common Stock shall again be available for the grant of
Awards under the Plan. Shares issued under the Plan may consist in whole or in part of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares.

b. Per-Participant Limit.  Subject  to  adjustment  under  Section  3I,  no  Participant  may  be  granted  Awards  during  any  one  fiscal  year  to  purchase  more  than  300,000

shares of Common Stock.

c. Adjustment to Common Stock. Subject to Section 7, in the event of any stock split, reverse stock split stock dividend, extraordinary cash dividend, recapitalization,
reorganization, merger, consolidation, combination, exchange of shares, liquidation, spin-off, split-up, or other similar change in capitalization or similar event, (i) the number
and class of securities available for Awards under the Plan and the per-Participant share limit, (ii) the number and class of securities, vesting schedule and exercise price per
share subject to each outstanding Option, (iii) the repurchase price per security subject to repurchase, and (iv) the terms of each other outstanding stock-based Award shall be
adjusted by the Company (or substituted Awards may be made if applicable) to the extent the Board shall determine, in good faith, that such an adjustment (or substitution) is
appropriate.

4. Stock Options.

a. General. The Board may grant options to purchase Common Stock (each, an “Option”) and determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be covered by each
Option, the exercise price of each Option and the conditions and limitations applicable to the exercise of each Option and the Common Stock issued upon the exercise of each
Option, including vesting provisions, repurchase provisions and restrictions relating to applicable federal or state securities laws. Each Option will be evidenced by a Stock
Option Agreement, consisting of a Notice of Stock Option Award and a Stock Option Award Agreement (collectively, a “Stock Option Agreement”).

b. Incentive Stock Options. An Option that the Board intends to be an incentive stock option (an “Incentive Stock Option”) as defined in Section 422 of the Code, as
amended, or any successor statute (“Section 422”), shall be granted only to an employee of the Company and shall be subject to and shall be construed consistently with the
requirements of Section 422 and regulations thereunder. The Board and the Company shall have no liability if an Option or any part thereof that is intended to be an Incentive
Stock Option does not qualify as such. An Option or any part thereof that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option is referred to herein as a “Nonstatutory Stock Option”
or “Nonqualified Stock Option.”

c. Dollar Limitation. For so long as the Code shall so provide, Options granted to any employee under the Plan (and any other incentive stock option plans of the
Company)  which  are  intended  to  qualify  as  Incentive  Stock  Options  shall  not  qualify  as  Incentive  Stock  Options  to  the  extent  that  such  Options,  in  the  aggregate,  become
exercisable for the first time in any one calendar year for shares of Common Stock with an aggregate fair market value (determined as of the respective date or dates of grant)
of more than $100,000. The amount of Incentive Stock Options which exceed such $100,000 limitation shall be deemed to be Nonqualified Stock Options. For the purpose of
this limitation, unless otherwise required by the Code or regulations of the Internal Revenue Service or determined by the Board, Options shall be taken into account in the
order  granted,  and  the  Board  may  designate  that  portion  of  any  Incentive  Stock  Option  that  shall  be  treated  as  Nonqualified  Option  in  the  event  that  the  provisions  of  this
paragraph apply to a portion of any Option. The designation described in the preceding sentence may be made at such time as the Committee considers appropriate, including
after the issuance of the Option or at the time of its exercise.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
d. Exercise Price. The Board shall establish the exercise price (or determine the method by which the exercise price shall be determined) at the time each Option is
granted and will specify the exercise price in the applicable Stock Option Agreement. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a Participant who, at the time of grant
of such Option, owns stock representing more than ten percent (10%) of the voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or subsidiary, then the exercise
price shall be no less than 110% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant. In the case of a grant of an Incentive Stock Option to any other Participant,
the exercise price shall be no less than 100% of the fair market value of the Common Stock on the date of grant.

e. Duration of Options.  Each  Option  shall  be  exercisable  at  such  times  and  subject  to  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  may  specify  in  the  applicable  Stock
Option Agreement; provided that the term of any Incentive Stock Option may not be more than ten (10) years from the date of grant. In the case of an Incentive Stock Option
granted  to  a  Participant  who,  at  the  time  of  grant  of  such  Option,  owns  stock  representing  more  than  ten  percent  (10%)  of  the  voting  power  of  all  classes  of  stock  of  the
Company or any parent or subsidiary, the term of the Option shall be no longer than five (5) years from the date of grant.

f. Exercise of Option. Options may be exercised only by delivery to the Company of a written notice of exercise signed by the proper person together with payment in

full as specified in Section 4(g) and the Stock Option Agreement for the number of shares for which the Option is exercised.

g. Payment Upon Exercise. Common Stock purchased upon the exercise of an Option shall be paid for by one or any combination of the following forms of payment

as permitted by the Board in its sole and absolute discretion:

i. by check payable to the order of the Company;

ii. only if the Common Stock is then publicly traded, by delivery of an irrevocable and unconditional undertaking by a creditworthy broker to deliver promptly to
the Company sufficient funds to pay the exercise price, or delivery by the Participant to the Company of a copy of irrevocable and unconditional instructions to a creditworthy
broker to deliver promptly to the Company cash or a check sufficient to pay the exercise price;

iii. to the extent explicitly provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement, by delivery of shares of Common Stock owned by the Participant valued at fair

market value (as determined by the Board or as determined pursuant to the applicable Stock Option Agreement); or

iv. payment of such other lawful consideration as the Board may determine.

Except as otherwise expressly set forth in an Stock Option Award, the Board shall have no obligation to accept consideration other than cash and in particular, unless the Board
so expressly provides, in no event will the Company accept the delivery of shares of Common Stock that have not been owned by the participant at least six months prior to the
exercise. The fair market value of any shares of the Company’s Common Stock or other non-cash consideration which may be delivered upon exercise of an Option shall be
determined in such manner as may be prescribed by the Board.

h. Acceleration,  Extension,  Etc.  The  Board  may,  in  its  sole  discretion,  and  in  all  instances  subject  to  any  relevant  tax  and  accounting  considerations  which  may
adversely impact or impair the Company, (i) accelerate the date or dates on which all or any particular Options or Awards granted under the Plan MAY be exercised, or (ii)
extend the dates during which all or any particular Options or Awards granted under the Plan may be exercised or vest.

i. Determination of Fair Market Value. If, at the time an Option is granted under the Plan, the Company’s Common Stock is publicly traded under the Exchange Act,
“fair  market  value”  shall  mean  (i)  if  the  Common  Stock  is  listed  on  any  established  stock  exchange  or  a  national  market  system,  including  without  limitation  the  Nasdaq
National Market or The Nasdaq Small Cap Market of The Nasdaq Stock Market, its fair market value shall be the last reported sales price for such stock (on that date) or the
closing bid, if no sales were reported as quoted on such exchange or system as reported in The Wall Street Journal or such other source as the Board deems reliable; or (ii) the
average of the closing bid and asked prices last quoted (on that date) by an established quotation service for over-the-counter securities, if the Common Stock is not reported on
a national market system. In the absence of an established market for the Common Stock, the fair market value thereof shall be determined in good faith by the Board after
taking into consideration all factors which it deems appropriate.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
5. Restricted Stock.

a. Grants. The Board may grant Awards entitling recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock, subject to (i) delivery to the Company by the Participant of a check in
an amount at least equal to the par value of the shares purchased, and (ii) the right of the Company to repurchase all or part of such shares at their issue price or other stated or
formula price from the Participant in the event that conditions specified by the Board in the applicable Award are not satisfied prior to the end of the applicable restriction
period or periods established by the Board for such Award (each, a “Restricted Stock Award”).

b. Terms  and  Conditions.  The  Board  shall  determine  the  terms  and  conditions  of  any  such  Restricted  Stock  Award.  Any  stock  certificates  issued  in  respect  of  a
Restricted Stock Award shall be registered in the name of the Participant and, unless otherwise determined by the Board, deposited by the Participant, together with a stock
power  endorsed  in  blank,  with  the  Company  (or  its  designee).  After  the  expiration  of  the  applicable  restriction  periods,  the  Company  (or  such  designee)  shall  deliver  the
certificates no longer subject to such restrictions to the Participant or, if the Participant has died, to the beneficiary designated by a Participant, in a manner determined by the
Board,  to  receive  amounts  due  or  exercise  rights  of  the  Participant  in  the  event  of  the  Participant’s  death  (the  “Designated  Beneficiary”).  In  the  absence  of  an  effective
designation by a Participant, Designated Beneficiary shall mean the Participant’s estate.

6. Other  Stock-Based  Awards.  The  Board  shall  have  the  right  to  grant  other  Awards  based  upon  the  Common  Stock  having  such  terms  and  conditions  as  the  Board  may
determine,  including,  without  limitation,  the  grant  of  shares  based  upon  certain  conditions,  the  grant  of  securities  convertible  into  Common  Stock  and  the  grant  of  stock
appreciation rights, phantom stock awards or stock units.

7. General Provisions Applicable to Awards.

a.  Transferability  of  Awards.  Except  as  the  Board  may  otherwise  determine  or  provide  in  an  Award,  Awards  shall  not  be  sold,  assigned,  transferred,  pledged  or
otherwise encumbered by the person to whom they are granted, either voluntarily or by operation of law, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution, and, during the
life of the Participant, shall be exercisable only by the Participant; provided, however, that Nonstatutory Options may be transferred pursuant to a qualified domestic relations
order (as defined in Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended) or to a grantor-retained annuity trust or a similar estate-planning vehicle in which the trust
is  bound  by  all  provisions  of  the  Option  which  are  applicable  to  the  optionee.  References  to  a  Participant,  to  the  extent  relevant  in  the  context,  shall  include  references  to
authorized transferees.

b. Documentation. Each Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written instrument in such form as the Board shall determine or as executed by an officer of the
Company pursuant to authority delegated by the Board. Each Award may contain terms and conditions in addition to those set forth in the Plan, provided that such terms and
conditions do not contravene the provisions of the Plan or applicable law.

c. Board Discretion. The terms of each type of Award need not be identical, and the Board need not treat Participants uniformly.

d. Additional Award Provisions. The Board may, in its sole discretion, include additional provisions in any Stock Option Agreement or other Award granted under the
Plan,  including  without  limitation  restrictions  on  transfer,  repurchase  rights,  commitments  to  pay  cash  bonuses,  to  make,  arrange  for  or  guaranty  loans  or  to  transfer  other
property to Participants upon exercise of Awards, or transfer other property to Participants upon exercise of Options, or such other provisions as shall be determined by the
Board; provided that such additional provisions shall not be inconsistent with any other term or condition of the Plan or applicable law.

e. Termination of Status. The Board shall determine the effect on an Award of the disability (as defined in Code Section 22(e)(3)), death, retirement, authorized leave
of absence or other change in the employment or other status of a Participant and the extent to which, and the period during which, the Participant, or the Participant’s legal
representative,  conservator,  guardian  or  Designated  Beneficiary,  may  exercise  rights  under  the  Award,  subject  to  applicable  law  and  the  provisions  of  the  Code  related  to
Incentive Stock Options.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
f. Acquisition of the Company.

i. Unless otherwise expressly provided in the applicable Stock Option Agreement or Award, upon the occurrence of an Acquisition (as defined below), the Board

shall, in its sole discretion as to outstanding Awards (on the same basis or on different bases, as the Board shall specify), take one or more of the following actions:

A. make appropriate provision for the continuation of such Awards by the Company or the assumption of such Awards by the surviving or acquiring
entity and by substituting on an equitable basis for the shares then subject to such Awards either (x) the consideration payable with respect to the outstanding shares of Common
Stock in connection with the Acquisition, (y) shares of stock of the surviving or acquiring corporation or (z) such other securities as the Board deems appropriate, the fair
market value of which (as determined by the Board in its sole discretion) shall not materially differ from the fair market value of the shares of Common Stock subject to such
Awards immediately preceding the Acquisition;

B. accelerate the date of exercise or vesting of such Awards or of any installment of any such Awards;

C. permit the exchange of all Awards for the right to participate in any stock option or other employee benefit plan of any successor corporation; or

be effective if the Acquisition is not consummated.

D. provide for the termination of any such Awards immediately prior to the consummation of the Acquisition; provided that no such termination will

g. Acquisition Defined. An “Acquisition” shall mean: (i) any merger, business combination, consolidation or purchase of outstanding capital stock of the Company
after which the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities
of the surviving or acquiring entity) less than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of the Company or such surviving or acquiring entity outstanding
immediately after such event (other than as a result of a financing transaction); or any sale of all or substantially all of the capital stock or assets of the Company (other than in a
spin-off or similar transaction).

h. Dissolution or Liquidation. In the event of the proposed dissolution or liquidation of the Company, the Board shall notify each Participant as soon as practicable
prior to the effective date of such proposed transaction. The Board in its sole discretion may provide for a Participant to have the right to exercise his or her Award until fifteen
(15) days prior to such transaction as to all of the Common Stock covered by the Option or Award, including shares as to which the Option or Award would not otherwise be
exercisable, which exercise may in the sole discretion of the Board, be made subject to and conditioned upon the consummation of such proposed transaction. In addition, the
Board may provide that any Company repurchase option applicable to any Common Stock purchased upon exercise of an Option or Award shall lapse as to all such Common
Stock, provided the proposed dissolution and liquidation takes place at the time and in the manner contemplated. To the extent it has not been previously exercised, an Award
will terminate upon the consummation of such proposed action.

i. Assumption of Options Upon Certain Events. In connection with a merger or consolidation of an entity with the Company or the acquisition by the Company of
property or stock of an entity, the Board may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for stock and stock-based awards issued by such entity or an affiliate thereof. The
substitute Awards shall be granted on such terms and conditions as the Board considers appropriate in the circumstances.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
j. Parachute  Payments  and  Parachute  Awards.  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  Section  7(f),  if,  in  connection  with  an  Acquisition  described  therein,  a  tax  under
Section 4999 of the Code would be imposed on the Participant (after taking into account the exceptions set forth in Sections 280G(b)(4) and 280G(b)(5) of the Code), then the
number of Awards which shall become exercisable, realizable or vested as provided in such section shall be reduced (or delayed), to the minimum extent necessary, so that no
such tax would be imposed on the Participant (the Awards not becoming so accelerated, realizable or vested, the “Parachute Awards”); provided, however, that if the “aggregate
present value” of the Parachute Awards would exceed the tax that, but for this sentence, would be imposed on the Participant under Section 4999 of the Code in connection with
the Acquisition, then the Awards shall become immediately exercisable, realizable and vested without regard to the provisions of this sentence. For purposes of the preceding
sentence, the “aggregate present value” of an Award shall be calculated on an after-tax basis (other than taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Code) and shall be based on
economic principles rather than the principles set forth under Section 280G of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. All determinations required to be made
under this Section 7(j) shall be made by the Company.

k. Amendment of Awards. The Board may amend, modify or terminate any outstanding Award including, but not limited to, substituting therefor another Award of the
same or a different type, changing the date of exercise or realization, and converting an Incentive Stock Option to a Nonstatutory Stock Option, provided that the Participant’s
consent  to  such  action  shall  be  required  unless  the  Board  determines  that  the  action,  taking  into  account  any  related  action,  would  not  materially  and  adversely  affect  the
Participant.

l. Conditions on Delivery of Stock. The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Common Stock pursuant to the Plan or to remove restrictions from
shares  previously  delivered  under  the  Plan  until  (i)  all  conditions  of  the  Award  have  been  met  or  removed  to  the  satisfaction  of  the  Company,  (ii)  in  the  opinion  of  the
Company’s counsel, all other legal matters in connection with the issuance and delivery of such shares have been satisfied, including any applicable securities laws and any
applicable stock exchange or stock market rules and regulations, and (iii) the Participant has executed and delivered to the Company such representations or agreements as the
Company may consider appropriate to satisfy the requirements of any applicable laws, rules or regulations.

m. Acceleration. The Board may at any time provide that any Options shall become immediately exercisable in full or in part, that any Restricted Stock Awards shall
be free of some or all restrictions, or that any other stock-based Awards may become exercisable in full or in part or free of some or all restrictions or conditions, or otherwise
realizable in full or in part, as the case may be, despite the fact that the foregoing actions may (i) cause the application of Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code if a change in
control of the Company occurs, or (ii) disqualify all or part of the Option as an Incentive Stock Option.

8. Withholding. The Company shall have the right to deduct from payments of any kind otherwise due to the optionee or recipient of an Award any federal, state or local taxes
of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to any shares issued upon exercise of Options under the Plan or the purchase of shares subject to the Award. Subject to
the prior approval of the Company, which may be withheld by the Company in its sole discretion, the optionee or recipient of an Award may elect to satisfy such obligation, in
whole or in part, (a) by causing the Company to withhold shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable pursuant to the exercise of an Option or the purchase of shares subject to
an Award or (b) by delivering to the Company shares of Common Stock already owned by the optionee or Award recipient. The shares so delivered or withheld shall have a fair
market value of the shares used to satisfy such withholding obligation as shall be determined by the Company as of the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be
determined. An optionee or Award recipient who has made an election pursuant to this Section may only satisfy his or her withholding obligation with shares of Common Stock
which are not subject to any repurchase, forfeiture, unfulfilled vesting or other similar requirements.

9. No Exercise of Option if Engagement or Employment Terminated for Cause. If the employment or engagement of any Participant is terminated “for Cause,” the Award may
terminate, upon a determination of the Board, on the date of such termination and the Option shall thereupon not be exercisable to any extent whatsoever. For purposes of this
Section 9, “for Cause” shall be defined as follows: (i) if the Participant has executed an employment agreement, the definition of “cause” contained therein, if any, shall govern,
or (ii) conduct, as determined by the Board of Directors, involving one or more of the following: (a) gross misconduct or inadequate performance by the Participant which is
injurious  to  the  Company;  or  (b)  the  commission  of  an  act  of  embezzlement,  fraud  or  theft,  which  results  in  economic  loss,  damage  or  injury  to  the  Company;  or  (c)  the
unauthorized disclosure of any trade secret or confidential information of the Company (or any client, customer, supplier or other third party who has a business relationship
with the Company) or the violation of any noncompetition or nonsolicitation covenant or assignment of inventions obligation with the Company; or (d) the commission of an
act which constitutes unfair competition with the Company or which induces any customer or prospective customer of the Company to break a contract with the Company or to
decline to do business with the Company; or (e) the indictment of the Participant for a felony serious misdemeanor offense, either in connection with the performance of his
obligations to the Company or which shall adversely affect the Participant’s ability to perform such obligations; or (f) the commission of an act of fraud or breach of fiduciary
duty which results in loss, damage or injury to the Company; or (g) the failure of the Participant to perform in a material respect his or her employment obligations without
proper cause. In making such determination, the Board shall act fairly and in utmost good faith. The Board may in its discretion waive or modify the provisions of this Section
at a meeting of the Board with respect to any individual Participant with regard to the facts and circumstances of any particular situation involving a determination under this
Section.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
10. Miscellaneous.

a. Definitions.

i. “Company,” for purposes of eligibility under the Plan, shall include any present or future subsidiary corporations of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., as defined in
Section 424(f) of the Code (a “Subsidiary”), and any present or future parent corporation of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., as defined in Section 424(e) of the Code. For purposes
of Awards other than Incentive Stock Options, the term “Company” shall include any other business venture in which the Company has a direct or indirect significant interest,
as determined by the Board in its sole discretion.

ii. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

iii. “Employee” for purposes of eligibility under the Plan shall include a person to whom an offer of employment has been extended by the Company.

iv. “Option Exchange Program” means a program whereby outstanding options are exchanged for options with a lower exercise price.

b. No Right to Employment or Other Status. No person shall have any claim or right to be granted an Award, and the grant of an Award shall not be construed as
giving  a  Participant  the  right  to  continued  employment  or  any  other  relationship  with  the  Company.  The  Company  expressly  reserves  the  right  at  any  time  to  dismiss  or
otherwise terminate its relationship with a Participant free from any liability or claim under the Plan.

c. No Rights as Stockholder. Subject to the provisions of the applicable Award, no Participant or Designated Beneficiary shall have any rights as a stockholder with

respect to any shares of Common Stock to be distributed with respect to an Award until becoming the record holder thereof.

d. Effective Date and Term of Plan. The Plan shall become effective on the date on which it is adopted by the Board. No Awards shall be granted under the Plan after

the completion of ten years from the date on which the Plan was adopted by the Board, but Awards previously granted may extend beyond that date.

e. Amendment of Plan. The Board may amend, suspend or terminate the Plan or any portion thereof at any time.

f. Governing  Law.  The  provisions  of  the  Plan  and  all  Awards  made  hereunder  shall  be  governed  by  and  interpreted  in  accordance  with  the  laws  of  the  state  of

incorporation of the Company (The Commonwealth of Massachusetts), without regard to any applicable conflicts of law.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pressure BioSciences, Inc. – Subsidiaries

PBI Agrochem, Inc. (Massachusetts)
PBI BioSeq, Inc. (Massachusetts)
Pressure BioSciences Europe (Poland)

EXHIBIT 21.1

 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We  consent  to  the  incorporation  by  reference  in  the  Registration  Statement  on  Form  S-8  (File  No.  333-203609)  of  our  report  dated  April  4,  2022,  with  respect  to  the
consolidated  financial  statements  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  which  is  included  in  this  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021.  Our  report
contains an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ Malone Bailey LLP
www.malonebailey.com
Houston, Texas
April 4, 2022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Richard T. Schumacher, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s
fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and
the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 5, 2022

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher

By:
Name: Richard T. Schumacher
Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Richard T. Schumacher, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of
the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results
of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-
15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)  Designed  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures,  or  caused  such  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  to  be  designed  under  our  supervision,  to  ensure  that  material
information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiary, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this
report is being prepared;

b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles;

c)  Evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant’s  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our  conclusions  about  the  effectiveness  of  the  disclosure
controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s
fourth  fiscal  quarter  in  the  case  of  an  annual  report)  that  has  materially  affected,  or  is  reasonably  likely  to  materially  affect,  the  registrant’s  internal  control  over  financial
reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and
the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the
registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial data; and

b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 5, 2022

By:

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2021
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  Richard  T.  Schumacher,  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  of  Pressure
BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of
Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code) that:

(1) The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: April 5, 2022

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and will be retained by Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Certification
Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
(Subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63 of Title 18, United States Code)

EXHIBIT 32.2

In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K of Pressure BioSciences, Inc., a Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”) for the period ended December 31, 2021
as  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  on  the  date  hereof  (the  “Report”),  Richard  T.  Schumacher,  Chief  Financial  Officer,  of  Pressure  BioSciences,  Inc.,  a
Massachusetts corporation (the “Company”), do hereby certify, pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (subsections (a) and (b) of Section 1350, Chapter 63
of Title 18, United States Code) that:

(1) The Report of the Company fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated: April 5, 2022

/s/ Richard T. Schumacher
Richard T. Schumacher
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Pressure BioSciences, Inc., and will be retained by Pressure BioSciences, Inc. and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.